Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2014-199 Contract - Taurus Power & Controls - TAP
in) FrM T' I A W POWER & CONTROLS, INC. TAP Emergency Intertie Proiect - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements COST PROPOSAL Project wide Bonding $ 2,000 Contract administration $ 1,200 Mark up of Electrical sub $ 3,220 Total $ 6,420 Regional Booster station Programming $14,100 Startup $ 5,580 Electrical services $ 3,140 Total $22,820 Talent Booster station Programming $12,250 Startup $ 7,890 Electrical services Switch Board $15,800 Installation $45,425 Total $81,365 Sincerely, Taurus Power & Controls, Inc. A~r b Solution Provider Jeff Geiger Sales and Marketing Manager - Tualatin OR, Direct: 503-924-4254 Office: 503-692-9004 24 Hr Emergency Service 9999 SW Avery St. Tualatin, OR. 97062 Phone (503)-692-9004 Fax (503) 692-9273 7 CITY OF FORM #13 ASHLAND EMERGENCY PROCUREMENT Greater than $5,000 To: Dave Kanner, Public Contracting Officer From: Mike Faught Date: 7-16-2014 Re: Emereency Procurement - Written Findings and Request for Authorization Document the emergency: This procurement is related to the serious potential water shortages with respect to the City of Ashland's watershed. Jackson County has declared a drought emergency and the Ashland City Council has approved the Talent Ashland Phoenix (TAP intertie) waterline as an emergency project in order to meet user water needs late in the season. The emergency condition was declared due to record level low snowpack this season in Ashland's watershed. In order to offset potential severe water shortages for the community procurement of specific items is required to meet the timeline associated with when these water shortages could occur. The City of Ashland's consultant engineer for the emergency TAP Intertie Project, RII2, determined that modifications to the electrical and control systems at the City of Talent and Regional Pump Stations are required to provide an adequate supply of water to the City of Ashland through the TAP intertie to avert a water shortage this summer. These modifications need to be procured in an expedited manner and so they can be completed in the time needed. It is recommended that construction of these modification be performed by Taurus Power and Controls, Inc. (Taurus) as having been determined to be the most qualified and can complete the work in the required time period. Document solicitation process: The City's consultant engineer, RH2, subcontracted with Taurus to design the required modifications. This firm was the original controls integrator for the Regional Pump Station and the City of Phoenix and City of Talent water pump stations for the TAP project in the early 2000's. Consequently, this firm was selected to perform both the design and construct the improvements as no other firm has the experience and control system programming code to design and construct the needed modifications. A cost proposal was received by Taurus to construct the required modifications. The electrical work is being subcontracted to a local electrical company and the control modifications and programming (control integration) will be done by Taurus. Both of these elements of work must be performed in close coordination to keep both systems in operation while the work is being done. Amount of Emergency Contract: $ 81.365.00 Written Order Emergency Procure nt is being authori~ ed by the City Administrator as specified by this written order. t 1 i `l Authorized by. Date: City Adminis ator /Public Contracting Officer Report Emergency Procurement to the City Council: Yes / No Form #13 - Emergency Procurement - Written Findings and Request for Approval, Page 1 of 2, 7/16/2014 The nature of the emergency was documented and approved by Council at the February 18, 2014 meeting. Emergency construction of the TAP line was documented and approved by Council at the April 22, 2014 meeting. The City Administrator has been granted signatory authority by the Council for procurement of personal services and goods and services over $100,000 by the City Council. Form #13 - Emergency Procurement - Written Findings and Request for Approval, Page 2 of 2, 7/16/2014 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT: TAP Emeraency Intertie Proiect - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements CITY OF ASHLAND DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS 20 EAST MAIN STREET (mail) 51 WINBURN WAY (delivery) ASHLAND OR 97520 541/488-5587 (voice) 541/488-6006 (fax) Foreword The documents and forms which are attached, or for which provisions are made, must be used in submitting proposals for the TAP Emergency Intertie Project - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements for the City of Ashland, Oregon, as covered by the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction, 2008 edition, Oregon Department of Transportation and American Public Works Association, Oregon Chapter and other appurtenant specifications where indicated. The Technical Specifications in Part III of these Contract Documents govern if there is a conflict between those specifications and the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction. These proposal and contract documents, specifications, and plans, although bound separately, are made a part of the complete document with the same force and effect as though all parts and plans referred to were under one binding. i 7/15/14 10:42 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Flectrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical l ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Introduction and Table of Contents Contract documents are listed below. Documents are either attached or bound separately and available from the Project Manager. All Documents bound separately are incorporated into the Contract documents and have the same force and effect as though set forth in full herein. PAGE PART I - PROPOSAL & CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PROPOSAL ................................................................................................................................................................2-8 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT 9 CERTIFICATIONS OF REPRESENTATION ...........................................................................................................12 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS [EXHIBIT A] ....................................................13 1. Contractor is Independent Contractor ...........................................................................................................13 2. Subcontracts and Assignment .......................................................................................................................13 3. No Third Party Beneficiaries .........................................................................................................................13 4. Successors in Interest ....................................................................................................................................14 5. Contract Documents ......................................................................................................................................14 6. Contractor's Representations ........................................................................................................................14 7. Drug Testing [ORS 279C.505(2)] .................................................................................................................14 8. Notice to Proceed ..........................................................................................................................................15 9. Suspension of the Work ................................................................................................................................15 10. Early Termination .........................................................................................................................................15 11. Payment on Early Termination ......................................................................................................................16 12. Remedies .......................................................................................................................................................16 13. Access to Records .........................................................................................................................................16 14. Ownership of Work .......................................................................................................................................16 15. Compliance with Applicable Law .................................................................................................................18 16. Registration with Construction Contractor's Board ......................................................................................18 17. Prevailing Wages/ BOLI Fee ........................................................................................................................18 18. Hours of Labor /Overtime limitation [ORS 279C.520] [ORS 279C.540] [ORS 279C.545] .........................19 19. Medical Care and Workers Compensation [ORS 279C.5301 .......................................................................19 20. Retainage .......................................................................................................................................................20 21. Progress Payments .........................................................................................................................................20 22. Final Estimate and Final Payment .................................................................................................................22 23. Change Orders / Extra Work .........................................................................................................................23 24. Contractor/Subcontractor Payment Obligations 24 25. Inspection and Acceptance ............................................................................................................................25 26. Liquidated Damages ......................................................................................................................................25 27. Liability, Indemnity and Hold Harmless .......................................................................................................25 28. Insurance .......................................................................................................................................................26 29. Bonds / Notice of Bond Claims .....................................................................................................................26 30. Two-Year Warranty ......................................................................................................................................27 31. Nondiscrimination in Labor ..........................................................................................................................27 32. Construction Debris and Yard Waste [ORS 279C.510] ................................................................................27 33. Environmental Regulations [ORS 279C.525(1)] ( list of federal, state and local agencies) .........................27 34. Waiver ...........................................................................................................................................................30 35. Errors .............................................................................................................................................................30 36. Governing Law ..............................................................................................................................................30 ii 7/15/14 10:42 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Elccttical and Control\Pmt I Contract Docummts - Talent Rcgional BPS Control and Elcctrical Upgradcs(RI).doc 0 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 37. Severability ...................................................................................................................................................30 38. Attorney's Fees .............................................................................................................................................30 39. Business License ...........................................................................................................................................30 40. Notices/Bills/Payments .................................................................................................................................30 41. Conflict of Interest 31 42. Merger Clause 31 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW [EXHIBIT B] ......................................................................................32 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [EXHIBIT Cl ....................................34 CERTIFICATION STATEMENT [EXHIBIT D] 36 BONDS [EXHIBIT E] .................................................................................................................................................38 1. Performance Bond .........................................................................................................................................38 2. Payment Bond ...............................................................................................................................................40 CERTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION [EXHIBIT F] ....................................................................42 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE [EXHIBIT G] ...................................................................................................44 CONTRACTORS RELEASE OF LIENS AND CLAIMS [EXHIBIT H] ..................................................................45 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION [EXHIBIT I] ........................................................................................46 PART II - GENERAL CONDITIONS SP110 Organization, Conventions, Abbreviations, and Definitions GC-1 SP 120 Bidding Requirements and Procedures GC-1 SP130 Award and Execution of Contract GC-4 SP140 Scope of Work .................................................................................................................................GC-5 SP 150 Control of Work & Valdez Principles GC-6 SP 170 Legal Relations and Responsibilities GC-11 SP180 Prosecution and Progress ...............................................................................................................GC-15 SP 190 Measurement of Pay Quantities GC-18 SP195 Payment .........................................................................................................................................GC-19 SP196 Payment for Extra Work GC-20 SP 197 Payment for Force Account Work GC-20 SP 199 Disagreements, Protests and Claims GC-21 In the event of a conflict, Supplementary Conditions control over all Standard Specifications and other contract documents. To the extent Standard Specifications and other contract documents conflict, the more restrictive requirement or provision shall control, except where otherwise noted in the contract documents, addenda, or amendment. PART III - TECHNICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION OF WORK DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL DIVISION 17 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL PLANS AND DIAGRAMS REFERENCE DOCUMENTS Y r 7/15/14 10:42 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(R]).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engincering, Inc. CHECKLIST FOR CONTRACT SUBMITTAL 1. Standard Public Improvement Contract • Fill in contractor data and certification on page 2 and 3 of the contract form • Sign on page 3 of the contract form 2. Certifications of Representation • Check all items that apply and sign 3. IRS Form W-9 4. Exhibit D - Certification Statement for Corporation as Independent Contractor 5. Performance Bonds • Provide on form provided (or approved surety form) Payment Bond • Provide on form provided (or approved surety form) 7/15/14 10:42 AM Z:\Botha\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Pwt I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc 0 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. PART I PROPOSAL & CONTRACT DOCUMENT 2 7/15/1410:42 AM Z:\Bothcll\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Ashland, Oregon PROPOSAL TO FURNISH ALL PERMITS, LABOR, TOOLS, MACHINERY, MATERIALS, TRANSPORTATION, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES OF ALL KINDS REQUIRED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT FOR THE CITY OF ASHLAND, JACKSON COUNTY, OREGON, AS STATED IN THE COMPLETED BID SCHEDULE, ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DRAWINGS WHICH ARE ON FILE AT THE CITY OF ASHLAND, CITY HALL, 20 EAST MAIN STREET, ASHLAND, OREGON 97520. NAME OF PROPOSER ~LV S Q~w~ C~ S CONTACT ADDRESS / J S uj fAu ~k~ S`~ CITY l ) A LA`s ~ \P~ STATE (n Q- ZIP O (0?-- .p9 2- -c? TELEPHONE NO. S Q-~> - ( FAX NO. So3 ,,r,9Z-q<D:-)3 EMAILADDRESS Se~~ 4t TA~?R-uS Qo WC'i1~~ Cc~w. To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City Hall City of Ashland 20 East Main Street Ashland, Oregon 97520 In response to the City's request for services under emergency procurement procedures, this PROPOSAL is submitted as an offer by the undersigned to enter into a contract with the City of Ashland for furnishing all permits, labor, tools, machinery, materials, transportation, equipment and services of all kinds required for, necessary for, or reasonable incidental to, the construction of the TAP Emergency Intertie Proiect - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements (hereinafter "Project") for the City of Ashland, Oregon, as shown in the contract documents on file at City Community Development Building, which are a condition of this Offer as though they were attached. This offer is subject to the following declarations as to the acts, intentions and understandings of the undersigned and the agreement of the City of Ashland to the terms and prices herein submitted. 1. The undersigned has familiarized themselves with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, project work, site, locality, general nature of work to be performed by City or others at the site that relates to the project work required by the Contract Documents, local conditions, and federal state, and local Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the project work. 2. The undersigned has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) examinations, investigation, exploration, tests, and studies which pertain to the conditions (subsurface or physical) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise and which may affect the cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the project work as Contractor deems necessary for the performance and furnishing of the project work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional or 3 7/15/14 10:42 AM Z:\Botha\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Taoras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Docotnents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engincering, Inc. k- supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, or similar information or data are or will be required by Contractor for such purposes. 3. All of the contract documents, including all plans, specifications, and drawings have been examined and an examination of the site of the proposed work, together with such investigations as are necessary to determine the conditions to be encountered have been made by the undersigned and the terms and conditions of the contract and solicitation documents are hereby accepted, and that if this Offer is accepted, the undersigned will contract with the City of Ashland, Oregon, in a form substantially similar to that attached Agreement and agree to be bound to the terms and conditions of said contract and solicitation documents. 4. It is understood that the contract drawings may be supplemented by additional drawings and specifications in explanation and elaboration thereof and, if they are not in conflict with those referred to in paragraph 1 above, they shall have the same force and effect as though they were attached and they shall be accepted as part of the contract when issued. 5. The undersigned agrees that upon written acceptance of this proposal s/he will, within five working days, of receipt of such notice, execute a formal contract agreement with the City. The undersigned further agrees that s/he will provide the following in order to execute the contract: a. Performance Bond and Corporate Surety Payment Bond, both in the amount equal to 100% of the awarded contract; b. Certificates of Insurance for Liability and property damage coverage; c. Certificates of Coverage for Workman Compensation and unemployment insurance; d. All other bonds, permits, licenses, etc. as required in the contract documents. 6. The following cost, not to exceed and as detailed in the attached Cost Proposal, is proposed for this project as described in the Contract Documents: Eighty One Thousand Three Hundred Sixty Five Dollars ($81.365.00). 7. It is understood that all the work will be performed under a lump sum or unit price basis and that for the lump sum or unit price all services, materials, labor, equipment, and all work necessary to complete the project in accordance with the plans and specifications shall be furnished for the said lump sum or unit price named. It is understood that the quantities stated in connection with the price schedule for the contract are approximate only and payment shall be made at the unit prices named for the actual quantities incorporated in the completed work. If there shall be an increase in the amount of work covered by the lump sum price, it shall be computed on a basis of "extra work" for which an increase in payment will have been earned and if there be a decrease in the lump sum payment, it shall be made only as a result of negotiation between the undersigned and the Owner. Furthermore, it is understood that any estimate with respect to time, materials, equipment, or service which may appear on the plans or in the specifications is for the sole purpose of assisting the undersigned in checking the undersigned's own independent calculations and that at no time shall the undersigned attempt to hold the Owner, the Engineer, or any other person, firm or corporation responsible for any errors or omissions that may appear in any estimate. 8. The undersigned agrees to furnish labor, tools, machinery, materials, transportations, equipment and services of all kinds required for, necessary for, or reasonably incidental to, construction of this Project with all appurtenant work as required by the plans and specifications of this Offer for the unit or lump sum prices in the "COST PROPOSAL". 9. In stating prices, it is understood that the prices include all materials and work required to complete the contract in accordance with the plans and specifications. If any material, item or service required by the plans and specifications has not been mentioned specifically in the "COST PROPOSAL", the same shall be furnished and placed with the understanding that the full cost to the City has been merged with the several prices stated in the "COST PROPOSAL." 4 7/15/1410:42 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Patt I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t 10. The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment, overhead, profit, insurance, and all other incidental expenses to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. Unit prices are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amounts shown in words will govern. 11. Upon receipt of written notice of the acceptance of this proposal, Contractor shall execute the formal contract attached within five days, deliver surety bond or bonds as required, and deliver required proof of insurance. 12. If the proposed price will exceed $50,000.00 the undersigned, as Contractor, acknowledges that provisions of ORS 279C.800 - 279C.870 relating to workers on public works to be paid not less than prevailing rate of wage shall be included in the contract. "Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts in Oregon," which are incorporated herein by reference, and can be accessed at: http://www.oregon.gov/BOLL'WHD/PWR/pwr-book.shtml 13. The undersigned shall furnish bonds required by the specifications and comply with the laws of the Federal Government, State of Oregon and the City of Ashland which are pertinent to construction contracts of this nature even though such laws may not have been quoted or referred to in the specifications. 14. The undersigned agrees to comply with the provisions of ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870, the Oregon Prevailing Wage law. The undersigned, as Contractor, acknowledges that provisions of ORS 279C.800 - 279C.870 relating to workers on public works to be paid not less than prevailing rate of wage shall be included in the contract, or in the alternative. The undersigned Contractor agrees to be bound by and will comply with the provisions of ORS 279C.838, 279C.840 or 40 U.S.C. 3141 to 3148. [OAR 137-049-0200(1)(a)(.n]. 15. The undersigned certifies that the undersigned Contractor is not ineligible to receive a contract for a public work pursuant to ORS 279C.860. Contractor further agrees, if awarded a contract, that every subcontractor will be eligible to receive a contract for a public work pursuant to ORS 279C.860. 16. The undersigned certifies that the undersigned Contractor has not discriminated against minority, women or emerging small businesses enterprises in obtaining any required subcontracts. The Contractor understands and acknowledges that it may be disqualified from bidding on this public improvement project as set forth in OAR 137-049-0370, including but not limited to City discovery a misrepresentation or sham regarding a subcontract or that the Contractor has violated any requirement of ORS 279A.110 or the administrative rules implementing the Statute. 17. The undersigned agrees that the time of completion shall be defined in the specifications, and further, the undersigned agrees to initiate and complete this Project by the date stated below. • The work shall be commenced within 1 working days after receipt of the written Notice to Proceed. • The work shall be completed in all respects no later than August 8, 2014 . • The undersigned agrees that the "Time of Completion" shall be as defined in the specifications and that the bidder will complete the work within the number of consecutive calendar days stated for each schedule after "Notice to Proceed" has been issued by the Owner. Contractor furthermore agrees to pay as liquidated damages, for each calendar day thereafter, the amounts shown in Standard Conditions, for each day the project remains incomplete. 5 7/15/14 10:42 AM Z:\Bothcll\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 18. The undersigned Contractor is registered with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board (CCB), the registration is current and valid, and the Contractor's registration number is stated below. [OAR 137-049-0230(1)] 19. The undersigned hereby represents that no Councilor, Commissioner, officer, agency or employee of the City of Ashland is personally interested directly or indirectly in this Contract or the compensation to be paid hereunder and that no representation, statement or statements, oral or in writing, of the City, its Councilors, Commissioners, officers, agents or employees had induced him/her to enter into this Contract, and the papers made a part of its terms. 20. The undersigned confirms that this firm has a Qualified Drug Testing Program for employees in place and will demonstrate this prior to award of contract. [OAR 137-049-0200(1)(c)(B)]. 21. The undersigned confirms that this offer is not contingent upon City's acceptance of any terms and conditions other than those contained in the Contract documents. 22. Contractor Information and Signature (p RUS -~o U1Q4L < G,vJ+tzoL /w C Firm Name of Contractor S' ature of Contractor Printed Name of Contractor t_c -N CPL ;A Le, S M G'- Official Title (02-e4QV~ -7 (o State of Incorporation CCB Number Dated this ) S day of 2014. Name of Contractor q] ~V.fLV S Qowe.t`~ ~,j~1`4-(~j L Address 9191 S,--j A\, QJt-:,f S TV P, LA 'E~~1 O ~t 717 !a Telephone No. r 6 7/15/1410:42 AM Z:\BothcU\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Taums - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. r TAuMus 407)POWER & CONTROLS, INC. TAP Emergency Intertie Proiect - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements COST PROPOSAL Project wide Bonding $ 2,000 Contract administration $ 1,200 Mark up of Electrical sub 3,220 Total $ 6,420 Regional Booster station Programming $14,100 Startup $ 5,580 Electrical services 3,140 Total $22,820 Talent Booster station Programming $12,250 Startup $ 7,890 Electrical services Switch Board $15,800 Installation $45,425 Total $81,365 Sincerely, Taurus Power & Controls, Inc. 1)z INV- Ccl Anton Solution Provider Jeff Geiger Sales and Marketing Manager - Tualatin OR, Direct: 503-924-4254 Office: 503-692-9004 24 Hr Emergency Service 9999 SW Avery St. Tualatin, OR. 97062 Phone (503)-692-9004 Fax (503) 692-9273 CITY OF CITY OF ASHLAND -ASH LAN D l PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT TAP Emergency Intertie Proiect - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements Project No. 2008-08 This Contract is between the CITY OF ASHLAND, a municipal corporation of the State of Oregon (hereinafter "City") and Taurus Power and Controls, Inc. (Hereinafter "Contractor"). The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Morgan Wayman, Senior Project Manager, City ofAshland Public Works Department. WHEREAS, City caused to be prepared a certain bound Project Manual or Bid Package (including but not limited to Description of Work, Cost Proposal, Performance and Payment Bonds, as applicable, Public Improvement Contract, Contract Standard Terms and Conditions, Conditions, General Provisions, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and Addenda No._0_ through No. _0_, more particularly described in Standard Condition 5, (hereinafter referred to as "Contract Documents") for its project entitled "TAP Emergency Intertie Project - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements" and WHEREAS, Contractor did on the 15th day of July, 2014, file with City a proposal to furnish equipment, labor, material, and appurtenances for construction of said project as set forth in the Contract Documents and agreed to accept as payment therefore the sums fully stated and set forth in the bid; and WHEREAS, the Contract Documents and proposal fully and accurately set forth and describe the terms and conditions upon which the Contractor proposes to furnish said equipment, labor, material and appurtenances and perform said work, together with the manner and time of furnishing same; and NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the parties mutually covenant and agree as follows: 1. Recitals The recitals set forth above are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference. 2. Effective Date and Duration This contract is effective on 2014, or on the date at which every party has signed this contract, whichever is later. The work under this contract shall, unless otherwise terminated or extended, be completed on or before August 8, 2014. 8 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Patt I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgtades(Rl).doc 0 2014 R142 Engineering, Inc. 3. Statement of Work The work under this contract is for TAP Emergency Intertie Project - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements, including the up ade of the existing electrical and control systems and programming required to increase the operational capacity of the Re ig onal and Talent Booster Pump Stations to provide emery_ency supply to the City of Ashland and as is more fully described in the Contract Documents, incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference. The statement of work, including the delivery schedule for the work, is contained in is contained in the Contract Documents. Contractor acknowledges receipt of all Contract Documents in existence at the date the Contract is signed and further acknowledges Contractor has read and fully understands the Contract Documents, and understands that in signing this Agreement contractor waives all rights to plead misunderstandings regarding the same. Contractor shall, at its own risk and expense, perform the work described in the Contract Documents and furnish all permits, labor, tools, machinery, materials, transportation, equipment and services of all kinds required for, necessary for, or reasonable incidental to, performance of the work, that is, the construction of this TAP Emergency Intertie Project - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements for the City of Ashland, Oregon, as shown in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall secure all Municipal, County, State, or Federal Permits or licenses including payment of permit fees, license fees and royalties necessary or incident to performance of the work on this contract. The risk of loss for such work shall not shift to the City until written acceptance of the work by the City. 4. Consideration a. City agrees to pay Contractor, at the times and in the manner provided in the Contract Documents, a sum not to exceed: Eighty One Thousand Three Hundred Sixty Five Dollars ($81,365.00) for accomplishing the work required by this contract, including allowable expenses. This fixed sum cannot be modified except by Change Order approved in writing by w City and Funding Agency. Any progress payments to Contractor shall be made only in accordance with the schedule and requirements in Section 21, Standard Terms and Conditions. b. City certifies that sufficient funds have been appropriated to make payments required by this contract during the current fiscal year. Contractor understands and agrees that City's payment of amounts under this contract attributable to work performed after the last day of the current fiscal year is contingent on City appropriations, or other expenditure authority sufficient to allow City in the exercise of its reasonable administrative discretion, to continue to make payments under this contract. In the event City has insufficient appropriations, limitations or other expenditure authority, City may terminate this contract without penalty or liability to City, effective upon the delivery of written notice to Contractor, with no further liability to Contractor. CONTRACTOR DATA, CERTIFICATION, AND SIGNATURE Business Name (please print): ! ✓w(t-~ Pc> -v eA- ~ Cor-iXo LS 10 C Contact Name: c_FF Gfr-1 Ag-. Phone: 2-5aa Fax: 9 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Dat2\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgades(RS).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. ~1~o LZ Address: 97R1 Sw Avt&J S~ TVA~tA~ 0(L Do Not Write Federal and State Tax ID Numbers on this Agreement: One copy of W-9 is to be submitted with the signed contract to be kept on file in the City ofAshland Finance Department. Ashland Business License # Construction Contractors Board # -7 fo 7 9 Citizenship: Nonresident alien Yes __)(__No Business Designation (check one): Individual Sole Proprietorship Partnership -,Corporation Government/Nonprofit The above information must be provided prior to contract approval. Payment information will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) under the name and taxpayer I.D. number provided above. (See IRS 1099 for additional instructions regarding taxpayer ID numbers.) Information not matching IRS records could subject you to 31 percent backup withholding. I, the undersigned, understand that the Standard Terms and Conditions For Public Improvement Contracts (Exhibit A) together with Exhibits B through I together with all other Contract Documents as described in Standard Terms and Conditions Section 5 below, and the separately bound Oregon 2012 Standard Specifications for Construction, as amended by the City of Ashland's most recent Addenda to the 2012 Standard Specifications are an integral part of this contract and agree to perform the work described in the Contract Documents, including Exhibit A, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this contract. I further understand the City is prohibited from entering into a contract when the contractor has neglected or refused to file any return, pay any tax, or properly contest a tax, pursuant to ORS 305.385; I hereby certify, under penalty of perjury and false swearing, that I/my business am/is not in violation of any Oregon tax laws; I further certify that the certification and representations in Standard Term and Condition # 16 [CCB Registration Requirements] are true and correct, and further I certify that I am an independent contractor as defined in ORS 670.600. Signed by Contractor: -I S -2015 Signature/T tle _ Date Printed Name: E F G E NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: This contract does not bind the City of Ashland unless and until it has been executed by the Public Contracting Officer or designee as well as City Finance and Legal Department representatives. CITY OF ASHLAND S~IGNATURE Approved: '1 ~ 7 11q ~ 1 vI cl aW ti d,. s i ii4 lta✓ Date - Authorized by Ordinance 3013 and Delegation Order dated 0 ~~aC lei 2e16 Coding: APP VED AS M FORM Reviewed: 10 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Speu\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc 0 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Dave Lohman, City Attorney (approved as to legal form) Date 11 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Ta s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc C 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CERTIFICATIONS OF REPRESENTATION Contractor, under penalty of perjury, certifies that: (a) The number shown on this form is its correct taxpayer ID (or is waiting for the number to be issued to it; and (b) Contractor is not subject to backup withholding because (i) it is exempt from backup withholding or (ii) it has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (iii) the IRS has notified it that it is no longer subject to backup withholding. Contractor further represents and warrants to City that (a) it has the power and authority to enter into and perform the work, (b) the Contract, when executed and delivered, shall be a valid and binding obligation of Contractor enforceable in accordance with its terms, and (c) The work under the Contract shall be performed in accordance with the highest professional standards, and (d) Contractor is qualified, professionally competent and duly licensed to perform the work. Contractor also certifies under penalty of perjury that its business is not in violation of any Oregon tax laws, and it is a corporation authorized to act on behalf of the entity designated above and authorized to do business in Oregon or is an independent contractor as defined in the contract documents, and has checked four or more of the following criteria: (1) I carry out the labor or services at a location separate from my residence or is in a specific portion of my residence, set aside as the location of the business. X (2) Commercial advertising or business cards or a trade association membership are purchased for the business. (3) Telephone listing is used for the business separate from the personal residence listing. K (4) Labor or services are performed only pursuant to written contracts. (5) Labor or services are performed for two or more different persons within a period of one year. _ (6) 1 assume financial responsibility for defective workmanship or for service not provided as evidenced by the ownership of performance bonds, warranties, errors and omission insurance or liability insurance relating to the labor or services to be provided. -1 --15 -20~ 5 Contracto Date 12 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\BotbcH\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tau s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. EXHIBIT A CITY OF ASHLAND STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS 1. Contractor is independent Contractor a. Contractor shall perform the work required by this contract as an independent contractor. Although the City reserves the right (i) to specify the desired results; (ii) to determine (and modify) the delivery schedule for the work to be performed; and (iii) to evaluate the quality of the completed performance, the City cannot and will not control the means or manner of the Contractor's performance. The Contractor is responsible for determining the appropriate means and manner of performing the work. b. The Contractor represents and warrants that Contractor (i) is not currently an employee of the federal government or the State of Oregon, and (ii) meets the specific independent contractor standards of ORS 670.600, as certified on the Independent Contractor Certification Statement attached as Exhibit D. c. Contractor will be responsible for any federal or state taxes applicable to any compensation or payment paid to Contractor under this contract. d. Contractor is not eligible for any federal Social Security, unemployment insurance, state Public Employees' Retirement System, or workers' compensation benefits from compensation or payments to Contractor under this contract. 2. Subcontracts and Assignment Contractor shall not subcontract any of the work required by this contract, or assign, sell, dispose of, or transfer any of its interest in this contract, nor delegate duties under the contract, either in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the City. Such consent if provided shall not relieve the Contractor of any of the obligations under the contract. Any assignee or transferee shall be considered the agent of the contractor and be bound to abide by all provisions of the contract. If the City consents in writing to an assignment, sale, disposal or transfer of the Contractor's rights or delegation of Contractor's duties, the Contractor and its Surety, if any, shall remain liable to the City for complete performance of the Contract as if no such assignment, sale, disposal, transfer or delegation had occurred unless the City otherwise agrees in writing. [OAR 137-049-0200(2)] Use of Subcontractors, material suppliers or equipment suppliers shall in no way release Contractor from any obligations of contract with City. Contractor will provide in all subcontract agreements that the Subcontractor, material supplier and equipment supplier will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Contract to the extent that they relate to the Subcontractor's work, material or equipment. All Subcontracts are assignable to the City at City's option, in the event this agreement is terminated for default of Contractor. Contractor covenants and agrees to bind any and all subcontractors for performance of work under this Contract in the same manner Contractor is bound to City. Contractor further agrees that if subcontractors are employed in the performance of this contract, the Contractor and its subcontractors are subject to the requirements and sanction of ORS Chapter 656, Workers' Compensation. 3. No Third Party Beneficiaries City and Contractor are the only parties to this contract and are the only parties entitled to enforce its terms. Nothing in this contract gives or provides any benefit or right, whether directly, indirectly, or otherwise, to third persons unless such third persons are individually identified by name herein and expressly described as intended beneficiaries of the terms of this contract. 13 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(M).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 4. Successors in Interest The provisions of this contract shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and approved assigns, if any. 5. Contract Documents The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire Contract between the City and Contractor, include all sections or parts of the proposal package however denominated, including all documents and plans attached or referenced therein, the Description of Work, Cost Proposal, Public Improvement Contract, Contract Standard Terms and Conditions and Exhibits thereto, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Special Provisions, Plans entitled " TAP EmerQencv Intertie Proiect - Talent and Reuional Paw Station Electrical and Control Improvements", Construction Drawings, Standard Drawings, and Contract Addendums, all attached hereto, and incorporated herein by this reference, together with the Prevailing Wage (BOLL,) if applicable AND any other separately bound reference, Oregon 2008 Standard Specifications for Construction, and City of Ashland Addenda, incorporated herein by this reference. All exhibits, schedules and lists attached to the Contract Documents, or delivered pursuant to the Contract Documents, shall be deemed a part of the Contract Documents and incorporated herein, where applicable, as if fully set forth herein. 6. Contractor's Representations By executing this contract, the Contractor hereby certifies that the representations made by the Contractor in the Contract Documents, including specifically the Offer, are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor further certifies that Contractor has given the City written notice of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that it has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by the City is acceptable to the Contractor, and the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the project work. 7. Drug Testing [ORS 279C.505(2)] a. Contractor shall certify to the City that it has a drug-testing program in place for all its employees that includes, at a minimum, the following: A. A written employee drug-testing policy, B. Required drug testing for all new Subject Employees or alternatively, required testing of all Subject Employees every 12 months on a random selection basis, and C. Required testing of a Subject Employee when the Contractor has reasonable cause to believe the Subject Employee is under the influence of drugs. b. A drug-testing program that meets the above requirements will be deemed a "Qualifying Employee Drug- testing Program." For the purposes of this section, an employee is a "Subject Employee" only if that employee will be working on the Public Improvement project job site. c. By executing and returning this contract the Contractor certifies, represents and warrants to the City that a Qualifying Employee Drug-testing Program is in place at the time of execution, will continue in full force and effect for the duration of this contract, and that Contractor will comply with the provisions of subsection d below. Further, the City's performance obligation (which includes, without limitation, the City's obligation to make payment) is contingent on Contractors compliance with this representation and warranty. d. Contractor will require each subcontractor providing labor for the project to: A. Demonstrate to the Contractor that it has a Qualifying Employee Drug-testing Program for the subcontractor's Subject Employees, and represent and warrant to the Contractor that the Qualifying 14 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\BotheU\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tautas - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Employee Drug-testing Program is in place at the time of subcontract execution and will continue in full force and effect for the duration of the subcontract; or B. Require that the subcontractor's Subject Employees participate in the Contractor's Qualifying Employee Drug-testing Program for the duration of the subcontract. 8. Notice to Proceed Written Notice to Proceed will be given by the City after the contract has been executed and the performance bond, payment bond, and all required insurance documents approved. Notice to proceed shall not be unreasonably delayed and shall generally occur within five (5) days of the contract date. Reasonable delay may be occasioned by the need to obtain necessary permits or easements or utility relocation. The Contractor shall commence the project work within fifteen (15) days of the date of the written Notice to Proceed. Contractor is not to commence work under the Contract prior to such written notice. 9. Suspension of the Work The City, and its authorized representatives, may suspend portions or all of the project work due to causes including, but not limited to: a. Failure of the Contractor to correct unsafe conditions; b. Failure of the Contractor to carry out any provision of the Contract; r c. Failure of the Contractor to carry out orders; d. Conditions, in the opinion of the City, which are unsuitable for performing the project work; e. Allowance of time required to investigate differing site conditions; r f. Any reason considered to be in the public interest. The contract time will not be extended, nor will the Contractor be entitled to any additional compensation if the work is suspended pursuant to subsections (a), (b) or (c). If the project work is suspended pursuant to subsection (f), the Contractor is entitled to a reasonable extension of the contract time and reasonable compensation for all verified costs resulting from the suspension plus a reasonable allowance for overhead with respect to such costs. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. The foregoing provision concerning compensation in the event of a suspension of Work of this contract shall not apply if such suspension occurs as a result of the Contractor's violation of any Federal, State, or Local statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or as a result of any violation by the Contractor of the terms of this contract, including a determination by the City that the Contractor has not progressed satisfactorily with the Work in accordance with specifications. 10. Early Termination a. The City and the Contractor, by mutual written agreement, may terminate this Contract at any time. b. The City, on 30 days written notice to the Contractor, may terminate this Contract for any reason deemed appropriate in its sole discretion. c. The City may terminate this contract, in whole or in part, at any time for any reason considered by the City, in the exercise of its sole discretion, to be in the public interest. The City will provide the Contractor, and the Contractor's surety, seven (7) days prior written notice of a termination for public convenience. d. Either the City or the Contractor may terminate this Contract in the event of a breach of the Contract by the other. Prior to such termination, however, the party seeking the termination shall give to the other party written notice of the breach and of the party's intent to terminate. If the Party has not entirely cured the 15 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tau s - Electoral and Control\P= I Contract Donunents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. breach within 15 days of the notice, then the party giving the notice may terminate the Contract at any time thereafter by giving a written notice of termination. 11. Payment on Early Termination a. If this contract is terminated under I0(a)(b) or (c), the City shall pay the Contractor for work performed in accordance with the Contract prior to the termination date. b. If this contract is terminated under 10(d), by the Contractor due to a breach by the City, then the City shall pay the Contractor as provided in subsection (a) of this section. c. If this contract is terminated under 10(d), by the City due to a breach by the Contractor, then the City shall pay the Contractor as provided in subsection (a) of this section, subject to set off of excess costs, as provided for in section 12, Remedies. 12. Remedies In the event of termination under 10(d), by the City due to a breach by the Contractor, then the City may complete the work either itself, by agreement with another contractor, or by a combination thereof. In the event the cost of completing the work exceeds the remaining unpaid balance of the total compensation provided under this contract, then the Contractor shall pay to the City the amount of the reasonable excess. After notice of termination under paragraph 10(c), the Contractor and the Contractor's surety shall provide the City with immediate and peaceful possession of the Project site and premises, and materials located on and off the Project site and premises for which the Contractor received progress payment. In no circumstances shall Contractor be entitled to lost profits due to termination. The remedies provided to the City under section 10 through 12 for a breach by the Contractor shall not be exclusive. The City also shall be entitled to any other equitable and legal remedies that are available. In the event of breach of this Contract by the City, then the Contractor's remedy shall be limited to termination of the Contract and receipt of payment as provided in section I I (b). 13. Access to Records Contractor shall maintain and the City and its authorized representatives shall have access to all books, documents, papers and records of Contractor which relate to this contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcripts for a period of three years after final payment. Copies of applicable records shall be made available upon request. Payment for cost of copies is reimbursable by the City. 14. Ownership of Work All work products of the Contractor that result from this contract, including but not limited to background data, documentation and staff work that is preliminary to final reports, are the property of City. Draft documents and preliminary work submitted to the City for review and comment shall not be considered as owned, used or retained by the City until the final document is submitted. The City shall own all proprietary rights, including but not limited to copyrights, trade secrets, patents and all other intellectual or other property rights in and to such work products. Preexisting trade secrets of the Contractor shall be noted as such and shall not be considered as a work product of this contract. All such work products shall be considered "works made for hire" under the provisions of the United States Copyright Act and all other equivalent laws. Use of any work product of the Contractor by the City for any purpose other than the use intended by this contract is at the risk of the City. Use of any work product by Contractor is prohibited without the written consent of the City. 16 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\BothcB\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(R1).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. All documents or other materials submitted to City by Contractor shall become the sole and exclusive property of City. Such materials are subject to Oregon Public Records laws. a s r: 17 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothc l\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 15. Compliance with Applicable Law Contractor certifies and shall comply and require all Subcontractors to comply with all federal, state, and local laws and ordinances, including specifically City of Ashland and State of Oregon Public contracting laws and rules applicable to the work under this contract, including without limitation ORS Chapter 279A-C, 279C.500 through 279C.670, and specifically ORS 279A.120(3), 279C.515, 279C.520, 2790.530, 279C.830 and 279C.580 as set forth on Exhibit B, attached hereto and made a part hereof by this reference In addition, the provisions of ORS 279C.360, 279C.365(4), and 279C.370 (Bid Documents and Disclosure); ORS 279A.010(p), 279A.120, 279C.375, and 279C.380(4), (Award of Contract and Bond); ORS 279A.I10 (Prohibition on Discrimination in Subcontracting); ORS 279C.585 (Substitution first-tier Subcontractor); ORS 279C.650 to 279C.670 (Termination); ORS 279C.520, 279C.540, 279C.545 (Hours); ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870 (Oregon Prevailing Wage Law), if applicable; ORS 279C.550 to 279C.565 (Retainage); ORS 279C.4570 (Payments;); and ORS 279C.600 to 279C.625 (Bonds) ORS 279A.125 (Recyclable Products) are all incorporated into this contract by this reference as though set forth in full. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor expressly agrees to comply with: (i) any requirements of the DAVIS BACON ACT (40 U.S.C. 3142 and applicable Davis Bacon Related Acts; (ii) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; (iii) Section V of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; (iv) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, (v) ORS 659A.142, (vi) all regulations and administrative rules established pursuant to those laws; and (vii) all other applicable requirements of federal and state civil rights and rehabilitation statues, rules and regulations. In addition, Contractor expressly agrees to comply with all federal and state tax laws. A condition or clause required by law to be in this contract shall be considered included and incorporated into the Contract and made a part hereof by these references. 16. Registration with Construction Contractor's Board The Contractor, hereby certifies that the Contractor is licensed with the Construction Contractors Board or licensed by the State Landscape Contractor's Board in accordance with ORS 701.035 to 701.055 and, further, that all subcontractors performing work as described in ORS 701.005(2) (i.e., construction work) will be licensed with the Construction Contractors Board or licensed by the State Landscape Contractor's Board in accordance with ORS 701.035 to 701.055 before the subcontractors commence work under the contract. 17. Prevailing Wages/ BOLI Fee a. Contractor shall certify in the Contract and it shall be a condition of the bond, as provided in ORS 279C.800 through 2790.870, that in performing this Contract, Contractor will pay and cause to be paid not less than the prevailing rate of wages as of the date of the Public Notice, per hour, per day, and per week for and to each and every worker who may be employed in and about the performance of the Contract. In accordance with ORS 279C.838, each worker in each trade or occupation employed in the performance of the Contract either by Contractor, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do or contracting for the whole or any part of the work on the Contract shall be paid not less than the applicable state or federal prevailing rate of wage, whichever is higher. Copies of the applicable locked in federal Davis Bacon wage rate can be found on page 61 of this document and current BOLI January 1, 2014 Prevailing Wage Schedule can be found at the following website: www.oretgon.{gov/boli. When both federal and state prevailing wages are required to be included in the contract specifications, the City shall also include in the specifications information showing which prevailing rate of wage is higher for workers in each trade or occupation in each locality, as determined by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries under ORS 279C.815 (2)(c). (see attached rate schedules) b. Contractor shall be bound by and shall fully comply with Oregon law which, effective January 1, 20069 requires projects that are funded in whole or in part with federal funds to pay the higher of either the federal Davis Bacon rates or Oregon prevailing wage rates. Pursuant to ORS 279C.830(1), the existing prevailing rate of wage that may be paid to workers in each trade or occupation required, in the form of a BOLI document, is included in the contract and bid documents and made a part hereof by this reference. For public works for which the contract price is $50,000 or more, all workers shall be paid not less than such specified minimum hourly rate of wage. [ORS 279C.830(1)] 18 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Pact I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ® 2014 R112 Engineering, Inc. c. City of Ashland shall pay the fee to the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries pursuant to the administrative rule of the commissioner and as provided in ORS 279C.825(1). The fee shall be paid on or before the first progress payment or 60 days from the date work first begins on the Contract, or as otherwise provided by administrative rule, whichever is the earliest date. The fee is payable to the Bureau of Labor and Industries Wage and Hour Division Prevailing Wage Unit 800 N.E. Oregon Street #32 Portland Oregon 97232. d. Contractor and some subcontractors shall also file with the Construction Contractors Board a public works bond with a corporate surety authorized to do business in this state in the amount of $30,000 as required by ORS 279C.836 and shall cause all subcontractors to do the same prior to starting work on the project. [ORS 279C.830(2)] The bond must provide that the contractor or subcontractor will pay claims ordered by the Bureau of Labor and Industries to workers performing labor upon public works projects. The bond must be a continuing obligation, and the surety's liability for the aggregate of claims that may be payable from the bond may not exceed the penal sum of the bond. The bond must remain in effect continuously until depleted by claims paid under this section, unless the surety sooner cancels the bond. Contractor shall verify that subcontractors have complied with this requirement prior to permitting the subcontractor to start work on the project. e. If the Contract is for a public work and the Contract price is $50,000 or more, Contractor shall supply and file, and require every Subcontractor to supply and file, with the City and with the Wage and Hour Division, Bureau of Labor and Industries (BOLI), 800 NE Oregon #32, Portland, Oregon 97232 a certified statement in writing that conforms to the requirements of ORS 279C.845. 18. Hours of Labor /Overtime limitation [ORS 279C.520] [ORS 279C.540] [ORS 279C.545] Pursuant to ORS 279C.520, no person may be employed for more than 10 hours in any one day, or 40 hours in any p one week, except in cases of necessity, emergency or when the public policy absolutely requires it, and in such cases, except in cases of contracts for personal services, the employee shall be paid at least time and a half pay: a. A. For all overtime in excess of eight hours in any one day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is five consecutive days, Monday through Friday; or B. For all overtime in excess of 10 hours in any one day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is four consecutive days, Monday through Friday; and b. For all work performed on Saturday and on any legal holiday specified in ORS 279C.540. c. Collective bargaining and negotiated labor agreements may provide exceptions to the requirements of this section and from ORS 279C.520 and ORS 279C.540. d. When labor is employed by the City through another as a contractor, any worker employed by the contractor shall be foreclosed from the right to collect for any overtime provided in ORS 279C.540 unless a claim for payment is filed with the contractor within 90 days from the completion of the contract, providing the contractor has: A. Caused a circular clearly printed in boldfaced 12-point type and containing a copy of this section to be posted in a prominent place alongside the door of the timekeeper's office or in a similar place that is readily available and freely visible to workers employed on the work. B. Maintained the circular continuously posted from the inception to the completion of the contract on which workers are or have been employed. e. At or before the commencement of work, the Contractor shall give notice in writing to employees or by posting, of the number of hours and days per week the employees may be required to work. [279C.520(2)(5)] 19. Medical Care and Workers Compensation [ORS 279C.5301 a. Pursuant to ORS 279C.530(1), Contractor shall promptly, as due, make payment to any person, co- partnership, association or corporation furnishing medical, surgical and hospital care services or other needed care and attention, incident to sickness or injury, to the employees of the contractor, of all sums that the contractor agrees to pay for the services and all moneys and sums that the contractor collected or 19 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tau s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. deducted from the wages of employees under any law, contract or agreement for the purpose of providing or paying for the services. b. Pursuant to ORS 279C.530(2), All employers, including Contractor, that employ subject workers who work under this contract in the State of Oregon shall comply with ORS 656.017 and provide the required Workers Compensation coverage unless such employers are exempt under ORS 656.126. Contractor shall ensure that each of its subcontractors complies with these requirements. 20. Retainage The withholding of retainage by a contractor or subcontractor on public improvement contracts shall be in accordance with ORS 701.420 and 701.430. [279C.555] "Retainage" means the difference between the amount earned by a contractor on a public improvement contract and the amount paid on the contract by the City. [279C.550] Moneys retained by a contracting agency under ORS 279C.570 (7) shall either be: (a) retained in a fund by the City and paid to the contractor in accordance with ORS 279C.570; or (b) at the election of the contractor, paid to the contractor in accordance with the two options below: a. The contractor may deposit bonds, securities, or other instruments with the City or in any bank or trust company to be held in lieu of the cash retainage for the benefit of the contracting agency. In such event the City shall reduce the retainage in an amount equal to the value of the bonds, securities or instruments. and pay the amount of the reduction to the contractor in accordance with ORS 279C.570. Interest on the bonds or securities shall accrue to the contractor. {or) b. If the contractor elects, the City shall deposit the retainage, as accumulated, in an interest-bearing account in a bank, savings bank, trust company or savings association for the benefit of the City. Earnings on the account shall accrue to the contractor. If the contracting agency incurs additional costs as a result of the exercise of the options in ORS 279C.560(1) or (5), the City may recover such costs from the contractor by reduction of the final payment. As work on the contract progresses, the contracting agency shall, upon demand, inform the contractor of all accrued costs. Bonds and securities deposited or acquired in lieu of retainage, as permitted above, shall be of a character approved by the City Attorney and City Finance Director, including but not limited to: A. Bills, certificates, notes or bonds of the United States. B. Other obligations of the United States or its agencies. C. Obligations of any corporation wholly owned by the federal government. D. Indebtedness of the Federal National Mortgage Association. E. General obligation Bond of the State of Oregon or a political subdivision thereof. Unless the City finds that accepting a bond or instrument poses an extraordinary risk that is not typically associated with such bond or instrument, the contractor may deposit a surety bond for all or any portion of the amount of funds retained, or to be retained, by the City in a form acceptable to the City. The bond and any proceeds therefrom shall be made subject to all claims and liens and in the same manner and priority as set forth for retainage under ORS 279C.550 to 279C.570 and 279C.600 to 279C.625. The City shall reduce the retainage in an amount equal to the value of the bond and pay the amount of the reduction to the contractor in accordance with ORS 279C.570. Whenever a City accepts a surety bond from a contractor in lieu of retainage, the contractor shall accept like bonds from any subcontractor or supplier from which the contractor has retainage. The contractor shall then reduce the retainage in an amount equal to the value of the bond and pay the amount of the reduction to the subcontractor or supplier. [279C.560] 21. Progress Payments a. Payment for all work under the Contract will be made promptly by the City at the price or prices bid, and those prices shall include full compensation for all approved incidental work. 20 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothd\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\T'autas - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. b. Contractor shall make progress estimates of work performed in any calendar month and submit to the City for approval, before the fifth of the following month, or as mutually agreed between the Contractor and City. These estimates shall include value of labor performed and materials incorporated in the work since commencing work under the Contract. Such estimates need not be made by strict measurements and may be approximate only, and shall be based upon the whole amount of money that will become due according to terms of the Contract when Project has been completed. The City may include in payments eighty five percent (85%) of the cost to Contractor of materials or equipment not yet incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some other location agreed upon in writing. Such a payment shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other documentation satisfactory to the City Attorney to establish the City's title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the City's interest including applicable insurance and transportation to the site, and a statement from Contractor explaining why it is necessary to procure said equipment and/or materials. When such payments are made, the Contractor warrants and guarantees that the title to all materials and equipment covered by a progress payment, whether incorporated in the project or not, will pass to the City upon receipt of such payment by the Contractor, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances. k Notwithstanding the above, when the progress estimate indicates that the progress payment would be less than one thousand dollars ($1,000), no progress payment will be made for that estimate period, unless approved by the City. c. If the Contract price is determined, in whole or in part, on a Lump Sum basis, Contractor shall prepare an itemized cost breakdown relating thereto and have the City approve same before commencing work; progress estimates based on said itemized cost breakdown may be the basis for progress payments. Upon' direction by the City, Contractor shall provide for revision of the costs breakdown to reflect the true costs of the work as it progresses. d. If the Contract price is determined wholly on a unit basis, City may use unit prices bid in making progress estimates on the work. In case said unit prices do not, in the opinion of the City, truly represent actual relative costs of different parts of work, a percentage of the Unit Price may be used in making progress estimate adjustments. e. If the City receives written notice of any unsettled claims for damage or other costs due to Contractor's operations including, without limitation, claims from any City Department or other governmental agency, an amount equal to the claim may be withheld from the progress payments, final payments or retainage until r such claim has been resolved to the satisfaction of City. £ Progress payments will be made by City on a monthly basis within thirty (30) days from sign-off by the Contractor of the progress payment or fifteen (15) days after the payment is approved by City of work performed, whichever is the earlier date. Failure to pay progress payments within the timeframe set forth above will result in the imposition of interest as required by ORS 279C.570(2)(3). Defective or improper invoices will be addressed as set forth in ORS 279C.570(4)(5)(6). g. Payment will be issued by City for the amount of the approved estimate, less five percent (5%) retainage. Except as provided in paragraph 19 above and the applicable ORS Sections noted herein, such amount of retainage shall be withheld and retained by City until it is included in and paid to Contractor as part of the final payment of the Contract amount. Upon Substantial Completion of the work under the Contract which shall be understood to be not less than ninety-seven and one-half percent (97.5%) of the work, the City may, at its discretion, reduce the retained amount equivalent to not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the contract value or estimated value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. [279C.570(7)] h. The City may decline to approve an application for payment and may withhold such approval if, in the City's opinion, and in good faith, the work has not progressed to the point indicated by the Contractor's submittal. The City may also decline to approve an application for payment or may reduce said payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, City may nullify the whole or any part of any payment previously made to such extent as may be necessary in their opinion to protect the City from loss because of. (1) defective work not remedied, (2) third party claims filed or failure of the Contractor to make 21 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Paa I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc 0 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. payments properly to Subcontractors for labor, materials or equipment, unless Surety consents to such payment, (3) reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract sum, (4) damage to another contractor's work, (5) reasonable indication that the work will not be completed within the Contract time, (6) unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor, (7) claims against the Contractor by the City, (8) failure to submit a construction schedule or failure to keep said construction schedule updated, or (9) exceeding work limits. When any or all of the criteria set forth above have been remedied satisfactorily to the City, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. Withholding of progress payments or partial payments under the criteria set forth above shall not entitle the Contractor to interest on such withheld payments or partial payments, except as provided in ORS 279C.570(9). i. If Contractor fails to complete the Project within the time limit fixed in the Contract or any extension, no further estimate may be accepted or progress or other payments allowed until the Project is completed, unless approved otherwise by City. Progress estimates are for the sole purpose of determining progress payments and are not to be relied on for any other purpose. A progress payment is not considered acceptance or approval of any work or materials or waiver of any defects therein. [ORS 279.570(2)] 22. Final Estimate and Final Payment a. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. Contractor shall notify the City in writing when all or a portion of the work is considered substantially complete. If it appears to the City that the work is not substantially complete, the City shall not make an inspection. The City may make a general list of major work components remaining. If it appears that the work is substantially complete, the City shall, within fifteen (15) days after receiving notice, make an inspection and either accept the work or notify Contractor of work yet to be performed. If accepted, City shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, Exhibit F. Upon acceptance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion by both parties, the City shall be responsible for operation and maintenance of that part of the work described in the Certificate of Substantial Completion, subject to the warranty requirements and protection of the work and all other applicable terms of the contract documents. The date of substantial completion of all the work shall stop the accrual of liquidated damages, if applicable. b. FINAL COMPLETION. Contractor shall notify the City in writing when work is 100% complete. If it appears to the City that the work is not 100% complete, the City shall not make a final inspection. The City may make a general list of major work components remaining. If it appears that the work is 100% complete, the City shall, within fifteen (15) days after receiving notice, make a final inspection and either accept the work or notify Contractor of work yet to be performed on the Contract. A Certificate of Final Completion shall not be prepared until all provisions of the Contract have been met, including but not limited to, the submission by the Contractor of a signed Certificate of Compliance, Exhibit G and executed "Release of Liens and Claims."(Exhibit H). c. When the work is 100% complete, the City shall prepare a final pay estimate and Certificate of Final Completion accepting the work as of a certain date. The Contractor shall execute and return the final pay estimate and Certificate of Final Completion within five (5) working days of receipt. Unless otherwise provided as a Special Provision, when City accepts the Certificate of Final Completion, the date the Contractor signs the Certificate of Final Completion shall be the date the City accepts Ownership of the work and the start date of the warranty period. The contractor may substitute a Warranty Bond in replacement of the Performance and Payment Bonds in accordance with Section 29. The City shall include in the final pay estimate an addition to the contract amount for any contract deduction from the contract amount for any liquidated damages and a deduction from the contract price in a fair and equitable amount for any damages to the City or for any costs incurred or likely to be incurred by the City due to Contractor's failure to meet any contract provision or specification other than timely completion. d. If the Contractor believes the quantities and amounts specified in the final pay estimate prepared by the City to be incorrect, Contractor shall submit to the City within five (5) working days of receipt of the City's final pay estimate, an itemized statement of any and all claims for additional compensation under the Contract which are based on differences in measurements or errors of computation. Any such claim not so submitted 22 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\T'auras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc m 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. and supported by an itemized statement within said period is expressly waived and the City shall not be obligated to pay the same. e. The Contractor shall commence any suit or action to collect or enforce the claim or claims for any additional compensation arising from errors of computation in the final estimate within a period of one (1) year following the original mailing of the City's final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion to the Contractor's last known address as shown in the records of City. The City's issuance of a revised final estimate pursuant to this subsection does not alter the original final estimate date. If said suit, action or proceeding is not commenced in said one (1) year period, the final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion or revised final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion, if revisions are made, shall be conclusive with respect to the amount earned by the Contractor, and the Contractor expressly waives any and all claims for compensation and any and all causes of suit or action for the enforcement thereof that Contractor might have had. f. Upon return of the fully executed Certificate of Final Completion from the Contractor, the City will submit the Certificate of Final Completion and final estimate to the City for approval. Upon approval and acceptance by the City, Contractor will be paid a total payment equal to the amount due under the Contract including retainage within thirty (30) days in accordance with ORS 279C.570. Failure to pay within 30 days shall implicate the interest on final payment/ retainage requirements of ORS 279C.570(8). g. Monies earned by the Contractor are not due and payable until the procedures set forth in the contract documents for inspection, approval and acceptance of the work; for determination of the work done and the amount due therefore; for the preparation of the final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion and processing the same for payment; for consideration of the Contractor's claim, or claims, if any; and for the preparing of a revised final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion and processing same for payment all have been carried out. h. As a prerequisite to final payment, if Contractor is not domiciled in or registered to do business in the State of Oregon, the Contractor will provide City with evidence that the requirement of ORS 279A.120(3) has been satisfied. i. If City declares a default of the Contract, and Surety completes said Contract, all payments made after declaration of default and all retainage held by City shall be paid to Surety and not to Contractor in k' accordance with the terms of the Contract. j. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment shall release City from any and all claims by Contractor whether known or unknown, arising out of and relating to the work. No payment, however, final or otherwise, shall } operate to release Contractor or its Sureties from warranties or other obligations required in the performance of the Contract. k. Disputes as to compensation resolved in favor of the contractor implicate the interest provisions of ORS 279.570(9). 23. Change Orders / Extra Work The Contractor agrees to complete this Contract in accordance with the attached specifications and requirements, including any change orders. A change order submitted by the City must be agreed upon by the Contractor, the City, and the Funding Agency, and in the event of failure to so agree, the City may then proceed with any additional work in any manner the City may choose. A decision by the City to proceed to have work done by another party shall in no way relieve either the Contractor or City of this Contract and neither will such action be cause for collection of damages by either party to the contract, one from the other. Only the City designated Contracting Officer or individual with delegated contracting authority can authorize extra (and/or changed) work and compensation. Such authorization must be in writing. The parties expressly recognize that, except when such order is in writing by an individual with delegated authority, City personnel are not authorized to order extra (and/or) changed work or to waive contract requirements or authorize additional compensation. Failure of the Contractor to secure City authorization for extra work shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims or rights to adjustment in the contract price 23 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tau s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. or contract time due to such unauthorized extra work and thereafter Contractor shall be entitled to no compensation whatsoever for the performance of such work. Contractor further expressly waives any and all right or remedy by way of restitution and quantum meruit for any and all extra work performed by Contractor without express and prior authorization of the City. 24. Contractor/Subcontractor Payment Obligations a. The Contractor is required to include in each subcontract for property or services entered into by the Contractor and a first-tier subcontractor, including a material supplier, for the purpose of performing this contract: A. payment clause that obligates the Contractor to pay the first-tier subcontractor for satisfactory performance under its subcontract within 10 days out of such amounts as are paid to the Contractor by the City under such contract; [279C.580(3)(a)] and B. An interest penalty clause that obligates the Contractor, if payment is not made within 30 days after receipt of payment from the City, to pay to the first-tier subcontractor an interest penalty on amounts due in the case of each payment not made in accordance with the payment clause included in the subcontract pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above. A contractor or first-tier subcontractor shall not be obligated to pay an interest penalty if the only reason that the contractor or first-tier subcontractor did not make payment when payment was due is that the contractor or first-tier subcontractor did not receive payment from the City or contractor when payment was due. The interest penalty shall be: (1) For the period beginning on the day after the required payment date and ending on the date on which payment of the amount is due made; and (2) Computed at the rate specified in ORS 279C.515(2). [279C.580(3)(b)] b. The Contractor is further required to include in each of its subcontracts, for the purpose of performance of such contract condition, a provision requiring the first-tier subcontractor to include a payment clause and an interest penalty clause conforming to the standards of section a. above in each of its subcontracts and to require each of its subcontractors to include such clauses in their subcontracts with each lower-tier subcontractor or supplier. [279C.580(4)] c. The Contractor shall not request payment of any amount withheld or retained in accordance with ORS 279C.580(5) until such time as the Contractor has determined and certified to the City that the subcontractor is entitled to the payment of such amount. [279C.570(1)]. d. A dispute between the Contractor and a subcontractor relating to the amount or entitlement of a subcontractor to a payment or a late payment interest penalty under a clause included in the subcontract pursuant to subsections (3) and (4) of ORS 279C.580 does not constitute a dispute to which the City is a party. The City shall not be included as a party in any administrative or judicial proceeding involving such a dispute. [279C.580(2)] e. The Contractor shall make payment promptly, as due, to all persons supplying to the Contractor labor or material for the performance of the work provided for in the contract. [ORS 279C.505(1)(a)] The Contractor shall pay all contributions or amounts due the Industrial Accident Fund and the State Unemployment Compensation Fund from the Contractor or Subcontractor incurred in the performance of the contract. [ORS 279C.505(l)(b)] The Contractor shall not permit any claim or lien to be filed or prosecuted against the City and shall be fully responsible for any lien or claim filed against the City on account of any labor or material furnished. [ORS 279C.505(1)(c)] The Contractor shall pay to the Department of Revenue all sums withheld from employees pursuant to ORS 316.167. [ORS 279C.505(l)(d)] f. Pursuant to ORS 279C.515(1), if Contractor fails, neglects or refuses to make prompt payment of any claim for labor or services furnished to the Contractor or a subcontractor by any person in connection with the Contract as such claim becomes due, the proper officer(s) representing the City may pay the claim and 24 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Spea\Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgradcs(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. charge the amount of the payment against funds due or to become due Contractor under this Contract. g. Pursuant to ORS 279C.515(2), if the Contractor or a first-tier subcontractor fails, neglects or refuses to make payment to a person furnishing labor or materials in connection with the public improvement contract within 30 days after receipt of payment from the contracting agency or a contractor, the contractor or first-tier subcontractor shall owe the person the amount due plus interest charges commencing at the end of the 10- day period that payment is due under ORS 279C.580 (4) and ending upon final payment, unless payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. The rate of interest charged to the contractor or first-tier subcontractor on the amount due shall equal three times the discount rate on 90-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal Reserve Bank in the Federal Reserve district that includes Oregon on the date that is 30 days after the date when payment was received from the contracting agency or from the contractor,' but the rate of interest may not exceed 30 percent. The amount of interest may not be waived. h. Pursuant to ORS 279C.515(3), if the Contractor or a subcontractor fails, neglects or refuses to make payment to a person furnishing labor or materials in connection with the public improvement contract, the person may file a complaint with the Construction Contractors Board, unless payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. i. Pursuant to ORS 279C.515(4), the payment of a claim in the manner authorized in this section does not relieve the contractor or the contractor's surety from obligation with respect to any unpaid claims. j. Living Wage Rates: If the amount of this contract is $18,703 or more, and Contractor is not paying prevailing wage for the work, Contractor must comply with Chapter 3.12 of the Ashland Municipal Code by paying a living wage, as defined in this chapter, to all employees performing work under this contract and to any subcontractor who performs 50% or more of the work under this contract. Contractor must post the attached Living Wage notice predominantly in areas where it will be seen by all employees. 25. Inspection and Acceptance Inspection and acceptance of all work required under this contract shall be performed by the City. The Contractor shall be advised of the acceptance or of any deficiencies in the deliverable items. 26. Liquidated Damages City and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Contract and that City will suffer substantial financial loss if the project work is not completed within the timeframe specified in Section (1) of the Public Improvement r. Contract. City and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or other dispute resolution preceding the actual loss suffered by City if the project work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, City and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) the Contractor shall pay the City Six Hundred Dollars per day ($600.00/day) for each and every day w that elapses in excess of the contract time or the final adjusted contract time. This amount is a genuine pre-estimation of the damages expected because of a delay in the completion of this project. Any sums due as liquidated damages shall be deducted from any money due or which may become due to the Contractor under this Contract. Payment of liquidated damages shall not release the Contractor from obligations in respect to the fulfillment of the entire contract, nor shall the payment of such liquidated damages constitute a waiver of the City's right to collect any additional damages which may be sustained by failure of the Contractor to complete the work on time. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the project work or any part thereof after the contract time, or adjusted contract time, has expired shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the City or any of its rights under this contract. The City may in its discretion grant the Contractor an extension of time upon a showing made by the Contractor that the work has been unavoidably delayed by conditions beyond the control of the parties. 27. Liability, Indemnity and Hold Harmless 25 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Mccnical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Contractor warrants that all its work will be performed in accordance with generally accepted practices and standards as well as the requirements of applicable federal, state, and local laws, it being understood that acceptance of Contractor's work by City shall not operate as a waiver or release. The Contractor shall hold harmless, indemnify, and defend City, its officers, agents, and employees from any and all liability, actions, claims, losses, damages or other costs of whatsoever nature, including attorney's fees and witness costs (at both trial and appeal level, whether or not a trial or appeal ever takes place) that may be asserted by any person or entity arising from, during or in connection with the performance of the work, actions or failure to perform actions, and other activities of Contractor or its officers, employees, subcontractors or agents, under this contract, including the professional negligent acts, errors, or omissions of Contractor or its officers, employees, subcontractors, or agents except liability arising out of the sole gross negligence of the City and its employees. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the work and shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to the Contractor, to the City, and to their officers, agents, and employees on account of (a) the character or performance of the work, (b) unforeseen difficulties, (c) accidents, or (d) any other cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall assume this responsibility even if (a) fault is the basis of the claim, and (b) any act, omission or conduct of the City connected with the Contract is a condition or contributory cause of the claim, loss, damage or injury. Contractor waives any and all statutory or common law rights of defense and indemnification by the City. Such indemnification shall also cover claims brought against City under state or federal workers compensation laws. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify City from all loss or damage that may result from Contractor's wrongful or unauthorized use of any patented article or process. If any aspect of this indemnity shall be found to be illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this indemnification. Any specific duty or liability imposed or assumed by the Contractor as may be otherwise set forth in the Contract documents shall not be construed as a limitation or restriction of the general liability or duty imposed upon the Contractor by this section. In the event any such action or claim is brought against the City, the Contractor shall, if the City so elects and upon tender by the City, defend the same at the Contractor's sole cost and expense, promptly satisfy any judgment adverse to the City or to the City and the Contractor jointly, and reimburse the City for any loss, cost, damage, or expense, including attorney fees, suffered or incurred by the City. 28. Insurance The Contractor shall provide and maintain during the life of this Contract the insurance coverage as described in Exhibit C. All costs for such insurance shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be included in the contract price. In case of the breach of any provision of this section, the City may elect to take out and maintain at the expense of the Contractor such insurance as the City may deem proper. The City may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies that may be due or become due the Contractor under this Contract. Failure to maintain insurance as provided is also cause for immediate termination of the Contract. Contractor shall furnish City certificates of insurance acceptable to City prior to execution by the City and before Contractor or any subcontractor commences work under this Contract. The certificate shall show the name of the insurance carrier, coverage, type, amount (or limits), policy numbers, effective and expiration dates and a description of operations covered. The certificate will include the deductible or retention level and required endorsements. Insuring companies or entities are subject to City's acceptance. If requested, copies of insurance policies shall be provided to the City. Contractor shall be responsible for all deductibles, self-insured retention's, and/or self-insurance. Approval of the insurance shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor hereunder. 29. Performance, Payment and Warranty Bonds / Notice of Bond Claims At the time of execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish: (1) Performance Bond and (2) Payment Bond written by a corporate surety or other financial assurance in an amount equal to the amount of the Contract based upon the estimate of quantities or lump sum as set forth in the Contract and in accordance with ORS 279.380. The bonds shall be continuous in effect and shall remain in full force and effect until compliance with and fulfillment of all terms and provisions of the Contract, including the obligations of Sections 27 and 30, all applicable laws and the prompt payment of all persons supplying labor and/or material for prosecution of the work. The bond(s) or other financial assurance is subject to approval by the City. Contractor shall furnish a separate warranty bond written by a corporate surety or other financial assurance, in an amount equal to 10% of the final amount of the contract. The City may permit the warranty amount to be included in the initial performance and payment bonds. The warranty bond or other financial assurance shall be in effect for a 26 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Taums - Electrital and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. period of one year from the date of Final Completion. The City may require a separate warranty bond or financial assurance for any repairs done pursuant to the warranty obligation. Such separate warranty bond or financial assurance shall be for a period of one year from the date of completion of such repairs. The notice of claim on a bond required by ORS 279C.600 must be sent by registered or certified mail or hand delivered no later than 120 days after the day the person last provided labor or furnished materials or 120 days after the worker listed in the notice of claim by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries last provided labor. The notice may be sent or delivered to the contractor at any place the contractor maintains an office or conducts business or at the residence of the contractor. Notwithstanding the above, if the claim is for a required contribution to a fund of any employee benefit plan, the notice required by ORS 279C.600 must be sent or delivered within 150 days after the employee last provided labor or materials. The notice of claim must be in writing substantially as set forth in ORS 279C.605(3)-(5). 30. Two-Year Warranty' a. In addition to and not in lieu of any other warranties required under the Contract, Contractor shall make all necessary repairs and replacements to remedy, in a manner satisfactory to the City and at no cost to the City, any and all defects, breaks, or failures of the work occurring within two years following the date of completion due to faulty or inadequate materials or workmanship. Repair damage or disturbances to other improvements under, within, or adjacent to the work, whether or not caused by settling, washing, or slipping, when such damage or disturbance is caused, in whole or in part, from activities of the Contractor in r" performing its duties and obligations under this Contract when such defects or damage occur within the warranty period. The two-year warranty period shall, with relation to such required repair, be extended one year from the date of completion of such repair. If Contractor, after written notice, fails within ten days to proceed to comply with the terms of this section, City may have the defects corrected, and the Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable for all expense incurred. In case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the City, delay would cause serious loss or damage, repairs may be made without notice being given to Contractor and Contractor or Surety shall pay the cost of repairs. Failure of the City to act in case of an emergency shall not relieve Contractor or Surety from liability and payment of all such costs. 31. Nondiscrimination in Labor No person shall be subject to discrimination in the receipt of the benefits of any services or activities made possible r by or resulting from this Agreement on the grounds of sex, race, color, creed, marital status, age, sexual orientation or national origin. Contractor shall comply with provisions of Owner's Equal Opportunity Policy and comply with ORS Chapter 659 and ORS Chapter 659A relating to unlawful employment practices and discrimination by employers against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin, marital status , or age if the individual is 18 years of age or older. Particular reference is made to ORS 659A.030, which states that it is unlawful employment practice for any employer, because of the race, religion, color, sex, national origin, marital status or age if the individual is 18 years or older or because of the race, religion, color, sex, national origin or age of any other person with whom the individual associates, or because of a juvenile record that has been expunged` pursuant to ORS 419A.260 and ORS 419A.262 of any individual, or to refuse to hire or employ or to bar or discharge from employment such individual or to discriminate against such individual in compensation or in terms, conditions or privileges of employment. Any violation of this provision shall be considered a material violation of the Agreement and shall be grounds for cancellation, termination, or suspension in whole or in part.q 32. Construction Debris and Yard Waste Contractor shall salvage or recycle construction and demolition debris, if feasible and cost effective. If the contract includes lawn and landscaping maintenance, Contractor shall compost or mulch yard waste material at an approved site, if feasible and cost effective. [ORS 279C.510(1)&(2)] 33. Environmental Regulations 27 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\BodicH\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tautas - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrad"J U).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. , Pursuant to ORS 279C.525(1), the following is a list of federal, state and local agencies which have enacted ordinances or regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of natural resources that may affect the performance of the contract. Federal Agencies: Agriculture, Department of Forest Service Soil Conservation Service Commerce Department of National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) Defense, Department of Army Corps of Engineers Energy, Department of Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Environmental Protection Agency Health and Human Services Department of Housing and Urban Development, Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank Interior, Department of Bureau of Land Management Bureau of Indian Affairs Bureau of Mines Bureau of Reclamation Geological Survey Minerals Management Service U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Labor, Department of Mine Safety and Health Administration Occupational Safety and Health Administration Transportation, Department of Coast Guard Federal Highway Administration Water Resources Council State Agencies: Administrative Services, Department of Agriculture, Department of Consumer & Business Services, Department of Oregon Occupational Safety & Health Division Energy, Department of Environmental Quality, Department of Fish and Wildlife, Department of Forestry, Department of Geology and Mineral Industries, Department of Human Resources, Department of Land Conservation and Development Commission Parks and Recreation, Department of Soil and Water Conservation Commission State Engineer State Land Board (Lands, Division of State) Water Resources Department Oregon Department of Transportation Local Agencies: 28 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Dat2\COA\1014033\Specs\Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Put I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Ashland City Council (Ashland Municipal Code) Jackson County County Courts County Commissioners of Jackson County, County Service Districts Sanitary Districts Water Districts Fire Protection Districts Historical Preservation Commissions Planning Commission If the Contractor awarded the project is delayed or must undertake additional work by reason of existing ordinances, rules or regulations of agencies not cited above or due to the enactment of new or the amendment of existing statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations relating to the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of natural resources occurring after the submission of the successful bid, the City may: a. Terminate the contract; b. Complete the work itself, c. Use non-City forces already under contract with the City; d. Require that the underlying property owner be responsible for cleanup; e. Solicit bids for a new contractor to provide the necessary services; or f. Issue the contractor a change order setting forth the additional work that must be undertaken. The solicitation documents make specific reference to known conditions at the construction site that may require the successful bidder to comply with the ordinances, rules or regulations identified above. If Contractor encounters a condition not referred to in the solicitation documents, not caused by the successful bidder and not discoverable by a reasonable pre-bid visual site inspection, and the condition requires compliance with the ordinances, rules or regulations enacted by the governmental entities identified above, the successful bidder shall immediately give notice of the condition to the contracting agency. Except in the case of an emergency and except as may otherwise be required by any environmental or natural resource ordinance, rule or regulation, the Contractor shall not commence work nor incur any additional job site costs in regard to the condition encountered and described in subsection (3) of this section without written direction from the contracting agency. Upon request by the City, the Contractor shall" estimate the emergency or regulatory compliance costs as well as the anticipated delay and costs resulting from the encountered condition. This cost estimate shall be promptly delivered to the contracting agency for resolution. Within a reasonable period of time following delivery of an estimate of this section, the City may: a. Terminate the contract; b. Complete the work itself, c. Use non-City forces already under contract with the City;. d. Require that the underlying property owner be responsible for cleanup; e. Solicit bids for a new contractor to provide the necessary services; or f. Issue the contractor a change order setting forth the additional work that must be undertaken. If the City chooses to terminate the contract under either subsection(a) of this section, the Contractor shall be entitled to all costs and expenses incurred to the date of termination, including overhead and reasonable profits, on the percentage of the work completed. The City shall have access to the contractor's bid documents when making the contracting agency's determination of the additional compensation due to the contractor. If the contracting agency causes work to be done by another contractor under either subsection (c) or (e) above, the initial contractor may not be held liable for actions or omissions of the other contractor. The change order under either subsection (f) of this section shall include the appropriate extension of contract time and compensate the contractor for all additional costs, including overhead and reasonable profits, reasonably incurred as a result of complying with the applicable statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations. The City shall have access to the contractor's bid documents when making the contracting agency's determination of the additional compensation due to the contractor. 29 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothelt\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Put I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc © 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Notwithstanding the above, the City has allocated all or a portion of the known environmental and natural resource risks to a Contractor by listing such environmental and natural resource risks in the solicitation documents; and 34. Waiver The failure of the City to enforce any provision of this contract shall not constitute a waiver by the City of that or any other provision. City shall not be precluded or estopped by any measurement, estimate or certificate made either before or after completion and acceptance of work or payment therefore, from showing the true amount and character of work performed and materials furnished by the Contractor, or from showing that any such measurement, estimate or certificate is untrue or incorrectly made, or that work or materials do not conform in fact to the Contract. City shall not be precluded or stopped, notwithstanding any such measurement, estimate or certificate, or payment in accordance therewith, from recovering from the Contractor and their Sureties such damages as it may sustain by reason of their failure to comply with terms of the Contract, or from enforcing compliance with the Contract. Neither acceptance by City, or by any representative or agent of the City, of the whole or any part of the work, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by City, nor any payment for all or any part of the project, shall operate as a waiver of any portion of the Contract or of any power herein reserved, or any right to damages herein provided. A waiver of any breach of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other breach. 35. Errors The Contractor shall perform such additional work as may be necessary to correct errors in the work required under this contract without undue delays and without additional cost. 36. Governing Law The provisions of this contract shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon and ordinances of the City of Ashland, Oregon. Any action or suits involving any question arising under this contract must be brought in the appropriate court in Jackson County, Oregon. If the claim must be brought in a federal forum, then it shall be brought and conducted in the United States District Court for the District of Oregon. Contractor, by the signature herein of its authorized representative, hereby consents to the in personam jurisdiction of said courts. In no event shall this section be construed as a waiver of the City of any form of defense or immunity.. 37. Severability If any term or provision of this contract is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or in conflict with any law, the validity of the remaining terms and provisions shall not be affected, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced as if the contract did not contain the particular term or provision held invalid. 38. Attorney's Fees if a suit or action is filed to enforce any of the terms of this contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party, in addition to costs and disbursements provided by statute, any sum which a court, including any appellate court, may adjudge reasonable as attorney's fees. 39. Business License The Contractor shall obtain a City of Ashland business license as required by City Ordinance prior to beginning work under this contract. The Contractor shall provide a business license number in the space provided in this contract. 40. Notices/Bills/Payments All notices, bills, and payments shall be made in writing and may be given by personal delivery or by mail. Notices, bills, and payments sent by mail should be addressed as follows: City: Morgan Wayman, Senior Project Manager 30 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Ashland Public Works Department 20 East Main Street Ashland, OR 97520 Contractor: and when so addressed, shall be deemed given upon deposit in the United States Mail, postage prepaid. In all other instances, notices, bills, and payments shall be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names and addresses of the person to whom notices, bills, and payments are to be given by giving notice pursuant to this paragraph. 41. Conflict of Interest Contractor covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of its services. The Contractor further covenants that in the performance of this contract no person having any such interest shall be employed. 42. Merger Clause THIS CONTRACT AND ATTACHED EXHIBITS CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES. NO WAIVER, CONSENT, MODIFICATION OR CHANGE OF TERMS OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL BIND EITHER PARTY UNLESS IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY BOTH PARTIES. SUCH WAIVER, CONSENT, MODIFICATION OR CHANGE, IF MADE, SHALL BE EFFECTIVE ONLY IN THE SPECIFIC INSTANCE AND FOR THE SPECIFIC PURPOSE GIVEN. THERE ARE NO UNDERSTANDINGS, AGREEMENTS, OR REPRESENTATIONS, ORAL OR WRITTEN, NOT SPECIFIED HEREIN REGARDING THIS CONTRACT. BY ITS SIGNATURE, CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES IT HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THIS CONTRACT, AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. w ATTACHMENTS: EXHIBITS A-I EXHIBIT A STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS EXHIBIT B COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE PUBLIC CONTRACT LAW EXHIBIT C INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS EXHIBIT D INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION EXHIBIT E BONDS (PAYMENT and PERFORMANCE) EXHIBIT F CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION EXHIBIT G CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE EXHIBIT H RELEASE OF LIENS AND CLAIMS EXHIBIT I CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION t, 31 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgradcs(Rl).doc ® 2014 R112 Engineering, Inc. EXHIBIT B COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT This exhibit contains the requirements for public contracting as set forth in ORS Chapter 279C.365 through and including 279C.800 and is available through the City Engineering Office at 51 Winburn Way, Ashland, Oregon or online at ww\v.leg.state.or.us/ors. The provisions of ORS 27913.080-Emergency Procurements apply to this Contract. 32 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\BodheU\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tams - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 R142 Engineering, Inc. PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK t 33 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc - 0 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. r , i PERFORMANCE TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA BOND Hartford, Connecticut 06183 (Public Work) Bond No.: 106104086 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, Taurus Power and Controls, inc., as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, a Connecticut corporation, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Ashland, Oregon, as Obligee, In the sum of One Hundred Ten Thousand Six Hundred Five and 001100 Dollars ($110,606.00) for the payment whereof said Principal and Surety bind themselves; jointly and severally, as provided herein. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract with Obligee dated July 2014 for TAP Emergency Interne Project - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements, Project No. 2008-08 ("Contract"). NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that If Principal shall perform the Construction Work to be done under the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise to remain In full force and effect. Surety's obligations hereunder shall not arise unless Principal is in default under the Contract for failing to perform the Construction Work, and has been declared by Obligee to be in default under the Contract for failing to perform the Construction Work; and Obligee has performed Its obligations under the Contract. In such event, Surety shall have a reasonable period of time to, 1. Upon entering into an acceptable written takeover agreement with Obligee, undertake to perform and complete the Construction Work to be done under the Contract; or 2. Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors for a contract for completion of the Construction Work to be done under the Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by Obligee and contractor, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety; or 3. Waive its right to perform or complete the Construction Work pursuant to paragraphs Land 2 above, and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances; (a) After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Obligee and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment therefor to the Obligee; or (b) Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Obliges citing reasons therefor. 4. The Contract balance, as defined below, shall be credited against the reasonable construction cast of completing the Construction Work to be performed under the Contract. If completed by Obligee pursuant to paragraphs 2 or 3 above, and the reasonable construction cost exceeds the Contract balance, Surety shall pay to Obliges such excess, but In no event shall the aggregate liability of Surety exceed the amount of this bond. If Surety completes the Construction Work pursuant to paragraph 1 above, that portion of the Contract balance as may be required to complete the Construction Work to be done under the Contract and to reimburse Surety for its outlays shall be paid to Surety at the times and In the manner as said sums would have been payable to Principal had there been no default under the Contract; provided, however, that to the extent that Surety's outlays exceed the Contract balance paid to Surety by Obligee, Surety shall be entitled to a dollar for dollar reduction of its liability under this bond, and Surety's aggregate liability shall not exceed the penal sum of this bond. The term 'Contract balance," as used In the paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Obligee under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amounts property paid by Obligee to Principal under the Contract. The term 'Construction Work° as used herein shall mean the providing all labor and/or material necessary to complete Principal's scope of work under the Contract. Notwithstanding any language in the Contract to the contrary, the Contract balance shall not be reduced or set off on account of any obligation, contractual or otherwise, except the reasonable construction cost incurred in completing the Construction Work. 6. Any suit by Obligee under this bond must be instituted before the earlier of. (a) the expiration of one year from the date of substantial completion of the Construction Work, or (b) one year after Principal ceased Performance Bond - Page 1 of 2 performing the Construction Work under the Contract, excluding warranty work. If this bond Is provided to comply with bond statutes In the location where the Construction Work Is being performed, and the bond statutes contain a statute of limitations for suits on the performance bond, then the limitation period set forth herein shall be read out of this bond and the statute of limitation set forth in the bond statutes shall be read Into this bond. If the limitation set forth in this bond is void or prohibited by taw, the minimum period of limitation available to suretles 'as a defense In the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable, and said period of limitation shall be deemed to have accrued and shall commence to run no later than the earner of (y) the date of substantial completion of the Construction Work, or (z) the date principal ceased performing Construction Work, excluding warranty work. 6. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder other than In a court of competent jurisdiction In the county or other political subdivision of the state In which the project, or any part thereof, Is situated, or In the United States District Court for the district in which the project, or any part thereof, Is situated, and not elsewhere. 7. This bond shall not afford coverage for any liability of principal for tortious acts, whether or not sold liability is direct or Is Imposed by the Contract, and shall not serve as or be a substitute for or supplemental to any liability or other insurance required by the Contract. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or entity other than the named Obligee. 8. This bond Is provided to comply with applicable statutory or other legal requirement for performing construction contracts for public owners in the location where the Construction Work is being performed. Except as provided In paragraph 5 above, all provisions In the bond which are In addition to or differ from applicable statutory or legal requirements shall be read out of this bond, and all pertinent statutes and other legal requirements shall be read into the bond. Signed this I i0 day of July , 2014. Taurus Power and Controls, inc. (Principal) By. - Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of-Amefto BY: 4 ke neh Frick, torney-in-Fact OR Lie. #12822 GS•1015.0905 Performance Bond - page 2 of 2. PAYMENT BOND TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA (PubiloWork) Hartford, Connecticut 06183 Bond No,: 106104095 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, Taurus Power and Controls, Inc., as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, a Connecticut corporation, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Ashland, Oregon, as Obligee, in the sum of One Hundred Ten Thousand Six Hundred Five and 001100 U.S. Dollars ($110,605.00) for the payment whereof sold principal and Surety bind themselves, jointly and severally, as provided herein. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract with Obligee, dated July, 2014, for TAP Emergency interne Project - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements, Project No. 2008-08 ("Contract"). NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall promptly make payment to all Claimants as hereinafter defined for all labor and material actually used, consumed or Incorporated in the performance of the construction work to be performed under the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions: 1. A Claimant is defined as one other than Obligee having a contract with Principal or with a direct subcontractor of Principal to supply labor and/or materials and said labor and/or materials are actually used, consumed or Incorporated in the performance of the construction work under the Contract. 2. Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with Obligee that every Claimant as herein defined who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of such Claimant's work or labor was done or performed or materials were , furnished by such Claimant, may bring suit on this bond, prosecute the suit to final judgment for the amount due under Claimant's contract for the labor and/or materials supplied by the Claimant which were used, consumed or Incorporated in the performance of the work, and have execution thereon; provided, however, that a Claimant having a direct contractual relationship with a subcontractor of Principal shall have a right of action on this bond only if said Claimant notifies Surety in writing of its claim within ninety (90) days from the date on which said Claimant did or performed the last labor . and/or materials for which the claim is made. Obligee shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. 3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant: a. After the expiration of the earlier of: (1) one year after the day on which Claimant last supplied the labor and/or materials for which the claim is made; or (2) the limitation period set forth In the public works bond statutes, If any, in the location where the construction work is being performed. Any limitation contained in this bond which Is prohibited by any law controlling in the state where the suit Is filed shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by the law of that state, and said period of limitation shall be deemed to have accrued and shall commence to run on the day Claimant last supplied the labor and/or materials for which the claim is made; and b. Other than In a state court of competent jurisdiction in the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the project, or any part thereof, Is situated, or In the United States District Court fbr the district in which the project, or any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere. Payment Bond. --Page 1 of 2 4. The amount of this band shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made In good faith hereunder. Surety's liability hereunder Is limited, singly, or in the aggregate, to the penal sum of the bond set forth herein. 5. This bond is provided to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement for performing construction contracts for public owners in the location where the construction work Is being performed. Except as provided in paragraph 3 above, all provisions in the bond which are In addition to or differ from those statutory or legal requirements shall be read out of this bond, and all pertinent statutes and other legal requirements shall be read Into the bond, This bond is a statutory bond, not a common law bond. Signed this day of July, 2014. Tautus Power and Controls, Inc. (principal) By: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America By: LC Ke neth J. FrickiAttorney-in-Fact OR Lic. #128222 CS-loll-0805 Payment Bond Page 2 of 2. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER ilMk POWER OF ATTORNEY TRAVELERS .1 Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Attorney-In Fact No. 226181 Certificate No. 005972321 KNOW ALL MIEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casualty Company, St. Paul Fire and Maine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized tinder the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Donna S. Martinez, Kenneth J. Frick, Alex B. Hodge, Rodney C. Lewis, and Lori McKimmy of the City of Yakima State of Washington their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of,guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and exectifing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permifted'.in airy-actions or proceedings allowed by law. 7th IN WITNF,SS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument:to be signed• and their: corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this Ju 2014 Y day of Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty' Insurance Cpriipany_..-. Travelers; Casualty and Surety Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St, Paul Guardian Insurance Company fLRE 6 ~ IW ~ NSUW BJpL.ZY AHDOG .'S</~' ' ~UnSV~<y J O~f•..... SG9 i,YyJPi '.-_..?9y~ ~0 ° ~Tff//////~''^^``'''••~~\\~ •R I ~O~~Sr, ~ t9catrow,irtl i ..~~5 ~£oRPORATEi~~, Ia ~iCpRPOpgrE; n,n .+3;1 1982 O [ae •t` z= O1 w HnaiFOao, 5.77aVCIFQpat f ooHH.ff'fJ s N 1896 y COHH, c1'- Z" • i r. 1.977 $ 1951 ~ F ~.]'•SEAGio S&1LL bey , >N ~ t~ fee 1sMMHy✓r ~:rq....~..•;~ obi }a+ • w AY! ANt°' State of Connecticut 8y. City of Hartford ss. Robert L. Raney, nior Vice President On this the 71}1 day of July 2014 , before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty ]nsurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Maine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seat. w wY ~u1 My Commission expires the 30th day of dune, 2016. pflsl~G tk Marie C. Tbtreauh, Notary Public 3* 58440-8-12 Printed in U.S.A. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUTTHE RED BORDER . s • 7 WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her, and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary: or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seat shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. 1, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St, Paul Guardian insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United<Sta;es FiQei'ii and Gun arty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Compa eS~ {c)t is 'I 11 Morse a%. effect and has not been revoked. V _0 3 ti IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and-A4 rid the seas ot'said=Companies this day of July 20 14. t• .f + .cy,~. 13 Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec &.7 GhgGA~A JV itNE 4 ~ t N•fGN ,P~ 1XSGn 9Jp ST AMU @ ~S~~ppR,~~ s~jY R/f0 Oa ~J 4 - ~9 T:fpAPORA SUS ¢4i AP~RR'9~n4 ~ 3T ~QY' ?6D ,~g~ A4TE0 x n[f - elm £i~ lftni a HAaTWPD, aFWStfYSaD, T-i t~ € 18~i ~:SEdLtof ~iSE&.W-V o P 1896 7 . a~ F~ 'LeA,rce ~.:.A.i~✓'' pia` ^~''j.~ % "N i>c A9J ANtd~`. To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond,com. Please refer to the Attorney-In-Fact number, the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER A ® DATE (MMIDDIYYYY) ` 717/2014 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). CONTACT LOL11Se Cook PRODUCER NAME: First Niagara Risk Management, Inc PHONE (585) 546-3747 A/C No : (585) 424-2790 777 Canal View Blvd, Suite 100 E-MAIL Louise.cook@fnrm.com ADDRESS: INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # Rochester NY 14623 INSURERA:LlO ds of London 1122000 INSURED INSURER B:Evanston Insurance Co 35378 Taurus Power & Controls, Inc. INSURERCFederal Insurance Company 0281 9999 S.W. Avery Street INSURERD: INSURER E : Tualatin, OR 97062 INSURERF: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:14-15 Master REVISION NUMBER:2 3/4/14 lc THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDL UBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER (MM/DDIYYYY) (MMIDDIYYYY) GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES Ea occurrence $ A CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR X S000066682 1/12/2014 /12/2015 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEML AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY X PRO X LOC $ COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 2,000,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Ea accident A BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED X 5000066682 1/12/2014 /12/2015 BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE NON-OWNED Per accident $ X HIRED AUTOS X AUTOS $ UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 B DED RETENTIONS ONJ575514 /12/2014 1/12/2016 $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION WC STATU AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY YIN - OT'_ E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1 000 000 AN OFFICER/MEMBER Y PROPRIETOR/ EXCLUDED? N/A (Mandatory In NH) EXCLUDED? (15)71725180 1/12/2014 1/12/2015 E.L. DISEASE-EA EMPLOYE $ 1,000,000 (Mandatory in ) S6 describe DES C RIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E. L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 A Professional Liability 5000066682 1/12/2014 1/12/2015 Limit $2,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) The city, and its agents, officers, and employees are included as Additional Insured's under the Auto and General Liability with respect to ongoing work performed for them by the Named Insured when required by executed contract. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. City of Ashland 20 East Main Street AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Ashland, OR 97520 Bruce Rogers/LCOOK ACORD 25 (2010105) ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. INS025 r2mnn51 m Tha Ar.01411 nama anri Innn ara -;n faror! mnrkc of ARr1Rr1 ADDITIONAL COVERAGES Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date Employee Benefits EBLIA Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000 Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date Professional Liability PROF Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium 1,000,000 2,000,000 25,000 Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date Per Location Aggregate MCLML Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium 1,000,000 1,000 Flat Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date U.S. longshore & harbor WC act USLH Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date Expense constant EXCNT Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium $270.00 Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date Premium discount PDIS Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium -$222.00 Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date Increased employer's liability INEL Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium $62.00 Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date U.S. longshore & harbor WC act USLH Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date Experience Mod Factor 1 EXP01 Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium -$2,898.00 Ref.# Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium Ref # Description Coverage Code Form No. Edition Date Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Deductible Amount Deductible Type Premium OFADTLCV Copyright 2001, AMS Services, Inc. IrEC:IHI INSURANCE FOR TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES Underwriting CFC Underwriting Limited 85 Gracechurch Street London EC3V OAA United Kingdom T. +44 (0) 207 220 8500 F: +44 (0) 207 220 8501 E: enquiries@cfcunderwriting.com W. www.cfcunderwriting.com CFC Underwriting Lanted is Authorized and Regulated by 51999-2013 CFC Under~vriting Ltd, All Rights Reserved CFC TECH US V15 T rH CONTROLLED SYSTEMS AMENDATORY CLAUSE ATTACHING TO POLICY NUMBER: ESC00066682 THE INSURED: Taurus Power & Controls Inc: CSIA WITH EFFECT FROM: 12 Jan 2014 It is understood and agreed that the following amendments are made to this Policy: 1. The final paragraph of the "BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY" INSURING CLAUSE is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: However, we will not make any payment on your behalf under this INSURING CLAUSE in respect of any claim which is covered under INSURING CLAUSES 1 or 3, or would be covered under INSURING CLAUSE 1 or 3 and regardless of any exhaustion of the limit of liability or aggregate limit of liability of INSURING CLAUSE 1 or 3, or arising directly or indirectly out of any: a) product; or b) pollution; or c) workmanship. 2. Paragraph 1 of the "contents of every description" DEFINITION is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: means the contents at your premises which are owned by you or are in your care, custody or control, including: 3. The "product" and "workmanship" DEFINITIONS are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following: "Product" means any tangible property (including containers, packaging, labelling or instructions, but explicitly excluding any software, data, or source code) after it has left your custody or control which has been designed, specified, formulated, manufactured, constructed, installed, sold, supplied, distributed, by you or on your behalf in the course of your business activities. "Workmanhip" means any physical workmanship in manufacture, fabrication, construction, erection, installation, assembly, alteration, servicing, remediation, treatment, cleaning, repair, demolition or disassembly (including any materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection therewith) by you. 4. The following EXCLUSIONS are deleted in their entirety: "Faulty workmanship" and Parts e) and f) of the "Miscellaneous property exclusions" 5. The final paragraph of the "What you must do in the event of a claim or loss" CONDITION is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: If any of your computer systems are lost or stolen while they are temporarily removed from your premises, we will not make any payment unless you report the loss to the police within 7 days after you become aware of it. 6. The following CONDITION is added: Acquisition of additional premises Notwithstanding the "Mergers and acquisitions" CONDITION, it is understood and agreed that the "PROPERTY DAMAGE" and "PERSONAL ACCIDENT" INSURING CLAUSES are extended to include premises acquired by the company named as the Insured in the Declarations during the period of the policy, provided the company named as the Insured in the Declarations gives us written notice within 60 days from the date of acquisition of these premises. In this event, we reserve the right to amend the terms, conditions or premium of the Policy. Unless specifically stated otherwise by us, the amount insured for premises acquired by the company named as the Insured in the Declarations during the period of the policy shall be the same as the amount insured for the ADDRESS shown in the first page of the Declarations. 7. The following is added as a new paragraph 3 to the "Additional insureds" CONDITION: When this CONDITION applies it shall be: a) primary and non-contributory to the third party's own insurance; and b) we shall not exercise any rights of recovery available to us from the third party's own insurance; but only if you the third party entered into a contractual agreement including a provision requiring this. si Ltd All Rights Feserved TEC' H 8. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Declarations to the contrary, the following amendments are made to the Declarations: i) The aggregate limit of liability in respect of the TENANT'S LEGAL LIABILITY INSURING CLAUSE is amended to read: Aggregate limit of liability: USD 1,000,000 including costs and expenses ii) The Deductible in respect of the LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE TO HIRED OR LEASED AUTOMOBILES INSURING CLAUSE is amended to read: Deductible: USD 1,000 each and every claim, including costs and expenses iii) The Deductible in respect of the EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITY INSURING CLAUSE is amended to read: Deductible: USD 1,000 each and every claim, including costs and expenses iv) The following separate limits of liability and aggregate limits of liability apply in respect of the BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY INSURING CLAUSE: 1. at your premises: Limit of liability: USD1,000,000 including costs and expenses Aggregate limit of liability: USD2,000,000 including costs and expenses II. and separately, per project: Limit of liability: USD1,000,000 including costs and expenses Aggregate limit of liability: USD2,000,000 including costs and expenses but subject to an overall aggregate of liability for I. & II. combined: USD6,000,000 including costs and expenses For the purposes of this CLAUSE, 'project' means: the supply of your business activities for a client taking place away from your premises. In the case a project has been abandoned, delayed or extended, or abandoned and then resumed, or if parties to a project have changed or deviated from blueprints, designs, drawings, maps, orders, plans, specifications or timetables, such project will be deemed to be the same project despite any such modifications. SUBJECT OTHERWISE TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY r 1999-2013 CFC Unden-&I,,g Ltd All Rights Res-d EXHIBIT C PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS To: Insurance Agent. Please provide Certificates of Insurance to the Project Manager. During the term of the contract, please provide Certificates of Insurance prior to each renewal. Insurance shall be without prejudice to coverage otherwise existing. During the term of this contract, Contractor shall maintain in force at its own expense all insurance noted below: Workers Compensation insurance in compliance with ORS 656.017. All employers, including Contractor and any subcontractors, that employ subject workers who work under this Contract in the State of Oregon shall comply with ORS 656.017 and provide the required Workers' Compensation coverage, unless such employers are exempt under ORS 656.126. Contractor shall ensure that each of its subcontractors complies with these requirements. Commercial General Liability insurance on an occurrence basis, with a combined single limit of not less than ■ $2,000,000 or ❑ $3,000,000 for each occurrence of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. It shall include coverage for broad form contractual liability; broad form property damage; personal and advertising injury; owners and contractor protective; premises/operations; and products/completed operations. Coverage shall not exclude excavation, collapse, underground, or explosion hazards. Aggregate limits shall apply on a per-project basis. ■ Required by City ❑ Not required by City Commercial Automobile Liability insurance with a combined single limit, or the equivalent of not less than ■ $2,000,000 or ❑ $3,000,000 for each accident for Bodily Injury and Property Damage, including coverage for owned, hired and non-owned vehicles. "Symbol One" coverage shall be designated. ■ Required by City ❑ Not required by City O Builders Risk (Check here if required) insurance during construction to the extent of 100 percent of the value of the work for the benefit of the parties to the Contract as their interest may appear. Coverage shall also include: (1) formwork in place; (2) form lumber on site; (3) temporary structures; (4) equipment; and (5) supplies related to the work while at the site. Notice of Cancellation or Change. There shall be no cancellation, material change, reduction of limits or intent not to renew the insurance coverage(s) without 30 days written notice from the Contractor or its insurer(s) to the City. This notice provision shall be by endorsement physically attached to the certificate of insurance. Additional Insured. For general liability insurance and automobile liability insurance the City, and its agents, officers, and employees will be Additional Insureds, but only with respect to Contractor's services to be provided under this contract. This coverage shall be by endorsement physically attached to the certificate of insurance. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless, the City and the City's officers, agents, and employees against any liability that may be imposed upon them by reason of the Contractor's or subcontractor's failure to provide workers' compensation and employers liability coverage. 34 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Pm I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ® 2014 RI-12 Engineering, Inc. > Certificates of Insurance. Contractor shall furnish insurance certificates acceptable to City prior to commencing work. The certificate will include the deductible or retention level and required endorsements. Insuring companies or entities are subject to City approval. If requested, copies of , insurance policies shall be provided to the City. Contractor shall be responsible for all deductibles, self- insured retention's, and/or self-insurance. 35 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Spea\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contact Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ` ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. EXHIBIT D CERTIFICATION STATEMENT FOR CORPORATION OR INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR A. CONTRACTOR IS A CORPORATION CORPORATION CERTIFICATION: I am authorized to act on behalf of the entity named below, and certify under penalty of perjury that it is a corporation. I A, l• -i owe -'T CoW164)L S S - Z° l S Entity ignature Date B. CONTRACTOR IS INDEPENDENT. Independent Contractor Standards. As used in various provisions of ORS Chapters including but not limited to 316, 656, 657, and 701, an individual or business entity that performs labor or services for remuneration shall be considered to perform the labor or services as an "independent contractor" if the standards of ORS 670.600 are met. Contractor and Project Manager certifies that the Contractor meets the following standards: 1. Contractor is free from direction and control over the means and manner of providing the labor or services, subject only to the specifications of the desired results. 2. Contractor is responsible for obtaining all assumed business registrations or professional occupation licenses required by state law or local ordinances. 3. Contractor furnishes the tools or equipment necessary for the contracted labor or services. 4. Contractor has the authority to hire and fire employees to perform the labor or services. 5. Payment to the Contractor is made upon completion of the performance or is made on the basis of a periodic retainer. 6. Contractor is registered under ORS chapter 701, if the Contractor provides labor or services for which such registration is required. 7. Contractor has filed federal and state income tax returns in the name of the business or a business Schedule C as part of the personal income tax return, for the previous year, for labor or services performed as an independent contractor in the previous year. 8. Contractor represents to the public that the labor or services are to be provided by an independently established business as four or more of the following circumstances exist. (Check four or more of the following:) A. The labor or services are primarily carried out at a location that is separate from Contractors residence or is primarily carried out in a specific portion of Contractors residence, which is set aside as the location of the business. B. Commercial advertising or business cards are purchased for the business, or Contractor has a trade association membership. 36 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgtades(RI).doc ® 2014 R142 Engineering, Inc. C. Telephone listing is used for the business that is separate from the personal residence listing. D. Labor or services are performed only pursuant to written contracts. E. Labor or services are performed for two or more different persons within a period of one year. X F. Contractor assumes financial responsibility for defective workmanship or for service not a provided as evidenced by the ownership of performance bonds, warranties, errors and omission insurance or liability insurance relating to the labor or services to be provided. If any action is taken by a person or enforcement agency relating to Contractor's independent contractor status in connection with this contract, Contractor shall defend, hold harmless and indemnify the CITY of ASHLAND , its elected and appointed officials, employees, volunteers and agents from any such action, claim, judgment, fine, penalty, or order to pay. Contractor' shall pay any additional costs incurred by the City in defending such action or incurred as a result of such action. This indemnification is in addition to any indemnification otherwise in this agreement. Contr ct ignature Date Project Manager Signature Date 37 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. EXHIBIT E BONDS CITY OF ASHLAND STANDARD PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT PERFORMANCE BOND The undersigned as principal further referred to in this bond as Contractor, and as surety, further referred to in this bond as Surety, are jointly and severally bound unto City of Ashland as obligee further referred to in this bond as Citv in the sum of Dollars Contractor and City have entered into a written contract dated for the following project: TAP Emergency Intertie Project - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements This contract is further referred to in this bond as the Contract and is incorporated into this bond by this reference. The conditions of this bond are: 1. If Contractor faithfully performs the Contract in accordance with the plans, specifications and conditions of the contract within the time prescribed by the Contract as required by ORS 279C. 380 through 279C 385 then this obligation is null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. 2. If Contractor is declared by City to be in default under the Contract the Surety shall promptly remedy the default, perform all of Contractor's obligations under the contract in accordance with its terms and conditions and pay to City all damages that are due under the Contract. 3. This bond is subject to claims under ORS 279C.380 through 279C.390. 4. This obligation jointly and severally binds Contractor and Surety and their respective heirs, executors administrators, successors. 5. Surety waives notice of modification of the Contract or extension of the Contract time. 6. Nonpayment of the bond premium shall not invalidate this bond. 7. The bond number and the name address and telephone number of the agent authorized to receive notices concerning this bond are as follows. Bond Number: Bond Agent: Address: Telephone: SIGNED this day of 2014. 38 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electacal and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc m 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. PERFORMANCE BOND Page 2 l,. WITNESS: CONTRACTOR: By: (Corporate Seal) Title: Legal Address: Attest: Corporate Secretary WITNESS: SURETY: (Corporate Seal) By: t. Title: Legal Address: Attest: Corporate Secretary k Pq to 39 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Spec \Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Patt I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS ' Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. E PAYMENT BOND The undersigned as principal further referred to in this bond as Contractor, and as surety, further referred to in this bond as Surety, are jointly and severally bound unto City of Ashland as obligee further referred to in this bond as Citv in the sum of Dollars 1• Contractor and City have entered into a written contract dated for the following proiect• TAP Emergency Intertie Proiect - Talent and Regional Pump Station Electrical and Control Improvements. This contract is further referred to in this bond as the Contract and is incorporated into this bond by this reference. The conditions of this bond are: I . If Contractor faithfully performs the Contract within the time prescribed by the Contract and promptly makes payment to all claimants as defined in ORS 279C.600 through 279C 620 then this obligation is null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. 2. If Contractor is declared by City to be in default under the Contract, the Surety shall promptly remedy the default perform all of Contractor's obligations under the contract in accordance with its terms and conditions and pay to City all damages that are due under the Contract. 3. This bond is subject to claims under ORS 2790.600 through 2790.620. 4. This obligation jointly and severally binds Contractor and Surety and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors. 5. Surety waives notice of modification of the Contract or extension of the Contract time. 6. Nonpayment of the bond premium shall not invalidate this bond. 7. The bond number and the name address and telephone number of the agent authorized to receive notices concerning this bond are as follows: Bond Number: Bond Agent: Address: Telephone: SIGNED this day of 2014. 40 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(RI).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. PAYMENT BOND Paize 2 . WITNESS: CONTRACTOR: By: (Corporate Seal) Title: Legal Address: Y-- Attest: Corporate Secretary WITNESS: SURETY: (Corporate Seal) By: a Title: Legal Address: r, Attest: Corporate Secretary p: 41 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Elcctrical Upgradcs(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. EXHIBIT F CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION CITY'S Project No. Project No. N/A Project: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTRACTOR Contract For Contract Date This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to: EZ All Work under the Contract Documents, or ❑ To the following specified parts thereof: The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of CITY, CONTRACTOR and CITY, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the Contract Documents on DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within Days of the above date of Substantial Completion. The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: Effective as of the last date set forth below, the responsibilities between CITY and CONTRACTOR shall be as follows: Security ❑ City ❑ Contractor Operation ❑ City ❑ Contractor Safety ❑ City ❑ Contractor Maintenance ❑ City ❑ Contractor Heat ❑ City ❑ Contractor Utilities ❑ City ❑ Contractor Insurance ❑ City ❑ Contractor Warranties ❑ City ❑ Contractor 42 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Other Responsibilities: City Contractor This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents, nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. r; CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on: By: w CITY accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on: G By: CITY of ASHLAND File: v 43 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014033\Speu\Ta=s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgradcs(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t EXHIBIT G CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE CIP Number: Contractor: I, (We) hereby certify that all work has been performed and materials supplied in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents for the above work, and that: 1. If required by law, not less than the prevailing rates of wages have been paid to laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on this work. 2. There have been no unauthorized substitutions of materials; substitutions or assignment of subcontractors; nor have any subcontracts been entered into without the names of the subcontractors having been submitted to the City prior to the start of such subcontracted work. 3. All claims and indebtedness for material and labor and other service performed in connection with these specifications have been paid. 4. All moneys due the State Industrial Accident Fund, the State Unemployment Compensation Trust Fund, the State Department of Revenue (ORS 316.162 to 316.212) hospital associations and/or others (ORS 279C.530) have been paid. 5. All private property and easement areas have been satisfactorily restored in accordance with the contract. 6. If Contractor is not domiciled in or registered to business in the State of Oregon, Contractor has reported to the Oregon Department of Revenue such information and in the manner as required by ORS 279A.120(3). Contractor: By: Date: Title: 44 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\Bothell\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tau s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgradcs(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. EXHIBIT H CONTRACTOR'S RELEASE OF LIENS AND CLAIMS [THIS SWORN STATEMENT IS A PREREQUISITE TO CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION] TO: City of Ashland 20 East Main Street Ashland, Oregon 97520 FROM: PROJECT: In connection with our request for final payment for the above project, I, hereby state that: all subcontractors and suppliers on this project have been paid in full, all obligations on the project have been satisfied, all monetary claims and indebtedness on this project have been paid, and all disputes with property owners have been resolved. There are no liens or claims of any kind outstanding or threatened against the project. Furthermore, I agree to indemnify and hold harmless CITY of ASHLAND from any and all claims for labor or r materials furnished under the contract for the above project. SWORN STATEMENT I hereby certify, under penalty of perjury and false swearing, that the foregoing statements are true and correct. Dated this day of 20 Contractor: By: Title: STATE OF OREGON ) ss. County of ) On this day of 20, before me personally appeared whom I know personally whose identity I proved on the basis of whose identity I proved on the oath/affirmation of a credible witness to be the signer of the above document, and he/she acknowledged that he/she executed the same under oath/affirmation. Notary Public for Oregon 45 7/15/1411:09 AM Z:\Bothcll\Data\COA\1014-033\Specs\Tauras - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgradu(Rl).doc m 2014 R142 Engineering, Inc. r EXHIBIT I CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION Project Number: Project: Contractor: Contract Signed: Contract Expires: Contract Completed: Delinquent: I hereby certify that I have completed my contract, furnished the materials, and performed the work as shown by the final estimate of the City, according to the plans and specifications. Contractor Title Date The City has determined the project is 100% complete in compliance with all contract documents. Inspector Supervisor Date Project Manager Date CITY of ASHLAND Title Date Unless otherwise provided as a Special Provision, when City accepts the Certificate of Final Completion, the date the Contractor signs the Certificate of Final Completion shall be the date the City accepts ownership of the work and the start date of the warranty period. 46 7/15/14 11:09 AM Z:\BothcU\Data\COA\1014033\Specs\Tau s - Electrical and Control\Part I Contract Documents - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades(Rl).doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. PART II GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00110 - ORGANIZATION, CONVENTIONS, ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS Comply with Section 00110 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 00120 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES Comply with Section 00120 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00120.00 Prequalification of Bidders - Substitute the following: On any proposed Public Works contract estimated at $10,000 or over, all Contractors shall comply with all laws of Oregon pertaining to the qualification of bidders, and particularly ORS 279C.430(2) requiring a pre-qualification application on a form provided by the City of Ashland at least five working days before the opening of bids. Prequalification applications for all work in the public right-of-way are available at 51 Winburn Way, Ashland, OR 97520. 00120.01 General Bidding Requirements - Replace the subsection with the following: 00120.01 General Bidding Requirements - Bidders shall obtain and submit Bids by paper. 00120.05 Requests for Solicitation Documents - Substitute the following: Copies of the plans and specifications (Solicitation Documents) may be obtained at: City of Ashland - Public Works Department 51 Winburn Way Ashland, Oregon 97520 Phone (541) 488-5587 The City will add the name of the entity intending to use the Solicitation Documents to the list of Holders of Bidding Plans. Bidders are cautioned that only Solicitation Documents obtained from the City may be used to submit bids. Plans and specifications may also be examined at the above office. The 2008 Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction may be downloaded from ODOT's web site: littp•//NAww oi-eeoiiGov/ODOT/HWYiSPEC'SiPaz?es/standard specifications aspx42008 Standard Spe cifications The Plans, which are applicable to the Work to be performed under the Contract, bear title and date as follows: TAP EMERGENCY INTERTIE PROJECT - TALENT AND REGIONAL PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL IMPROVEMENTS SUMMER 2014 GC-1 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaosoft\Wmdow \Tempormy Internet Files\Content.0utlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc ® 2014 R112 Engineering, Inc. 00120.15 Examination of Work Site and Solicitation Documents; Consideration of Conditions to be encountered - Add the following paragraphs: Requests for clarifications specified above should go to: Contractual Questions to: Technical Questions to: Morgan Wayman Jeff Ballard, P.E. Senior Project Manager Project Manager City of Ashland RH2 Engineering` 20 E. Main Street (mailing) 60 North 4th Street 51 Winburn Way (physical) Ashland, OR 97520 Central Point, Oregon 97502: (541) 488-5587 (541) 665-5233 00120.30 Changes to Plans, Specifications, or Quantities before Opening of Bids - Replace the subsection with the following: 00120.30 Changes to Plans, Specifications, or Quantities before Opening of Bids - The City of Ashland reserves the right to issue Addenda or corrections to the Plans, Specifications, or Quantities. Addenda will be issued in accordance with the following: (1) Form. Changes to bid documents shall be accomplished by addenda. The bidder shall acknowledge receipt r of all addenda issued, either with the bid or separately prior to bid opening. (2) Distribution. Addenda shall be sent to all prospective bidders known to have obtained the bid documents or attending any mandatory pre-bid conferences. (3) Timeliness. Addenda shall be issued within a reasonable time (preferably five (5) days prior to bid closing) to allow prospective bidders to consider them in preparing their bids, but in no case less than 48 hours before` the bid opening. If necessary, the manager may notify prospective bidders by telegram or telephone, followed by a confirming written addendum 00120.40(a) Paper Bids - Replace this subsection with the following: r 00120.40(a) General and Bidding Considerations: (1) Bids shall be typed or prepared in ink and shall be signed in ink by the bidder or an authorized representative of the bidder. The City will not accept electronic facsimile bids or signatures. (2) Bids shall be made on the bid form provided and submitted in a sealed envelope. (3) Alterations or erasures, if any, shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the bid. (4) Bids shall contain a fully executed bid package, including a certification that all the bid documents furnished to bidders by the City have been read, and shall also contain any other required documents and descriptive literature. 00120.40(e) Bid Guaranty - Replace subsection with the following: 00120.40(e) Bid Guaranty with Paper Bids - For Bids submitted by paper, the Bid guaranty shall be either a Surety bond or security in the form of a cashier's check or certified check made payable to Agency. If a Surety bond is GC-2 7/15/14 1:11 PM Q\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaosoft\Wmdow \Tempormy Internet Files\Content0utlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. submitted, Bidders shall use the Agency's standard Bid Bond form included within the Proposal. Bidders shall submit the bond with original signatures and the Surety's seal affixed. 00120.40(f) Disclosure of First-Tier Subcontractors - Replace the bulleted items below the paragraph that begins "The Subcontractor Disclosure Form may be submitted for a paper Bid either:" with the following: • By filing out the Subcontractor Disclosure Form included in the Proposal and submitting it together with the Bid at the time and place designated for receipt of Bids; • By removing it from the Proposal, filling it out and submitting it separately to the City of Ashland Public Works office at the address given in the Proposal. Replace the last three paragraphs of this subsection with the following: Subcontractor Disclosure Forms will be considered late if not received by the City of Ashland Public Works office within two working hours of the time designated for receiving Bids. Bids not in compliance with the requirements of this Subsection will be considered non-responsive. 00120.45 Submittal of Bids - In subsection (a), replace the time "9 a.m." with the time "2:00:00 p.m." 00120.45(b) Electronic Bids - Delete this subsection. 00120.60(a) Paper Bids - Replace this subsection with the following: (a) Paper Bids - Information entered into the paper Bid Booklet by the Bidder may be changed after the paper Bid has been delivered to the City of Ashland, provided that: • Changes are prepared according to the instructions identified in the Bid Booklet; • Changes are received at the same offices, addresses, and times identified in the paper Bid Booklet for submitting Bids; • The changes are submitted in writing or by electronic facsimile (FAX) transmission to the FAX number(s) given in the paper Bid booklet, signed by an individual authorized to sign the Bid. FAX submittals received by the Agency shall constitute an original document. A Bidder may withdraw its paper Bid after it has been delivered to the City of Ashland - Construction, provided that: • The written withdrawal request is submitted on the Bidder's letterhead, either in person or by FAX, and includes the Bid number; • The request is signed by an individual who is authorized to sign the Bid, and proof of authorization to sign the Bid accompanies the withdrawal request; and • The request is received at the same offices, addresses, and times identified in the paper Bid Booklet for submitting Bids. 00120.60(b) Electronic Bids - Delete this subsection. 00120.70 Rejection of Nonresponsive Bids - Replace the bullet that begins "The Bid is submitted on documents..." with the following two bullets: • The Bid or Bid modifications are not signed by a person authorized to submit Bids or modify Bids, as required by 00120.01. • The Bid is submitted on documents not obtained directly from the City of Ashland, Department of Public Works, downloaded from the City of Ashland web site, or is submitted by a Bidder who is not registered on the City of Ashland "Plan Holders" list, as required by 00120.05. GC-3 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Users\klakry\AppData\I-ocal\Mictosofr\Window \Temporuy Internet Fdes\ContentOutlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doe ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Add the following bullet to the end of the bullet list: • The Agency determines that any Pay Item is significantly unbalanced to the potential detriment of the Agency. 00120.91 Rejection of Bid on Grounds of Nonresponsibility of Bidder - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: The Bid of a Bidder who is found to be nonresponsible according to the criteria listed in 00130.10 or ORS 279C.375(3) will be rejected. SECTION 00130 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT Comply with Section 00130 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00130.10 Award of Contract -Replace the bullet that begins "A satisfactory record of performance..." with the following bullet: • A satisfactory record of performance. In evaluating a Bidder's record of performance, the Agency may consider, among other things, whether the Bidder completed previous contracts of a similar nature with a satisfactory record of performance. For purposes of evaluating a Bidder's performance on previous contracts of a similar nature, a satisfactory record of performance means that to the extent that the costs associated with and time available to perform a previous contract remained within the Bidder's control, the Bidder stayed within the time and budget allotted for the procurement and otherwise performed the contract in a satisfactory manner. Replace the bullet that begins "A satisfactory record of integrity..." with the following bullet: • A satisfactory record of integrity. In evaluating a Bidder's record of integrity, the Agency may consider, among other things, whether the Bidder has previous criminal convictions for offenses related to obtaining or attempting to obtain a contract or subcontract or in connection with the Bidder's performance of a contract or subcontract. Add the following to the end of this subsection: The total amount of the Base Bid shall be used in the determination of award of the contract. Any alternate may be included in the final contract at the discretion of the Owner, but shall not be used in the determination for award. 00130.15 Right to Protest Award -In the paragraph that begins "Adversely affected or...", replace the words "Procurement Office - Construction" with the words "City of Ashland - Public Works Department". 00130.40 Contract Bonds, Certificates, and Registrations - Replace this subsection number and title and replace the sentence that begins "Before the Agency will..." with the following number and title and sentence: 00130.40 Contract Submittals - Within ten days after award of the contract and prior to performing any work under the contract, the successful Bidder shall furnish bonds, certificates, registrations, and licenses. In addition to furnishing payment and performance bonds to City, the successful Bidder shall furnish a $20,000 performance bond to the Oregon Department of Transportation. Add the following subsection: 00130.40(e) Tax Identification Number - The successful Bidder shall furnish the Agency the Bidder's Federal Tax Identification Number. Add the following subsection: GC-4 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Loca]\Mieroso$\Windo \Temporuy Internet Files\ContentOutlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Am ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 00130.40(f) City of Ashland Business License - All Contractors and Subcontractors performing work within the City limits must possess a valid City of Ashland Business License 00130.50(a) By the Bidder - In the paragraph that begins "The successful Bidder shall deliver..." delete the words "Performance Bond, Payment Bond." Replace the words "ODOT Procurement Office - Construction" with the words "City of Ashland - Public Works Department." Replace the words "15 Calendar Days" with "seven Calendar Days." Add the following sentence to the end of this subsection: The successful Bidder shall deliver the properly executed Performance Bond and Payment Bond to the City of Ashland - Public Works Department within 10 days of the Agency's execution of the contract. 00130.50(b) By the Agency - Replace the sentence that begins "Within seven Calendar Days..." with the following sentence: After the Agency has received and verified the properly executed documents specified in 00130.50(a), and received legal sufficiency approval from the City Attorney, the Agency will execute the Contract. SECTION 00140 - SCOPE OF WORK Comply with Section 00140 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00140.30 Agency-Required Changes in the Work - Add the following to the end of this subsection: Change Orders are to be in written form and need to have the Funding Agency's review and written approval prior to acceptance. 00140.70 Cost Reduction Proposals - Replace the paragraph that begins "The Contractor may submit..." with the following paragraph: The Contractor may submit written proposals to the Engineer that modify Plans, Specifications, or other Contract Documents for the sole purpose of reducing the total cost of construction. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Agency, a proposal that is solely or primarily a proposal to reduce estimated quantities or delete Work, as determined by the Engineer, is not eligible for consideration as a cost reduction proposal and will instead be addressed under 00140.30, whether proposed or suggested by the Agency or the Contractor. 00140.90 Final Trimming and Cleanup Add the following bulleted items to this subsection: • Where private property(s) will be affected by construction but cannot realistically be restored to its pre- existing condition before the Contractor will leave the site, agreement shall be reached with the owners of the property(s) regarding how the site shall be left and the Agency Inspector shall review the agreement before the excavation or other Work begins. • Review clean-up of areas adjacent to private property with owners or owner's agents, grade non-landscaped shoulders, parkrows, or unsightly areas caused by the construction to a smooth condition free of sudden transitions, piles, or trip hazards, unless specific objections are raised by the property owner or owner's GC-5 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Usus\klakey\AppData\Local\Mmsoft\Wmdo s\Temporary Internet Fries\Content.Outlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doe ® 2014 R112 Engineering, Inc. agent. If objections are raised, contact the Engineer to inspect site and provide direction. Do not negatively impact trees or other adjacent plants. • Notify affected owners and occupants of adjacent properties of completion of clean-up prior to leaving the site and verify that no other clean-up work remains. Restoration of private properties shall be to the satisfaction of the property owner and may include re-seeding of staging areas. • Submit revised drawing of installed utility locations if location changed. i. SECTION 00150 - CONTROL OF WORK Comply with Section 00150 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: «t 00150.15(b) Agency Responsibilities - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: The Engineer will perform the Agency responsibilities described in the Construction Surveying Manual for Contractors, Chapter 1.5 (see Section 00305). 00150.15(c) Contractor Responsibilities - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with r the following: The Contractor shall perform the Contactor responsibilities described in the Construction Surveying Manual for Contractors, Chapter 1.6 (see Section 00305) and the following: 00150.30 Delivery of Notices - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: Written notices to the Contractor by the Engineer or the Agency will be delivered: • In person; r • By U.S. Postal Service first class mail or priority mail (which at the sender's option may include certified or registered mail return receipt requested), to the current office address as shown in the records of the Agency; or r • By overnight delivery service of a private industry courier, to the current office address as shown in the records of the Agency. Notices shall be considered as having been received by the Contractor: • At the time of actual receipt when delivered in person; • At the time of actual receipt or seven Calendar Days after the postmarked date when deposited for delivery by first class or priority mail, whichever is earlier; or • At the time of actual receipt or three Calendar Days after deposit with a private industry courier for overnight delivery service, whichever is earlier. Written notices to the Engineer or the Agency by the Contractor shall be delivered to the Agency address shown in the Special provisions, unless a different address is agreed to by the Engineer, and shall be delivered: • In person; • By U.S. Postal Service first class mail or priority mail (which at the sender's option may include certified or registered mail return receipt requested); or GC-6 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaoso&\Windows\Temporary Internet Files\ContmtOutlook\CM7K4VFA\P2rt II General Conditions - Talmt Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • By overnight delivery service of a private industry courier. Notices will be considered as having been received by the Agency: • At the time of actual receipt when delivered in person; • At the time of actual receipt or seven Calendar Days after the postmarked date when deposited for delivery by first class or priority mail, whichever is earlier; or • At the time of actual receipt or three Calendar Days after deposit with a private industry courier for overnight delivery service, whichever is earlier. 00150.35(c) Number and Size of Drawings - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings according to one of the following methods: (1) Paper Submittal - For paper submissions, submit seven copies of Working Drawings for steel Structures and six copies of Working Drawings for other Structures to the Engineer. The submitted copies shall be clear and readable. Drawing dimensions shall be 8 1/2 inches by 11 inches, l l inches by 17 inches, or 22 inches by 36 inches in size. One copy of the submitted Working Drawings will be returned to the Contractor after processing. The Contractor shall submit such additional number of copies to the Engineer for processing that the Contractor would like to have returned. (2) Electronic Submittal - For electronic submissions, submit Working Drawings according to the "Guide to Electronic Shop Drawing Submittal" which is available from the Engineer. 00150.35(d-1) Stamped Working Drawings - Replace the sentence with the following sentence: Stamped Working Drawings will be designated as "reviewed" or "reviewed with comments" by the Engineer. 00150.35(d-2) Unstamped Working Drawings - Replace the sentence with the following sentence: Unstamped Working Drawings will be designated on the face of the Drawing, as "approved", "approved as noted", or "returned for correction" by the Engineer. 00150.40 Cooperation and Superintendence by the Contractor - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: The Contractor is responsible for full management of all aspects of the Work, including superintendence of all Work by Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other providers. The Contractor shall appoint a single Superintendent and may also appoint alternate Superintendents as necessary to control the Work. The form of appointment of the alternate shall state, in writing, the alternate's name, duration of appointment in the absence of the Superintendent, and scope of authority. The Contractor shall: • Provide for the cooperation and superintendence on the Project by: • Furnishing the Engineer all data necessary to determine the actual cost of all or any part of the Work, added Work, or changed Work. • Allowing the Engineer reasonable access to the Contractor's books and records at all times. To the extent permitted by public records laws, the Engineer will make reasonable efforts to honor the Contractor's request for protection of confidential information. • Keeping one complete set of Contract Documents on the Project Site at all times, available for use by all the Contractor's own organization, and by the Engineer if necessary. • Appoint a single Superintendent and any alternate Superintendent who shall meet the following qualifications: • Appointees shall be competent to manage all aspects of the Work. GC-7 7/15/14 1:11 PM C:\Users\klakg\AppData\Local\Mictosoft\Windows\T=poray Internet Files\Content.Outlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical .dot m 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Appointees shall be from the Contractor's own organization. • Appointees shall have performed similar duties on at least one previous project of the size, scope and complexity as the current Contract. • Appointees shall be experienced in the types of Work being performed. • Appointees shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the Plans and Specifications. • The appointed single Superintendent, or any alternate Superintendent shall: • Be present for all On-Site Work, regardless of the amount to be performed by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other providers, unless the Engineer provides prior approval of the Superintendent's or alternate Superintendent's absence. • Be equipped with a two way radio or cell phone capable of communicating throughout the project during all the hours of Work on the Project Site and be available for communication with the Engineer. • Have full authority and responsibility to promptly execute orders or directions of the Engineer. • Have full authority and responsibility to promptly supply the Materials, Equipment, labor, and Incidentals required for performance of the Work. • Coordinate and control all Work performed under the Contract, including without limitation the Work performed by Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Owner Operators. • Diligently pursue progress of the Work according to the schedule requirements of Section 00180. • Cooperate in good faith with the Engineer, Inspectors, and other contractors in performance of the Work. r • Provide all assistance reasonably required by the Engineer to obtain information regarding the nature, quantity, and quality of any part of the Work. • Provide access, facilities and assistance to the Engineer in establishing such lines, grades and points as the Engineer requires. • Carefully protect and preserve the Engineer's marks and stakes. Any Superintendent or alternate Superintendent who repeatedly fails to follow the Engineer's written or oral orders, directions, instructions, or determinations, shall be subject to removal from the project. If the Contractor fails or neglects to provide a Superintendent, or an alternate Superintendent, and no prior approval has been granted, the Engineer has the authority to suspend the Work according to 00180.70. Any continued Work by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other providers may be subject to rejection and removal. The Contractor's repeated failure or neglect to provide the superintendence required by these provisions constitutes a material breach of the Contract, and the Engineer may impose any remedies available under the Contract, including but not limited to Contract termination. - 00150.50 Cooperation with Utilities - Add the following two subsections: (f) Utility Information - The following organizations own Utilities within the limits of the Project. Contact those Utilities having buried facilities and request that they locate and mark them for their protection prior to construction. Utility Company Phone Number • City of Ashland Water Department (Steve Walker) (541) 488-5353 • City of Ashland Wastewater Department (Jason Robustelli) (541) 488-5348 • City of Ashland Electric Department (Warren DiNapoli) (541) 488-5357 • Ashland Fiber Network (Mike Ainsworth) (541) 552-2222 • Avista Utilities (Dave McFadden) (541) 858-4740 • Charter Communications (Brad Dill) .......................................................(541) 282-8672 • CenturyLink Communications (Jim Martin) (541) 776-8268 • Talent Irrigation District (Jim Pendleton) (541) 535-1529 GC-8 7/15/14 1:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miuoso8\Window \T=porary Internet Files\Content.outlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doe 0 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. This Project is located within the Oregon Utility Notification Center area which is a Utilities notification system for notifying owners of Utilities about Work being performed in the vicinity of their facilities. The Utilities notification system telephone number is 811 (or use the old number which is 1-800-332-2344). Add the following subsection: 00150.57 Cooperation with Property Owners - The Contractor shall notify all adjacent property owners and occupants after Notice to Proceed has been issued. Provide adequate prior notice (min 24 hours or as required) to allow those impacted by the Work to adjust their schedules and patterns accordingly. Notifications can be accomplished by mail, telephone conversation, door hangers, or door-to-door visit. Provide the following information in the notifications and update if the information provided changes: • Who will be doing the Work and for whom (name and 24 hr phone number of contractor), • What the Project will consist of (e.g. excavation, patching, flatwork, etc), • Where the Work will be done (in the public way and/or on private property), • When construction will begin and end (dates and time of day if outside normal working hours). 00150.75 Protection and Maintenance of Work During Construction Add the following paragraph: The Contractor shall reconnect existing rain gutter downspouts where encountered, and shall clean and/or maintain existing streets, buildings, sidewalks, and other adjacent private improvements that are outside the Work limits of the Project if dirtied or damaged by construction activities. There will be no separate or added payment for this Work. This requirement includes compliance with the City of Ashland track-out ordinance. 00150.91 Post-Construction Review - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: The Contractor shall attend a Post-Construction Review meeting to be held by the Agency prior to issuance of Third Notification but not earlier than 15 Days following the date of Second Notification. The time and place of this meeting will be announced by the Engineer at least 15 Days prior to the meeting date. The purpose of this meeting is to examine the Project for possible process improvements that may benefit future projects. The Contractor's attendance at the Post-Construction Review meeting is mandatory. 00150.97 Responsibility for Materials and Workmanship Add the following subsection: (c) Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty Materials or workmanship and, unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other Work resulting one years from the date of acceptance of the complete building or installation. The City of Ashland shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. Add the following subsection: 00150.98 Adherence to Valdez Principles - On May 5, 1990, the Ashland City Council adopted the attached Valdez Principles. In addition to the requirements of ORS 279C.525, all contractors working within the City of Ashland shall adhere to the Valdez Principles in the course of their work. GC-9 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaosoft\Window \Temporary Internet Fi1es\Contmt.0ut1ook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Aoc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. VALDEZ PRINCIPLES By endorsing these Principles, we publicly affirm our belief that the City of Ashland, Oregon, has a direct responsibility for the environment. We believe that we must conduct the public's business as responsible stewards of the environment and seek goals only in a manner that leave the Earth healthy and safe. We believe that the City must not compromise the ability of future generations to sustain their needs. We recognize this to be a long term commitment to update our practices continually in light of advances in technology and new understandings in health and environmental science. We intend to make consistent, measurable progress toward the ideal that these principles describe, and to apply them wherever we operate, in a manner consistent with our other obligations under law. 1. Protection of the Biosphere. 6. Safe Products and Service. We will minimize and strive to eliminate the We will provide services that minimize adverse release of any pollutant that may cause environmental impacts and that are safe for consumers. - environmental damage to air, water or earth or We will inform consumers of the environmental impacts its inhabitants. We will safeguard habitats in of our service. creeks, ponds, wetlands, natural areas and will minimize contributing to global warming, 7. Damage Compensation. depletion of the ozone layer, acid rain or smog. We will take responsibility for any harm we cause to the environment by making every effort to fully restore the 2. Sustainable Use of Natural Resources. environment and to compensate those persons who are We will make sustainable use of renewable adversely affected. natural resources, such as water, soils and forests. We will conserve nonrenewable natural 8. Disclosure. resources through efficient use and careful We will disclose to our employees and to the public planning., We will protect wildlife habitat, open incidents relating to our operations that cause spaces and wilderness, while preserving environmental harm or pose health or safety hazards. biodiversity. We will disclose potential environmental, health or safety hazards posed by our operations, and we will not 3. Reduction of Disposal of Waste. take any action against employees who report any We will minimize the creation of waste, and condition that creates a danger to the environment or wherever possible, recycle materials. We will poses health and safety hazards. dispose of all wastes through safe and 9. responsible methods. Environmental Directors and Managers. r At least one member of management will be a person 4. Wise Use of Energy. qualified to represent environmental interests and will We will make every effort to use commit management resources to implement these environmentally safe and sustainable energy Principles.` sources to meet our needs. We will invest in and promote energy efficiency and conservation 10. Annual Assessment. in our operations and that of our citizens. We will conduct and make public an annual self- evaluation of our progress in implementing these 5. Risk Reduction. Principles and in complying with all applicable laws and We will minimize the environmental, health and regulations. safety risks to our employees and the communities in which we operate by employing safe technologies and operating procedures and by being constantly prepared for emergencies. GC-10 7/15/14 1:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaosofr\Wmdow \Tctnporary Internet Files\Content0utlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II Gcnaal Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Act: ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. SECTION 00170 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES Comply with Section 00170 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00170.02 Permits, Licenses, and Taxes - Add the following bulleted items to the end of the list: • The successful Bidder shall, prior to the start of Work, obtain a City of Ashland Business License. Sub- contractors on the Project shall also be required to have a current business license. Licenses may be acquired through the City of Ashland Utility Office during regular business hours. • Comply with City of Ashland's blanket permit #1200-CA from the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality. 00170.03 Furnishing Right-of-Way and Permits Add the following to this subsection: Obtain all necessary Permits from the City of Ashland Public Works Department, and all other approving agencies where required, including electrical permit, and required insurance also listing RH2 Engineering and the City of Ashland as additional insured parties, for all construction work within the Public Right of Way, in Public Utility Easements, or on Public Works owned or operated systems within or outside of City Limits a minimum of 3 days prior to commencing Work. 00170.10(c) Interest on Unpaid Amount - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: If the Contractor or a first-tier Subcontractor fails, neglects, or refuses to make payment to an Entity furnishing labor or Materials in connection with the Contract within 30 days after the Contractor's receipt of payment, the Contractor or first-tier Subcontractor shall owe the Entity the amount due plus interest charges that begin at the end of the 10 day period within which payment is due under ORS 279C.580(3) and that end upon final payment, unless payment is subject to a good-faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580(5)(b). As required by ORS 279C.515(2), the rate of interest on the amount due shall be nine percent per annum. The amount of interest shall not be waived. 00170.65 Minimum Wage and Overtime Rates for Public Works Projects - Replace this subsection with the following subsection: 00170.65 Minimum Wage and Overtime Rates for Public Works Projects: (a) General - The Contractor is responsible for investigating local labor conditions. The Agency does not imply that labor can be obtained at the minimum hourly wage rates specified in State or federal wage rate publications, and no increase in the Contract Amount will be made if wage rates paid are more than those listed. (b) State Prevailing Wage Requirements - The Contractor shall comply with the prevailing wage provisions of ORS 279C.800 through ORS 279C.870 except that when federal funds are included, the greater of BOLI wage rates or Davis-Bacon wage determinations must be paid. (1) Minimum Wage Rates - The Bureau of Labor and Industries (BOLI) determines and publishes the existing State prevailing wage rates in the publication "Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts in Oregon". The Contractor shall pay workers not less than the specified minimum hourly wage rate according to ORS 279C.838 and ORS 279C.840 and shall include this requirement in all subcontracts. See the Project Wage Rates page included with the Special Provisions for additional information about which wage rates apply to the project and how to access the applicable wage rates. The applicable BOLI wage rates will be included in the Contract. GC-11 7/15/14 1:11 PM C:\Usen\klakey\AppData\Lncal\Mictosofr\Window \Temporny Internet Files\ContmLOudook\CM7K4VFA\Patt II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc 0 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. (2) Payroll and Certified Statements - As required in ORS 279C.845, the Contractor and every subcontractor shall submit written certified statements to the Engineer on the form prescribed by the Commissioner of BOLI in OAR 839-025-0010 certifying compliance with wage payment requirements and accurately setting out the Contractor's or subcontractor's weekly payroll records for each worker employed upon the project. The Contractor and subcontractors shall preserve the certified statements for a period of six years from the date of completion of the Contract. (3) Additional Retainage: a. Agency - As required in ORS 279C.845(7) the Agency will retain 25% of any amount earned by the Contractor on the project until the Contractor has filed the certified statements required in ORS 279C.845 and in FHWA Form 1273, if applicable. The Agency will pay to the Contractor the amount retained within 14 days after the Contractor files the required certified statements, regardless of whether a subcontractor has failed to file certified statements. b. Contractor - As required in ORS 279C.845(8) the Contractor shall retain 25% of any amount earned by a first tier subcontractor on the project until the first tier subcontractor has filed with the Agency the certified statements required in ORS 279C.845 and in FHWA Form 1273, if applicable. Before paying any amount retained, the Contractor shall verify that the first tier subcontractor has filed the certified statement. Within 14 days after the first tier subcontractor files the required certified statement the Contractor shall pay the first tier subcontractor any amount retained. (4) Owner/Operator Data - The Contractor shall furnish data to the Engineer for each owner/operator providing trucking services. Furnish the data before the time the services are performed and include without limitation for each owner/operator: • Drivers name; • Copy of driver's license; • Vehicle identification number; • Copy of vehicle registration; • Motor vehicle license plate number; • Motor Carrier Plate Number; • Copy of ODOT Motor Carrier 1 A Permit; and • Name of owner/operator from the side of the truck. (c) State Overtime Requirements - As a condition of the Contract, the Contractor shall comply with the pertinent provisions of ORS 279C.540. (1) Maximum Hours of Labor and Overtime Pay - According to ORS 279C.540, no person shall be employed to perform Work under this Contract for more than 10 hours in any one Day, or 40 hours in any one week, except in cases of necessity, emergency, or where public policy absolutely requires it. In such instances, the Contractor shall pay the employee at least time and a half pay: • For all overtime in excess of eight hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is five consecutive days, Monday through Friday; or • For all overtime in excess of 10 hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is four consecutive days, Monday through Friday; and • For all Work performed on Saturday and on any legal holiday specified in ORS 279C.540. For additional information on requirements for overtime and establishing a work schedule see OAR 839-025-0050 and OAR 839-025-0034. GC-12 7/15/14 1:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\I-ocal\Microso8\Window \Temporay Internet Fi1es\Content.0utlook\CM7K4VFA\Patt II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. (2) Notice of Hours of Labor - The Contractor shall give written notice to employees of the number of hours per day and days per week the employees may be required to work. Provide the notice either at the time of hire or before commencement of work on this Contract, or by posting a notice in a location frequented by employees. (3) Exception - The maximum hours of labor and overtime requirements under ORS 279C.540 will not apply to the Contractor's Work under this Contract if the Contractor is a party to a collective bargaining agreement in effect with any labor organization. For a collective bargaining agreement to be in effect it shall be enforceable within the geographic area of the project, and its terms shall extend to workers who are working on the project (see OAR 839-025-0054). (d) State Time Limitation on Claim for Overtime - According to ORS 279C.545, any worker employed by the Contractor is foreclosed from the right to collect any overtime provided in ORS 279C.540 unless a claim for payment is filed with the Contractor within 90 days from the completion of the contract, provided the Contractor posted and maintained a circular as specified in this provision. Accordingly, the Contractor shall: • Cause a circular, clearly printed in boldfaced 12-point type containing a copy of ORS 279C.545, to be posted in a prominent place alongside the door of the timekeeper's office or in a similar place which is readily available and freely visible to any or all workers employed to perform Work; and • Maintain such circular continuously posted from the inception to the completion of the Contract on which workers are or have been employed. (e) Additional Requirements When Federal Funds are Involved - For this Federal-Aid Project, the Contractor shall comply with 00170.65(a) through 00170.65(d) and the provisions of FHWA Form 1273, "Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts", except Section IV of FHWA Form 1273 does not apply. 00170.70(a) Insurance Coverages - The following insurance coverages and dollar amounts are required pursuant to this subsection: Insurance Combined Single Limit Annual Aggregate Coverages per Occurrence Limit Commercial General Liability $2,000,000 $2,000,000 Commercial Automobile Liability $2,000,000 (aggregate limit not required) 00170.70(c) Additional Insured - Add the following paragraph and bullets to the end of this subsection: Add the following as Additional Insureds under the Contract: • The City of Ashland and its officers, agents, and employees • Ashland City Council • RH2 Engineering 00170.72 Indemnity/Hold Harmless -Add the following paragraph and bullets to the end of this subsection: Extend indemnity and hold harmless to the Agency and the following: • The City of Ashland and its officers, agents, and employees • Ashland City Council • RH2 Engineering 00170.80 Responsibility for Damage to Work - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: GC-13 7/15/14 1:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaosofr\Wmdows\Temporary Internet Files\Con=t.0utlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. (a) Responsibility for Damage in General - The Contractor shall perform Work, and furnish Materials and Equipment for incorporation into the Work, at the Contractor's own risk, until the entire Project has been completed and accepted by the Agency. The Contractor shall repair all damages to Work performed, Materials supplied, and Equipment incorporated into the Work, except as otherwise provided in this Section. (b) Repair of Damage to Work - Until Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall promptly rebuild, repair, restore, and make good damages to all portions of the permanent or temporary Work, except to the extent the Agency has assumed responsibility according to the provisions of (c) below. Perform all repairs of damage to Work at no additional cost to the Agency, except for repairs necessitated by damage caused by: • Acts of God or Nature, as defined in Section 00110; or • Actions of governmental authorities. (c) Responsibility for Damage to Work Caused by Public Traffic - The Contractor may apply for relief of responsibility for damage to Work caused by public traffic by submitting a signed Contractor's Request for Relief of Responsibility, form 734-2768, to the Engineer by mail, personal delivery or courier, by FAX, or other agreed- upon method. The Engineer will process a maximum of two forms per month and return the forms within seven Calendar Days indicating each item as "approved" or "denied". The approval of the Engineer is limited, and is made only for the purposes of determining relief of responsibility for damage to completed portions of the Work caused by public traffic. The completed portions of the Work are not considered complete, and are not finally accepted for any other purposes under the Contract. If the Contractor disagrees with the Engineer's findings, the Contractor may request a Region level review according to 00199.40(b). (1) Request for Relief - The Agency will only accept a request for relief from and will only assume responsibility for damages caused by public traffic, to the following completed portions of the Work: • A segment of Roadway, drainage facilities, Slopes, lighting, traffic control devices and access facilities; • A Bridge or other Structure within a segment of Roadway; • Traffic signals and appurtenances at an intersection; • Permanent, passive traffic control devices; • Complete circuits of a highway lighting system; and • Portions of a building open to public use. The Agency will approve a request for the Agency to assume responsibility for damages to the completed portions of the Work caused by public traffic only under the following conditions: • The completed portions of the Work are completed according to Contract Change Orders, the Contract Plans or approved stage construction Plans; • The traffic control complies with approved traffic control Plans; and • All required Materials conformance and quality compliance documents pertaining to the completed portions of the Work are on file with the Engineer (see Section 00165). (2) Scope of Relief - When the Agency assumes responsibility for damage to completed portions of the Work caused by public traffic any damages will be repaired by the Contractor on an Extra or Changed Work basis, or by Agency forces, or by other means as determined by the Engineer. If completed portions of the Work are GC-14 7/15/14 1:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\I.ocal\Microsofr\Window \T=pora y Internet Fdes\Conteat0ut1ook\CM7K4VFA\Pan II Gmcral Conditions - Talmt Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. damaged by public traffic before Final Inspection, and the Agency requires the Contractor to repair the damages, the Agency will reimburse the Contractor for the Extra or Changed Work at 75% of the total amount calculated according to Section 00197. If completed portions of the Work are damaged by public traffic after Final Inspection, and the Agency requires the Contractor to repair the damages, the Agency will reimburse the Contractor for the Extra or Changed Work at 100% of the total amount calculated according to Section 00197. If any additional Work is performed by the Contractor on completed portions of the Work for which the Agency has assumed responsibility for damages caused by public traffic, and the Work is performed outside of the approved stage construction Plans or approved traffic control Plans, the Contractor shall become fully responsible and liable, and shall make good all damages caused by public traffic at no additional cost to the Agency. (d) Vandalism and Theft - Vandalism includes damage to or destruction of Work or portions of Work that remain on the Project Site resulting from vandalism, criminal mischief, arson, or other criminal or illegal behavior. The Contractor shall provide reasonable protection of the Work from vandalism until Third Notification. If reasonable protection has been provided, the Contractor's responsibility for damage resulting from vandalism will be limited to $5,000.00 per occurrence. Requests for reimbursement of amounts in excess of $5,000.00 shall be in writing and directed to the Engineer. Upon receipt, the Engineer will investigate, evaluate the amount of damages and their cause, determine the number of occurrences, and determine whether, and how much, the Contractor will be compensated. Theft includes the loss of Work or portions of Work that are lost or stolen or otherwise unaccounted for from the Project Site or from Materials or fabrication locations. The Contractor shall remain solely responsible for all losses caused by theft, including without limitation theft that occurs in conjunction with vandalism. 00170.85(b) Contractor Furnished Warranties - Add the following paragraph to this subsection: The Contractor shall warrant all Work performed under this Contract for a period of two years from the date of Final Acceptance, as specified in Subsection 00150.97(c) of these Special Provisions. SECTION 00180 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Comply with Section 00180 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00180.21(a) General - Replace the second paragraph with the following: A written request for consent to subcontract any portion of the Contract at any tier shall be submitted to the Engineer. All subcontractors shall be prequalified with the City of Ashland in the class of work requested before the affected work begins. The City of Ashland will review the Contractor's submission to verify compliance with Contract requirements, confirm the percentage of Work subcontracted, and evaluate the proposed Subcontractor's ability to perform the Work. If the City of Ashland approves the Contractor's request to subcontract, the City of Ashland will provide its consent to the Contractor's request as follows: 00180.21(c) Substitution of Disclosed Subcontractors - Add the following bulleted item: • The disclosed Subcontractor is not prequalified with the City of Ashland in the requested class of work. 00180.21(d) Terms of Subcontracts - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: GC-15 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Usas\klakey\AppData\I-ocal\M uosofr\Windows\Te porary Internet Fdes\Content.Outlook\CM7K4VFA\Pan II Genaal Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control aad Electrical doc 0 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Subcontracts shall provide that work performed under the subcontract shall be conducted and performed according to the terms of the Contract. All subcontracts, including Contractor's with the first-tier Subcontractors and those of the first-tier Subcontractors with their subcontractors, and any other lower tier subcontracts shall contain a clause or condition that if the Contractor or a Subcontractor fails, neglects, or refuses to make payment to an Entity furnishing labor or Materials in connection with the Contract, the Entity may file a complaint with the Construction Contractors Board, unless payment is subject to a good-faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. Additionally, according to the provisions of ORS 279C.580, subcontracts shall include: (1) A payment clause that obligates the Contractor to pay the first-tier Subcontractor for satisfactory performance under the subcontract within 10 Calendar Days out of amounts the Agency pays to the Contractor under the Contract. (2) A clause that requires the Contractor to provide the first-tier Subcontractor with a standard form that the first- tier Subcontractor may use as an application for payment or as another method by which the Subcontractor may claim a payment due from the Contractor. (3) A clause that requires the Contractor, except as otherwise provided in this subsection, to use the same form and regular administrative procedures for processing payments during the entire term of the subcontract. The, Contractor may change the form or the regular administrative procedures the Contractor uses for processing payments if the Contractor: • Notifies the Subcontractor in writing at least 45 Calendar days before the date on which the Contractor makes the change; and • Includes with the written notice a copy of the new or changed form or a description of the new or changed procedure. (4) An interest penalty clause that obligates the Contractor, if the Contractor does not pay the first-tier Subcontractor within 30 Calendar Days after receiving payment from the Agency, to pay the first-tier Subcontractor an interest penalty on amounts due in each payment the Contractor does not make in accordance with the payment clause included in the subcontract under 00180.21(d-1). The Contractor or first-tier Subcontractor is not obligated to pay an interest penalty if the only reason that the Contractor or first-tier Subcontractor did not make payment when payment was due is that the Contractor or first-tier Subcontractor did not receive payment from the Agency or the Contractor when payment was due. The interest penalty applies to% the period that begins on the day after the required payment date and ends on the date on which the amount due is paid; and shall be computed at the rate specified in 00170.10(c). (5) A clause that requires the Contractor's first-tier Subcontractor to include a payment clause and an interest penalty clause that conform to the standards of ORS 279C.580 (see 00180.21(d-1) and 00180.21(d-4)) in each of the first-tier Subcontractor's subcontracts and to require each of the first-tier Subcontractor's subcontractors to include such clauses in their subcontracts with each lower-tier subcontractor or Material supplier. These payment clauses shall require the Contractor to return all retainage withheld from the Subcontractor, whether held by the Contractor or the Agency, as specified in 00195.50(d). As required by ORS 279C.800 through ORS 279C.870, subcontracts shall include: • A provision requiring the subcontractor to have a public works bond filed with the Construction Contractors Board before starting Work on the Project, unless exempt. • A provision requiring that the workers shall be paid not less than the specified minimum hourly rate of wage. Add the following subsection: 00180.21(g) Mentor-Protege Agreement - If the Contractor enters into a subcontract with an Emerging Small Business (ESB) subcontractor, the Agency may offer the Contractor and its ESB subcontractor an opportunity to enter into a project specific Mentor-Protege Agreement. GC-16 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaoso$\Wmdow \Temporary Internet Files\Contentoudook\CM7K4VFA\Part II Gcnaal Conditions - Talent Rcgional BPS Control and Electrical Aoc ® 2014 R142 Engineering, Inc. The project specific Mentor-Protege Agreement will be paid for and specified by Change Order. 00180.40(b) On-Site Work - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection: Following issuance of Notice to Proceed, the Agency may suspend the work according to 00180.70 for reasons considered by the Agency to be in the public interest. In the event that such suspension causes the Contractor to delay the start of on-site work past July 21 2014, one day will be added to the Contract Time set forth in 00180.50(h) for each day the Contractor is delayed past July 21, 2014. Add the following subsection: 00180.40(c) Specific Limitations - Limitations of operations specified in these Special Provisions include, but are not limited to, the following: Limitations Subsection Cooperation with Utilities 00150.50 Cooperation with Other Contractors 00150.55 Cooperation with Property Owners 00150.57 Railway Work 00170.01(e) Contract Completion Time 00180.50(h) Right-of-Way and Access Delays 00180.65 Traffic Lane Restrictions 00220.40(e) Special Events 00220.40(e) Noise Control 00290.32 00180.41 Project Work Schedules -After the paragraph that begins "Contractor's activity..." add the following paragraphs: The Contractor shall submit a supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule each week to the Engineer. The "look ahead" Project Work schedule is supplemental to the Type A, B, or C schedule specified below. The supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule shall: • Identify the sequencing of activities and time required for prosecution of the Work. • Provide for orderly, timely, and efficient prosecution of the Work. • Contain sufficient detail to enable both the Contractor and the Engineer to plan, coordinate, analyze, document, and control their respective Contract responsibilities. The supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule shall be written in common terminology and show the planned Work activities broken down into logical, separate activities by area, stage, and size and include the following information: • The resources the Contractor, subcontractors, or services will use. • The locations of each activity that will be done including the limits of the work by mile posts, stations, or other indicators. • The time frames of each activity by Calendar Days, shifts, and hours. • All anticipated shoulder, lane, and road closures. At a minimum, the Contractor shall prepare a bar chart that: • Shows at least three weeks of activity including the week the bar chart is issued. • Uses a largest time scale unit of one Calendar Day. Smaller time scale units may be used if needed. • Is appropriate to the activities. • Identifies each Calendar Day by month and day. GC-17 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaosoft\Window \Temporary Internet Files\Contentoutlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc © 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Include the Contract name, Contract number, Contractor's name, and date of issue on each page of the bar chart. The Contractor shall submit the supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule starting at First Notification and continuing each week until Second Notification has been issued and all punch list items and final trimming and clean up has been completed. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer each week to review the supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule. If the Engineer or the Contractor determines that the current supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule requires changes or additions, either notations can be made on the current schedule or the Engineer may require the submittal of a revised supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule. Review of the current and subsequent supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedules does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for timely and efficient execution of the Contract. In addition to the "look ahead" Project Work schedule, a Type "B" schedule as detailed in the Standard Specifications is required on this Contract. 00180.41(b-2) Detailed Schedule - Replace the paragraph that begins "In addition to the above requirements..." with the following two paragraphs: In addition to the above requirements, and within 15 Calendar Days after the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer one digital copy and four paper copies of a detailed time-scaled bar chart Project Work schedule indicating the critical course of the Work. The digital copy shall be compatible with MS Project 2003, Primavera P3, SureTrak Project Manager 3.0, or another scheduling program approved by the Engineer. Detailed work schedule activities shall include the following: Replace the paragraph that begins "Within 10 Calendar Days..." with the following paragraph: Within 2 Calendar Days after submission of the Project schedule the Engineer and the Contractor shall meet to review the Project schedule as submitted. Within 10 Days of the review meeting the Contractor shall resubmit to the Engineer one digital and four paper copies of the Project schedule, including required revisions. 00180.41(b-3-a) Review with the Engineer -In the paragraph that begins "The Contractor shall evaluate...", replace the sentence that begins "The Contractor shall submit..." with the following sentence: The Contractor shall submit one digital and four paper copies of the updated bar chart to the Engineer within seven Days after the progress meeting, along with a progress report as required by "b." below. Add the following subsection: 00180.50(h) Contract Time - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract and make facilities fully functional as specified herein not later than August 8, 2014. Minor elements of work, clean-up and other punch list items are to be completed with 30 days of the completion date. 00180.85(b) Liquidated Damages - Add the following paragraph: The liquidated damages for failure to complete the Work on time required by 00180.50(h) will be $600 per Calendar Day * Calendar Day amounts are applicable when the Contract time is expressed on the Calendar Day or fixed date basis. SECTION 00190 - MEASUREMENT OF PAY QUANTITIES Comply with Section 00190 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: GC-18 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Usas\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaoso8\Vrmdoms\Temporary Internet Files\Content0utlook\CM7K4VFA\Parr II Genaal Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 00190.20(f-2) Scale Without Automatic Printer - Add the following sentence after the first paragraph: Pay costs for the weigh witness at $35.00 per hour. 00190.20(g) Agency-Provided Weigh Technician - Add the following paragraph after the bullet list: Pay costs for the weigh technician at $35.00 per hour. SECTION 00195 - PAYMENT Comply with Section 00195 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00195.12(d) Steel Materials Pay Item Selection - Add the following to this subsection: No Pay Items under this Contract qualify for the steel escalation/de-escalation program for this Project. 00195.50(a) Progress Payments - Replace the paragraph that begins "The Agency's payment of progress payments..." with the following paragraph: The Agency's payment of progress payments, or determination of satisfactory completion of Pay Items or Work or release of retainage under 00195.50(d), shall not be construed as Final Acceptance or approval of any part of the Work, and shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for defective Materials or workmanship or for latent defects and warranty obligations. 00195.50(b) Retainage -Replace the sentence that begins "The amount to be retained..." with the following: The amount to be retained from progress payments will be 5.0% of the value of Work accomplished, and will be retained in one of the forms specified in Subsection (c) below. 00195.50(c-1) Cash, Alternate A - In the paragraph that begins "The Agency will...", replace the sentence that begins "The Agency will deposit..." with the following sentence: The Agency will deposit the cash retainage withheld in an interest-bearing account in a bank, savings bank, trust company, or savings association for the benefit of the Agency, as provided by ORS 279C.560(5). In the paragraph that begins "Any retainage withheld on...", replace "00195.90(d)" with "00195.50(d)". 00195.50(c-2) Cash, Alternate B (Retainage Surety Bond) - Replace the paragraph that begins "If an acceptable retainage..." with the following paragraph: If an acceptable retainage surety bond is provided, the Contractor shall notify all Subcontractors of the existence of the retainage surety bond and shall advise them of their rights under ORS 279C.560(7) and ORS 701.435. 00195.50(c-3) Bonds and Securities - Replace this subsection with the following subsection: 00195.50(c-3) Bonds, Securities, and Other Instruments - In accordance with ORS 279C.560, unless the Agency finds in writing that accepting a bond, security or other instrument poses an extraordinary risk that is not typically associated with the bond, security or other instrument, the Agency will approve the Contractor's written request to deposit bonds, securities or other instruments with the Agency or in a custodial account or other account satisfactory to the Agency with an approved bank or trust company, to be held instead of cash retainage for the benefit of the Agency. In such event, the Agency will reduce the cash retainage by an amount equal to the value of the bonds, securities and other instruments. Interest or earnings on the bonds, securities and other instruments shall accrue to the Contractor. GC-19 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Usas\klakey\AppData\Local\MiaosoR\Windo s\Temporary Inteenet Files\Content.Outlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Co=ol and Electrical Act, ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Bonds, securities and other instruments deposited instead of cash retainage shall be assigned to or made payable to the Agency and shall be of a kind approved by the Director of the Oregon Department of Administrative Services, including but not limited to: • Bills, certificates, notes or bonds of the United States; Other obligations of the United States or agencies of the United States; Obligations of a corporation wholly owned by the federal government; Indebtedness of the Federal National Mortgage Association; • General obligation bonds of the State of Oregon or a political subdivision of the State of Oregon; • Irrevocable letters of credit issued by an insured institution, as defined in ORS 706.008. The Contractor shall execute and provide such documentation and instructions respecting the bonds, securities and other instruments as the Agency may require to protect its interests. When the Engineer determines that all requirements for the protection of the Agency's interest have been fulfilled, the bonds and securities deposited instead of cash retainage will be released to the Contractor. 00195.50(e) Withholding Payments - Replace the paragraph that begins "Notwithstanding ORS 279C.555..." with the following paragraph: Notwithstanding ORS 279C.555 or ORS 279C.570 or 00195.50(d), if a Contractor is required to file statements on the prevailing rate of wages, but fails to do so, the Agency will retain 25% of any amount earned as required in 00175.65. 00195.60(a-1) Request for Advance Allowance - Replace the bullet that begins "The request is accompanied..." with the following bullet: • The request is accompanied by written consent of the Contractor's Surety, if required by the Agency. 00195.90(c) No Waiver of Right to Make Adjustment - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: The fact that the Agency has made any measurement, estimate, determination or certification either before or after completion of the Project, Final Acceptance, Agency assumption of possession of the Project Site, determination of satisfactory completion of Pay Items or Work or release of retainage under 00195.50(d) or payment for any part of the Work, shall not prevent either party from: • Showing the true amount and character of the Work; • Showing that any measurement, estimate, determination or certification is incorrect; • Recovering from the other party damages that may have been suffered because the other party failed to comply with the Contract. SECTION 00196 - PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK Comply with Section 00196 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 00197 - PAYMENT FOR FORCE ACCOUNT WORK Comply with Section 00197 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00197.30 Labor - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: The Contractor will be paid for all labor engaged directly on Force Account Work, including Equipment operators and supervisors in direct charge of the specific force account operations, as follows: GC-20 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaosoft\Wmdo \Temporary Internet Files\Content.Outi ok\CM7K4VFA\Pwt II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc m 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. (a) Wages - The actual wages paid to laborers and supervisors, if those wages are paid at rates not more than those for comparable labor currently employed on the Project, or at the recognized, current, prevailing rates in the locality of the Project. (b) Required Contributions - The actual cost of industrial accident insurance, unemployment compensation contributions, payroll transit district taxes, and social security for old age assistance contributions incurred or required under statutory law and these Specifications. The actual cost of industrial accident insurance is the National Council on Compensation Insurance (NCCI) rate for the assigned risk pool for the appropriate work class multiplied by the experience modification factor for the Contractor. (c) Required Benefits - The actual amount paid to, or on behalf of, workers as per diem and travel allowances, health and welfare benefits, pension fund benefits, or other benefits when such other benefits are required by a collective bargaining agreement or other employment contract generally applicable to the classes of labor employed on the Project. 00197.80 Percentage Allowances - In the table, replace the "00197.30(b) Labor" line with the following line: 00197.30 Labor 22 SECTION 00199 - DISAGREEMENTS, PROTESTS, AND CLAIMS Comply with Section 00199 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00199.40 Claim Decision; Review; Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies - Replace this subsection with the following: 00199.40 Claim Decision; Review; Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies - The Agency intends to resolve all claims at the lowest possible administrative level. If the Engineer denies the claim for additional compensation or a combination of additional compensation and Contract Time, in full or in part, according to 00199.40(a), the Contractor may proceed to Litigation. The disputed claim for additional compensation or a combination of additional compensation and Contract Time may then be resolved, in full or in part, at the Litigation step of the procedure as specified in (b) of this Subsection. If the Engineer has denied a claim, in full or in part, for Contract Time only according to 00180.80, or has denied a claim, in full or in part, for correction of final compensation according to 00 195.95, those disputed claims may then be resolved, in full or in part, at the Litigation step of the claim procedure as specified in (b) of this Subsection. For all claims, all of the actions under each step of the process shall occur before the claim can be advanced to the next higher step. 00199.40(a) Decision by the Engineer - Delete the last sentence in this Subsection, which begins "If the Contractor does not accept..." 00199.40(b) Step 1: Region Level Review - Delete this subsection in its entirety. 00199.40(c) Step 2: Agency Level Review - Delete this subsection in its entirety. 00199.40(d) Step 3: Arbitration, Claims Review Board - Delete this subsection in its entirety. 00199.40(e) Step 4: Litigation - Replace this section with the following: 00199.40(b) Litigation - The Contractor must follow each step in order, and exhaust all available administrative remedies before resorting to litigation. Lawsuits must be properly filed in a court of competent jurisdiction within six months from the date of the final decision that exhausted the Contractor's available administrative remedies under this Section 00199. In any litigation, the entire text of any order or permit issued by a governmental or regulatory authority, as well as any documents referenced or incorporated therein by reference, shall be admissible for the purpose of Contract interpretation. GC-21 7/15/141:11 PM C:\Users\klakg\AppData\I-ocal\Microsofr\Wmdo \Temporary Internet Files\ContentOutlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The Contract shall not be construed against either party regardless of which party drafted it. Other than as modified by the Contract, the applicable rules of contract construction and evidence shall apply. This Contract shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Oregon without regard to principles of conflict of laws. Any dispute between the City of Ashland and the Contractor that arises from or relates to this Contract and that is not resolved under the provisions of Section 00199 shall be brought and conducted solely and exclusively within the Circuit Court for the State of Oregon in Jackson County; provided, however, if a dispute must be brought in a federal forum, then it shall be brought and conducted solely and exclusively within the United States District Court for the District of Oregon. In no event shall this Subsection be construed as a waiver by the City of Ashland on any form of defense or immunity, whether sovereign immunity, governmental immunity, immunity based on the Eleventh Amendment to the Constitution of the United States or otherwise, from any claim or from the jurisdiction of any court. CONTRACTOR BY EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE IN PERSONAM JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS REFERENCED IN THIS SECTION. PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK GC-22 7/15/14 1:11 PM C:\Users\klakey\AppData\Local\Miaosoft\Wmdow \Temporary Internet Files\ContentOutlook\CM7K4VFA\Part II General Conditions - Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical doc ® 2014 RH2 Engineering, Inc. PART III TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Talent Regional BPS Control and Electrical Upgrades z kk °~az Gl N z~ ai a~ o ~Q y ~m- $ 10Ut IRZI ~b s~g^~Ls 1 s~ U. ~J g ~ I1/a~f 4 W 10 5 U ~ 5 ~ Y 15M Z W LL J a_ 0£-Ad 0 LJ E>d 1 1. r7 Z I ~ Z Z U O Q O U U W to U Ld z w~~ J rc O W J W a & Z_ N N N J _ w z N b N U ~40M 80M x W t ja ~ n 600A ~ N N a1 z g0 I c~ ~n N in in ~n in in N N N N N p O N N y N W - p K O N U) N N W N ` 6p01 bm U 0 L (V O Z O Z ,Y Ti { Ti O N N N { N{ ® Z U p q ~O1 OBI W p af ~ O O U f7 t7 8 OF m q I y 1 w~ ~~II Y O O LiJ 0 GaG&S£S-rYS - SSSL6.mo XL'V3oLrd - 6axog *O d v V 114 fi yy.. O `G~/11117r ~ Q ~6~ A ~n a i y O C v ri1 s Far.1~'i rL~ i4CL 19ff1 °q im Q~Wyh ~ ~ J ~11~ ms ~ ~ a k= l i II~ f I J 1 J LLJ z N¢ 0- CL fl O O I 1 • L'i CV C O p W S 00 00 J O Of F- Q C~ r I I 1 «s-sss-ms • 9ESL6•710 xL4zoHd - 6ys xo9 -0-,f 'p v o Oa A,, r4a r at d4E kip- N Q~ ~4h a ~ I Q 64'soe.". 0 4i QW 4 ~ .=111 o Q 4 u ♦ 9 b v wU > 1 ~'CC xo~d I ff b' z n on V ----N 3 O ~w, O N O U W x N w i i 1 i i ~ ( I i i i i F PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD CERTIFICATIONS By my seal and signature below I certify that the plans and specifications following this page are applicable to this project and were prepared by me or under my supervision. PROxFs 097 6PE , yr c!+ OaEGON.: c~a v<y a aaa~ TT it, EE i TS-1 7/14/141128 Ar4 C:\Uscts\jgeiget\AppData\IDcal\rlicrosoft\Windows\Temponry Internet 1--des\Content.Chrtbok\IP%'IJ9S4\Patt III Technical Specifications - Talent Regional BPS Contmi and Mectrical Upgades.doe ® 2014 RH2 Enginming, Inc. City of Talent and TAP Regional Booster Pump Stations Control and Electrical Modifications Description of Work The following is a description of work for field modifications to the existing control and electrical systems at the two pump stations. The Contractor is to provide all labor, materials and equipment to perform the work in a complete, functional and operational ready state as described herein. Reference Documents The following documents are attached to support the requirements of the work to be performed as described herein. Technical Specifications Regional Booster Pump Station Documents and Drawings o Control and Operation Description o Control system as built drawings Nos. 2656 E2-E10 o One line electrical drawing o Testing checklist and set points Talent Booster Pump Station Design Documents and Drawings o Control and Operation Description o Control system as built drawings Nos. 2656 E28-E37 o One line electrical control drawing o VFD Drive wall mount configuration drawing o Testing checklist and set points Schedule and Sequence of work All work and testing is to be completed by August 1st, 2014. Contractor to submit a schedule for approval prior to beginning work that demonstrates work can be completed by the completion date Sequence of work Develop a sequencing plan to perform the work that minimize down time for pump station. Pump stations cannot be out of service for over 8 hours at a time. Plan should allow for operation of partial capacity of the pump stations to operate while the majority of the work is being performed Permits and Fees The Contractor shall coordinate and provide all permits, licenses, approvals, inspections by the authority having jurisdiction and other arrangements for work on this project and all fees shall be paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall include these fees in the bid price. Standards of work Provide all electrical work in accordance with latest edition of National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, Oregon State Electrical Code, and local ordinances. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and these specifications, the codes are to govern. All electrical products shall bear a label from a certified testing laboratory recognized by the State of Oregon. Recognized labels in the State of Oregon are UL, ETL, and CSA-US. 11 Page Regional Booster Pump Station Modifications Integrator Work: 1. Document Existing Control System Wiring and Layout Document wiring changes as currently exist. Red line deleted items, Blue line added cards and wiring on as-built documents 2656 E2-E10. It is known that at least one analog output has k been added in Slot 7. Add changes performed with the s modification performed with this work. 2. Protective Devices and Alarms for 125 HP Pumps Modify control system for low suction pressure and high: discharge pressure protection to be controlled by the PLC in automatic run mode. Prior command and control logic modification does not appear to have included the motor protection circuits to work with the new 125hp VFD control system. Modifications to include installation of new signal wires from the pump control circuits in the MCC to new 120V interposing relays to be installed in the PLC control cabinet. Complete the circuit for 24V DC inputs to 1/0 card 3 spare points in control cabinet (Low suction pressure PSL-130, Low suction pressure PSL-140 and PSH-130 and PSH-140). Provide interposing relays for electrical contractor to install. Install new high, pressure sensors in pump discharge lines. 3. 50 HP Pumps Confirm normal start, manual start, automatic mode and Protective Devices and Alarms are operational for both 50 HP Pumps. Make command and control modifications as required. 4. VFD and Transfer Switch Document the wiring configuration for the 125hp VFD and the motor transfer switch mounted on top of the MCC. Revise one line electrical Drawing with current configuration. 5. PLC Reprograming " Reprogram Moscad PLC to operate the station as described in A the attached Regional Booster Pump Station Control and = h. Operation Description. All other current command, control, status and alarm functions not described are to be returned to the existing or original programming. 2 1 P a g e 6. Manual Pump Operation for 125HP Pumps Write a specific instruction card for operation of P130 and P140 in the manual mode as described in the attached Regional Booster Pump Station Control and Operation Description. 7. Testing Perform a complete and comprehensive test on all new programming to confirm proper operation. Identify all set points and confirm checks are completed per the attached checklist. Direct the actions of the electrical contractor to complete the control wiring changes necessary external to the control cabinet for proper command and control of the existing pumps. Electrical Work: 1. Protective Devices and Alarms for 125 HP Pumps Pull 2 new #16 THHN wires in existing (2) conduits under the slab into the MCC panel for Pump 130, and Pump 140 (lower right side of MCC). Runs are approximately 25ft in length. Currently there is one 3/4"conduit conduit for each of the two panels with (6) #16 conductors in each conduit. Install 4 -120V interposing relays in the pump 130 and pump 140 control cabinet. Relays to be provided by Integrator. 2. Manual Pump Operation (125 HP Pumps) Provide control systems rewiring as necessary to insure required and safe operation of the 125hp pumps in manual mode. Integrator (Taurus) to direct the electrical contractor on the necessary modifications. 3. Standby Generator Confirm size and capacity of standby generator. Identify circuits powered by generator and those that are not. Mark up one-line diagram and identify distribution panel's circuits powered by generator. 4. Testing Provide assistance in operational checkout of the field conductors and mechanical switches during startup and testing. Electrical Installer to provide for at least 8 man hours of unanticipated rewiring in their bid for the booster station electric work. Sequencing Work will be planned and sequenced such that the two 50 HP pumps can be operated in either automatic or manual mode while other work at the station is being performed. 31Page Talent Booster Pump Station Modifications Integrator Work: 1. Standby Generator Confirm size and capacity of standby generator. Identify circuits and equipment powered generator and those that are not. Mark up station-line diagram and identify distribution panel's circuits powered by generator. 2. Document Existing Control System Wiring and Layout Document wiring changes as currently exist. Red line Y.: deleted items, Blue line added cards and wiring on as-built documents 2656 E28-E37. It is known that at least one Al card has been removed from slot 5 and an AO card added in slot 7. Add changes performed with the modification performed with this work. 3. Protective Devices and Alarms Modify control system for low suction pressure and high discharge pressure protection to be controlled by the PLC in both automatic run and manual modes. Prior command and control logic modification does not appear to have included the motor protection circuits (for P1 and 132) to work with the new VFD control system. Modifications to include installation of new signal wires from the two pump control circuits in the MCC to new 120V interposing relays to be installed in the PLC control cabinet. Complete the circuit for 24V DC inputs to 1/0 card 1 spare points. (Low suction pressure PSL-1 and PSL-2 and High discharge pressure PSH-1 and PSH-2). Provide interposing relays for electrical contractor to install. Install new high pressure sensors in pump discharge lines. 4. PLC Reprograming Reprogram Moscad PLC to operate the station as described in the attached Talent Booster Pump Station Control and Operation Description. All other current command, control, status and alarm functions not described to be returned to the original or existing programming. 5. Testing Perform complete and comprehensive tests on all new programming to confirm proper operation. w: Identify all set points and confirm checks are completed on the attached checklist. Direct the actions of the electrical contractor to complete the control wiring changes necessary external to the control cabinet for proper command and control of the existing pumps. 41 Page Electrical Work: At this location it will be necessary to make a number of modifications to existing equipment and to add a new VFD, and return existing pump interlocks to service. The contractor is encouraged to reuse any existing conduits that are in sufficiently good shape to meet code and provide a useful service life. 1. New Power distribution switchboard Supply new 800 Amp switch board with four new Breakers Supply the board with one Main breaker (600 amp) (2) Circuit breakers (250 amp) to feed one existing VFD and one to service a new 125 Hp VFD. Include one new circuit breaker (450 amp) to feed an emergency service panel this breaker shall have a 120 Vac shunt trip module. Supply the necessary conduit and conductors to new switchboard panel, maintaining distance to panel within the NEC required rules. 2. Emergency Pump Power Supply Use the (450 amp) Circuit breaker in the new Switch board with a 120vac shunt trip unit. Breaker is to have terminal box located on the outside of the building to power an electrically driven emergency pump unit. Breaker to be tied to relays that will interlock the trip unit to prevent either of the internal VFD breakers from being turned on at the same time per one-line diagram. Exterior junction box, it shall be a lockable 36x36X12" Nema 311 with suitable load lugs and grounding points. Junction box to be labeled (Emergency Pump Power Only) and stickered with Arc flash warnings. Provide one 4" hole in the bottom of enclosure with a Meyers hub and a threaded plug. Provide time to install integrator supplied Shunt trip relays. 3. Relocate equipment and VFD Drives Rearrange power systems on the existing wall to accommodate two 125hp VFD drives. Arrangement shall accommodate the old VFD and Line reactor, in addition to the new VFD and Line reactor. 4. Existing 125 HP VFD and Line Reactor Relocate existing 125hp VFD and line reactor if necessary including all required power and signal conduits and conductors. 5. New 125 HP VFD and Line Reactor Install new 125 HP VFD and line reactor onto wall. Add conduit and conductors from the new 250 amp breaker in new switch board to the new VFD P-2 and Line reactor assembly. Add required signal conduits and conductors from VFD to PLC panel. Terminate signal conductors as directed by integrator. 6. Demolish Motor Transfer Switch Demolish VFD motor transfer switch on top of existing MCC panel board. Remove all wires to existing motor starter buckets. This device will not be required. 51 Page 7. Motor Power Intercept the Motor "T" lead conduits at a suitable point overhead and bring them down to the VFDs with new conductors sized for new 125 HP pumps. Remove all remaining conduits and conductors to the existing buckets in the MCC panel board. Remove wires to the motor starters per one line diagram. 8. Testing Provide assistance in operational checkout of the field conductors and mechanical switches during startup and testing. Electrical Installer to provide for 8 man hours of unanticipated rewiring in their bid for the booster station. Sequencing: Consideration to be given to the following to minimize station down time: • The new switchboard could be added during minimal MCC power shut downs prior to the rework of the VFD's. • Operate one pump in manual mode while PLC programing and electrical changes are being F made to other pump, having minimal MCC power shut down to reconnect to individual pump breaker/disconnect. • New VFD can be installed and all associated work completed before connection to breaker. Leaving one pump operating in automatic or manual mode. • The external Emergency power panel could be installed prior to the VFD rework. 6 1 P a g e DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - Electrical Work - General PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general requirements for accomplishing electrical work as specified herein and indicated on the Drawings. B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to this work as if specified in this section. C. All or a Portion of the work covered by this Section is to be conducted on an operational water distribution system. The owners may impose limitations upon the Contractor's methods and procedures. 1.02 REFERENCES Applicable codes and industry standards include, but are not necessarily limited to: A. National Electrical Code. B. National Electrical Safety Code. C. State of Oregon Laws, Rules & Regulations for Installing Electric Wires & Equipment D. State of Oregon Department of Labor and Industries Regulations. E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association. F. National Fire Protection Association. G. American National Standards Institute. H. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. J. Oregon State Energy Code. K. International Electrical Testing Association. L. National Electrical Contractors Association. M. FAA Regulations. N. National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72S 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. "Electrical equipment and materials" shall be understood to include all electrical related equipment, apparatus, components, devices, assemblies, materials, accessories and appurtenances. B. "Provide" shall be understood as "furnish and install." 1.04 CONTRACT DRAWINGS The electrical drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show all raceway, wiring, exact locations of equipment, terminations, or number or types of fittings required by the electrical system. Provide all related electrical work which is specified herein, diagrammed or scheduled on the electrical drawings, required by code enforcing agencies and as indicated on other details or elevations for complete and operating electrical systems. Since the drawings of floor, wall, and ceiling installation are made at a small scale, outlets, devices, equipment, etc. are indicated only in their approximate location unless dimensioned or otherwise indicated. Locate outlets and apparatus symmetrically 6/5/2014 16010 - 2 of 8 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - Electrical Work - General (Continued) on floors, walls and ceilings where not dimensioned and coordinate such locations with the work of other trades to prevent interferences. Verify all dimensions on the job. Do not scale the electrical drawings. 1.05 COORDINATION DRAWINGS The Integrator shall prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4" = F-0" of the Talent Electrical Rooms and Control Room showing arrangement, locations, mounting and anchoring points of equipment and materials to be installed therein. The coordination drawings shall dimensionally show the routing of new conduits, conduit stub locations and conduit entry areas under equipment. The Contractor shall prepare and submit coordination drawings redlining Taurus provided drawings, During construction Drawings will be available for review by the Engineer at all times onsite. 1.06 PRODUCTS A. General: Products are specified by manufacturer name, description, and/or catalog { number to show intended function and quality. Report discrepancies, such as discontinued equipment or catalog numbers, to the Engineer prior to bidding. If the Contractor is unable to interpret any part of the plans and/or specifications, he shall notify the Engineer, who will issue interpretation and/or additional clarifications to Bidders before the project is bid. B. Manufacturers: Provide only equipment specified in the Contract Documents or approved by addendum. Manufacturers' catalog numbers and descriptions establish the quality of product required. C. No materials or apparatus may be substituted except where a change to the equipment specified has been approved by the POS. D. Warranty: Warranty shall be manufacturer's standard or a minimum of one year unless noted otherwise in Division 16 Sections. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit drawings to Engineer in advance of any work. B. Manufacturer Approval Drawings: Equipment that is laid out, configured, or designed by manufacturer based on performance specifications only shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to release of drawings for manufacturing. 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS All substitution requests must be submitted and approved before proceeding with work. 1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials shall be new, unless noted otherwise. Properly store all materials and equipment for protection from physical damage or damage due to corrosion. B. Review accessibility of equipment for operation, maintenance and repair prior to installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 6/5/2014 16010 - 3 of 8 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - Electrical Work - General (Continued) C. Equipment Manufacturer Qualifications: Equipment manufacturers shall have at least 10 years experience in manufacturing products and accessories similar to those for this Project, with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.10 SAFETY AND PROTECTION A. Safety Measures to be Taken: The Engineer has not been retained or compensated to provide design and construction review services relating to the Contractor's safety precautions or to the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required for the Contractor to perform his work. The Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. The duty of the Engineer to conduct construction observations of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures, in, on or near the construction site. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to comply with applicable safety and health regulations for construction. The Contractor shall consult with the state or federal safety inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as to whether safe conditions do or do not exist or whether he is or is not in compliance with state or federal regulations. B. Protection: The Contractor shall take whatever measures are required to ensure that electrical safety and protection are maintained, including the proper covering, signage, and securing of "live" circuits. C. Comply with - Operational Safety on City property's, and with applicable State of Oregon safety rules and health standards. Any violation shall be cause for immediate termination of the Contractor's authority to proceed with the Work and recourse to his Surety for completion of the Project. 1. General "Electrical Safety Rules" are as follows: a. Electrical circuits operating at over 300 volts, phase to ground, or circuits served by a transformer over 150 kVA, shall be deenergized before proceeding with the Work. b. All work at Both facility's requires controlling hazardous energy by performing lockout / tagout as defined by OSHA 1910.147. c. Electrical circuits shall be considered de-energized only under the following conditions: 1) Switches connecting subject circuit to the energy supply are observed in the "open" position, with an air break, and safety-tagged in the "open" position. 2) Electrically operated switches are visibly "open", blocked or racked in the "open" position, and safety-tagged "open". 6/5/201416010 - 4 of 8 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - Electrical Work - General (Continued) 3) If the supply circuit break is not visible and clearly identified, the circuit shall be grounded. If the ground connection is not within sight of the work area, the ground connection shall be safety-tagged before proceeding with the Work. 4) Oil switches are observed "open" in a sight window and safety-tagged "open", or fuse carrier is removed in oil fuse cutouts and safety-tagged "open". d. Use of Red Safety Tags: 1) For protection of personnel working on circuits, safety tags shall be filled out and attached to any opened switch or equipment. 2) Safety tags placed by a City employee shall be removed only by the City employee who placed the tag, or by another City employee who has been authorized to remove the tag in writing by the employee who placed the tag. Removal of a safety tag placed by an employee who is not available to remove the tag at the time of need may be authorized by the City Electrical Superintendent or his designated representative only after carefully checking that the circuit is ready to be energized. 3) Safety tags shall be utilized by the Contractor and placed by the Contractor. Safety tags placed by the Contractor shall be removed only by the Contractor's employee who placed the tag, or by another Contractor's employee who has been authorized to remove the tag in writing by the Contractor's employee who placed the tag. Removal of a safety tag placed by a Contractor's employee who is not available to remove the tag at the time of need may be authorized by the Contractor's Superintendent or his designated representative only after carefully checking that the circuit is ready to be energized. Safety tags placed by a City employee shall not be removed by the Contractor's employee. 4) Equipment with a safety tag attached shall not be operated, and connections with a safety tag attached shall not be changed. e. Insulated cables, operated at over 300 volts to ground, shall be handled when energized only with rubber gloves tested to 22,000 volts by a Oregon State approved testing laboratory. 1) The applicable State of Oregon safety rules and health standards shall be observed and complied with in every detail by Tenants and Contractors. 2) All work at both facilitys requires controlling hazardous energy by performing lockout/tagout as defined by OSHA 1910.147. f. Insulated cables that have been in operation shall be cut only with grounded cable shears, or shall be grounded by driving a grounded sharp tool through the shielding and the conductors before cutting. g. All personnel working around energized electrical equipment 6/5/2014 16010 - 5 of 8 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - Electrical Work - General (Continued) operating at over 750 volts shall wear standard insulated, nonconducting hard hats and shall wear no garments with metallic zipper fasteners. h. Ladders used in any electrical work shall be of wood or fiberglass construction. i. All panelboards, junction boxes, electrical devices and other similar equipment which are being worked on and which have exposed live wires, bus bars, or terminals operating above 50 volts shall be covered adequately for the voltage with an electrical insulating material and labeled with a "Caution" sign when Contractor personnel are not present. The Caution sign shall advise that exposed electrical parts are behind the temporary protective cover. j. Contractors engaged on City projects or working on City property shall be governed by City rules, except that all safety tags shall be placed or removed by the City Electrical Supervisor or his designated representative. The Contractor shall designate a supervisor for all contract personnel and operations. This supervisor shall be on the job whenever contract operations are in progress. D. Comply with the following procedures for medium-voltage manhole access: 1. Contact Taurus Power and controls 503-692-9004 prior to entering any manhole. 2. All switching of the medium-voltage system must be approved in advance and coordinated through the Electrical Shop. Schedule requests for Electrical Shop assistance a minimum of seven (7) days in advance. 3. Comply with confined space entry procedures, lockout procedures, and all other applicable State safety requirements. a. Complete a confined space entry permit for each entry. Submit to the Engineer. b. Ventilate and monitor the confined space. A top man is required at all times. c. Complete safety tags once line clearance has been given, and attach tags to any opened switch or equipment. Submit tags to Electrical Shop upon completion of the Work. d. Provide effective barriers to prevent others from falling into the open vault. Close and secure vaults when not attended. e. Comply with State requirements for highway signage, flagging, and re-routing traffic. 1.11 ELECTRICAL SERVICE A. Temporary Electrical Construction Service: Not used B. Continuity of Service: Provide temporary service to existing systems as required to maintain continuous operation without reducing equipment efficiency. Coordinate the extent of temporary services, including backfeeds and temporary feeds, with the Engineer and Taurus, Electrical Shop Staff. 6/5/2014 16010 - 6 of 8 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - Electrical Work - General (Continued) C. Power Outages: Outages shall be kept to an absolute minimum. Any essential outages required in the course of construction, whether for temporary services, cutovers, or testing, shall be closely coordinated with the Engineer and Taurus Electrical Shop Staff, and shall occur at times approved by the City. 1.12 DEMOLITION A. General: De-energize circuits in demolition areas to ensure a safe condition. B. Existing material that is not to be reused or is not requested by the City to be retained shall be removed from the site and shall become the property of the Contractor for salvage. C. In areas of where alterations are to be done, existing conduits may be reused in their original location, unless noted otherwise. 1. Wiring that is discovered with damaged or deteriorating insulation shall be replaced with new. 2. No existing conduit or wiring once removed may be reused, unless noted otherwise. D. Remove all unused exposed conduit except where located in or above existing construction which is not being altered and would require removal and replacement of the existing construction. Conduit not removed shall be identified and conductors shall be removed. Remove conductors and raceways of abandoned circuits when accessible. 1.13 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract and Division 16 Sections for environmental regulatory requirements, quality control, construction facilities and temporary controls, traffic control, access control, and signage requirements. B. Provide electrical connection of all equipment having electrical requirements. Make final connections for all Owner-furnished equipment. Refer to Division 17 for motor starters and controls furnished integrally with equipment. 1. Make electrical connections in accordance with manufacturers written instructions, with recognized industry practices, and complying with requirements of the National Electrical Code. 2. Verify all electrical loads (voltage, phase, full load amperes, number and point of connections, minimum circuit capacity, etc.) for equipment furnished under other divisions of this specification by reviewing respective shop drawings furnished under each division. 3. Meet with each subcontractor furnishing equipment requiring electrical service to review electrical characteristics for each equipment item before rough-in begins. Report any variances from electrical characteristics noted on the electrical drawings to the Engineer before proceeding with rough-in work. C. National Electrical Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of National Electrical Code as to the type of products used and provisions for electrical power connections. 6/5/2014 16010 - 7 of 8 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - Electrical Work - General (Continued) D. Underwriters Laboratories acceptance: All material and equipment within the scope of the work shall be UL approved and labeled devices installed in accordance with maintaining the UL label. E. Cutting and Patching: Provide and coordinate the locations of all openings required in the building construction for installation of the Work. 1. Drill penetrations required through existing concrete slabs or walls with a diamond core drill. In no case shall any structural member be cut. 2. Provide approved sleeves as required for electrical penetrations through floors and walls. Seal all openings around conduits in sleeves with a material of equal fire rating as the surface penetrated. 3. Obtain written approval from a licensed Structural Engineer prior to cutting any reinforcing bars. F. Equipment Bases and Fastening: Comply with seismic zone 3 anchorage and bracing requirements of UBC. G. Equipment Accessibility: Comply with applicable codes and install equipment to be accessible for operation, maintenance or repair. Equipment deemed inaccessible shall be relocated as directed. H. Electrical Work Exposed to Weather: Provide weatherproof enclosures and corrosion protection for all ferrous metal portions of electrical work exposed to weather, including conduit, clamps, support, and hardware. 1.14 EARTHWORK A. Existing Underground Utilities: Verify, before any excavation, the location of all existing utilities in the area of new construction. Exercise extreme care with all work adjacent to these utilities. A designated representative of the Contractor shall advise the City Electrical Supervisor and Power Company where he can be contacted in any emergency. 1. Review drawings and notify the Engineer of any deviations in duct runs to avoid conflicts with existing utilities. Any changes in the work resulting in the same quantities of trenching material shall not entitle the Contractor to any claim for an addition to this Contract. 2. The Contractor is responsible for any damage done to existing utility installations during the course of the work. All damaged installations shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the utility or agency involved at the expense of the Contractor. B. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 and 2 Sections for requirements governing site work, including excavation, bracing and shoring, erosion control, requirements for temporary pumping equipment, backfilling, patching and paving, sod replacement, removal of surplus material, and requirements for traffic control during construction. Reference Section 16131 - Underground Ducts and Manholes, for backfilling requirements associated with underground ducts and manholes. 6/5/2014 16010 - 8 of 8 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - Electrical Work - General (Continued) 1.15 PROJECT FINALIZATION A. Fully test and adjust all equipment installed under this specification and demonstrate its proper operation. Reference Section 16950 - Acceptance Testing, for acceptance testing requirements. 1. Testing that involves use of instruments other than meggers and volt-ohm meters shall be performed by an independent testing agency 2. Present the City with Certificate of Inspection from the Jurisdiction having authority upon completion of the Work stating that all work complies with all applicable Codes and Ordinances. 3. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract for requirements governing cleaning, closeout procedures, commissioning, training, operations and maintenance manuals, and record drawings. PART 2 - NOT USED PART 3 - NOT USED PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT k 4.01 MEASUREMENT Electrical System Installation" will be as a unit. 4.02 PAYMENT Payment for "Electrical System Installation" will be made at the contract lump sum price as stated in the Schedule of Unit Prices - A and shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools and equipment to provide and install the complete electrical system for the "Talent Booster" and "Regional Booster Station" as noted in contract as detailed and specified in the Contract Documents. The lump sum price shall include all work required for the complete system with the exception of those items paid for under separate bid items. END OF SECTION 7/5/2014 16050 - 1 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Extent of Work: This Section includes the following: 1. Supporting devices for electrical components. 2. Concrete equipment bases. 3. Electrical demolition. 4. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 5. Touchup painting. B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to this work as if specified in this section. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 17100 - Integration 2. Division 16 1.02 SUBMITTALS Submit Field Test Reports in accordance with - Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow. 1. Set inserts and sleeves in poured-in-place concrete, masonry work, and other structural components as they are constructed. 2. Review structural drawings and work in progress to assure equipment pads, foundation grounding pigtails, and wall block-outs are provided where needed to support electrical installation. B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the building. C. Contractor shall install all work in this project utilizing available space efficiently and maximizing the access and space available for future work. 7/5/2014 16050 - 2 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods (Continued) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPLYING MATERIAL AND DEVICES A. In addition to this section, provide supplemental seismic support per UBC B. Material: Cold-formed steel channel. 1. Materials for Channel: ASTM A 570, GR 33. 2. Materials for Fittings and Accessories: ASTM A 575, ASTM A 576, or ASTM A 36. 3. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channels and designed for use with that product. 4. Indoor Finish: Pre-galvanized, ASTM A523, G90, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Outdoor Finish: Hot-dip galvanized steel. C. Slotted Steel Channel: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8-inch cross section formed from 0.1046-inch thick steel, with 9/16 by 7/8-inch slots at a maximum of 2 inches o.c. in webs, and flange edges turned toward web. D. Solid Steel Channel, 1-5/8-inch wide, formed from 0.1046-inch thick steel. Depth of section shall be selected to suit structural loading of support member. Horizontal spans of 36 inches and longer, shall utilize deep channel sections or back-to-back type sections to provide adequate strength and minimize sag of members. E. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channel supports. F. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring-steel clamps or click-type hangers. G. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. H. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser conduits. Plugs have number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit individual risers. Body constructed of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish. 1. Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type.' J. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. K. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs shall not be used. L. Underground Warning Tape: NOT USED 7/5/2014 16050 - 3 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods (Continued) 2.02 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Forms and Reinforcement Materials: B. Concrete 2.03 TOUCHUP PAINT A. For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom. B. Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, unless otherwise indicated. C. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations. D. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.02 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION A. Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, Uchannel system components. B. Dry Locations: Steel materials. C. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click-type clamp system. D. Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. E. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least four; minimum of 200-lb design load. 3.03 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components. B. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for securing hanger rods and conduits. C. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket-type hangers. D. Size Supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future. 7/5/2014 16050 - 4 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods (Continued) E. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or clamps. F. Install 1/4-inch diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated. G. Spring-steel fasteners may not be used. H. Arrange Supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried entirely by raceway Supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals. 1. Simultaneously install vertical conductor Supports with conductors. J. Separately Support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture Support. Support sheet-metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. If bar hangers are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and Support the raceway with an approved fastener not more than 24 inches from the box. K. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are mounted directly to structural elements of adequate strength. L. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless core-drilled holes are used. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire-rated gypsum walls and of all other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls. M. Securely fasten electrical items and their Supports to the building structure, unless otherwise indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are indicated: 1. Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails. 2. Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry units. 3. New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts. 4. Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts. 5. Threaded studs driven by a powder charge may not be used. 6. Steel: Welded threaded studs or spring-tension clamps on steel. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 7. Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe straps, or other items. 8. Light Steel: Sheet-metal screws. 9. Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its proof-test load. 7/5/2014 16050 - 5 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods (Continued) 3.04 FIRESTOPPING Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to achieve fire-resistance rating of the assembly. 3.05 CONCRETE BASES Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 2 inches larger, and not more than 4 inches larger, in both directions, than Supported unit. Follow Supported equipment manufacturer's anchorage recommendations and setting templates for anchorbolt and tie locations, unless otherwise indicated. 3.06 DEMOLITION A. Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or disturbed in the course of the work, remove damaged Portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality. B. Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be demolished, in their entirety. C. Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway, indicated to be abandoned in place, 2 inches below the surface of adjacent construction. Remove all conductors from abandoned raceways, cap raceways and patch surface to match existing finish. D. Remove demolished material from Project site. E. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for relocation. 3.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following: A. Supporting devices for electrical components. B. Concrete bases. C. Electrical demolition. D. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. E. Touchup painting. 7/5/2014 16050 - 6 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods (Continued) 3.09 REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING A. Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location. B. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of successive coats. C. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. D. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris. B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work described under this section. The cost of the work shall be incidental to, and included in the payments made for the applicable bid items in the Schedule of Unit Prices - A. END OF SECTION DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16060 - Grounding PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Extent of Work: This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections. B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to this work as if specified in this section. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 16010 - Electrical Work - General 2. Section 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 3. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification 4. Section 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable 5. Section 16131 - Underground Ducts and Manholes 6. Section 16520 - Exterior Lighting D. All or a Portion of the work covered by this Section is to be conducted on site 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM B8. B. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) - National Electrical Code. C. ANSI/UL 96 - (Underwriter's Laboratory) - Lightning Protection Components. D. ANSI/UL 467 - (Underwriter's Laboratory) - Grounding and Bonding Equipment. E. ANSUNFPA 780 - (National Fire Protection Association) - Installation of Lightning Protection Systems. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrical components, devices, and accessories that are Listed and Labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to the Department of Labor and Industries, and marked for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items. B. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467. C. Comply with IEEE Std. 142 (Green Book). D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Comply with IEEE C2 for overhead-line construction and medium-voltage underground construction. F. Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. 6/5/2014 16060 - 1 of 7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16060 - Grounding (Continued) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit product data and test reports. Submittals. B. Submit product data for the following: 1. Grounding conductors and cables. 2. Grounding connectors. k 3. Grounding electrodes. 4. Ground bus. C. Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports to include the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements and shop drawings as required. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: A. Grounding Conductor Fittings: Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group, ILSCO, Lyncole XIT Grounding, O-Z/Gedney Co., Raco, Inc.; Division of Hubbell or Thomas & Betts, Electrical. B. Grounding Connectors and Rods: Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group, ILSCO, Lyncole XIT Grounding, O-Z/Gedney Co., Raco, Inc.; Division of Hubbell or Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 2.02 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS fi A. For insulated conductors, comply with Section 16123 - "600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable. B. Material: Copper. C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation in sizes available, otherwise provide two inch band of green plastic marking tape at each termination. D. Isolated Ground Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation with yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, use colored tape, alternating bands of green and yellow tape to provide a minimum of three bands of green and two bands of yellow. E. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable. F. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded. G. Bare Copper Conductors: Assembly of stranded conductors, ASTM B 8. H. Copper Bonding Conductors: 1. Bonding Conductor: #4 or #6 AWG minimum size, stranded copper conductor, unless larger size bonding conductors are indicated on the Drawings. 2. Bonding Jumper: Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 6/5/201416060 - 2 of 7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16060 - Grounding (Continued) 1. Bonding Straps: Soft copper. J. Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with insulators. 2.03 CONNECTORS A. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units. B. Bolted Connectors: Heavy-duty, bolted-pressure-type. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer's written instructions. 2.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Solid copper clad steel, 3/4-inch diameter by 10-feet length minimum. B. Plate Electrodes: Minimum 0.10-inch thick copper. 2.05 GROUND BUS Ground bus: 1/4 inch x 2 inch copper mounted on stand-off insulators. Length and location as shown on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials. B. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors. C. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections. D. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps. E. Ground Rod Clamps at Manholes: Use bolted pressure clamps with at least two bolts. F. Grounding Bus: Install in main power centers, electrical and communications equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Use insulated spacer; space 1 inch from wall and Support from wall 6 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 6/5/201416060 - 3 of 7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16060 - Grounding (Continued) G. Underground Grounding Conductors: Copper conductor, 4/0 AWG minimum. Direct bury with a minimum of 18 inches cover below grade. Where installed as part of a ductbank, install grounding conductor embedded in the top of the ductbank concrete encasement, along the centerline of the ductbank with approximately 2 inches of concrete cover. 3.02 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ~E A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors in all feeders and branch circuits unless otherwise noted. C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Provide insulated equipment grounding conductors from the ground bus in all switchgear, switchboards, motor control centers and panelboards to all electrical equipment and devices. D. Computer Outlet Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from computer-area power panels or power-distribution units. E. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables. F. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install an equipment grounding conductor to ductmounted electrical devices operating at 120V and higher, including air cleaners and heaters. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct. G. Water Heater Cables: Install a separate equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. H. Signal and Communication Systems: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication systems, provide #4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1 /4 inch x 2 inch x 24 inch long grounding bus. 2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. 1. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Provide a grounding electrode in addition to installing a separate equipment grounding conductor with supply branch-circuit conductors.. 6/5/201416060 - 4 of 7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16060 - Grounding (Continued) 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Ground Rods: if any additional are required; Install ground rods as necessary 1. Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade. 2. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds, except as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating. B. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and Supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 1. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp. 2. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 3. Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance. D. Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. 1. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connectors. 2. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor to street side of fitting. 3. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. E. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors. F. Install one test well for each service at the ground rod electrically closest to the service entrance. Set top of well flush with finished grade or floor. 3.05 CONNECTIONS A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. 6/5/201416060 - 5 of 7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16060 - Grounding (Continued) 4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For #8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding lugs. #10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors. D. Metal Raceway Terminations: Terminate each conduit with an insulated throat grounding bushing. 1. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. 2. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, unless otherwise indicated. E. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression-type connectors on conductors and make bolted- and clamped-type connections between conductors and ground rods. F. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. G. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on the grounding conductor. H. Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 3.06 UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING A. Ductbanks: Provide a ground conductor with each medium-voltage feeder circuit sized per NEC or NESC, whichever is larger, but in no case smaller than #2 AWG. B. Vaults, Manholes and Handholes: Install driven ground rods at corners of vaults, manholes and handholes as shown. Set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, non-shrink grout. Provide continuous 4/0 AWG bare copper ground loop conductor all around manhole and attach to all ground rods. Bond ground loop conductor to all metallic objects inside manhole (e.g. metallic cable Supports). 6/5/201416060 - 6 of 7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16060 - Grounding (Continued) C. Connections to Manhole Components: Connect all exposed-metal parts, such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, covers, lids, lid frames, hatches, and cable shields within each manhole to ground loop conductor. 1. Make connections with #2 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper conductor. 2. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. 3. Make connection to cable shield as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. 4. Connect continuous ground cable in duct bank and equipment grounding conductor in each conduit to ground loop. D. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install four ground rods and counterpoise circling pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Use 4/0 AWG tinned-copper conductor for counterpoise and for taps to equipment ground pad. Bury counterpoise not less than 18 inches below grade and 6 inches from the foundation. 3.07 IDENTIFICATION Identify grounding system components as required by the Department of Labor and Industries and as specified in Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Measure ground resistance without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. 2. Perform fall of potential test per IEEE Standard No. 81, Section 9.04 on the main grounding electrode or system for each substation and building. 3. Perform the two-point method test per IEEE No.81 Section 9.03 to determine the ground resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, system neutral and/or derived neutral points. 6/5/201416060 - 7 of 7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16060 - Grounding (Continued) 4) Substations and Pad-Mounted Switching Equipment: 5 ohms. 5) Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms. b. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify the Engineer promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. c. Record and chart test results. B. Provide shop drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding electrodes. 1. Identify each ground rod by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. 2. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work described under this section., The cost of the work shall be incidental to, and included in the payments made for the applicable bid items in the Schedule of Unit Prices - A. END OF SECTION 4 f a F' DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16075 - Electrical Identification PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Extent of Work: This Section includes identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations. B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, the General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to the Work as if specified in this Section. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Division 16 D. All or a Portion of the work covered by this Section is to be conducted an operational water distribution system the City, may impose limitations upon the Contractor's methods and procedures. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/IEEE C2 - National Electrical Safety Code. B. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) - National Electrical Code. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70, as adopted and administered by the Department of Labor and Industries. B. Comply with ANSI C2. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data. B. Product Data for each type of product specified. C. Schedule of identification nomenclature to be used for identification signs and labels. 2.01 LABEL TYPES A. Manufacturer's standard products with colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications. B. Black felt-tip permanent marker in dry unfinished locations. C. Flexible, preprinted pre-tensioned wraparound plastic sleeves sized to suit the diameter of the wire it identifies and arranged to stay in place by pre-tensioned gripping action when placed in position. D. Preprinted self-adhesive vinyl labels with clear chemical-resistant coating. E. Engraved melamine plastic laminate flat stock, 1/16-inch minimum thickness for sizes up to 15 square inches. Use 1/8-inch minimum for sizes larger than 20 square inches. Black with white letters for normal power systems and red with white letters for emergency power systems, with height as shown in table above unless specified otherwise. UV-inhibited when used outdoors. Secure with stainless steel drive screws, stainless steel self-tapping screws or stainless steel oval-head 6-32 screws tapped into enclosure. 6/5/2014 16075 - 2 of 4 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16075 - Electrical Identification (Continued) F. Adhesive-backed plastic machine-printed labels, white with black letters in finished areas. G. Plain-colored vinyl adhesive tape, 3-mil minimum by 1-inch wide minimum. Apply 1/2-inch minimum over-wrap through 2-inch minimum length. Refer to Section 16123, "600-Volt or Less Wire and Cable" for color. H. Not used. 1. Not used. J. Not used. K. Underground metallic line-warning tape with pre-printed warning message identifying type of system. Material shall be compounded for unlimited life when direct buried. 6-inch minimum width by 4-mils thick. (Reference Seton style 6ELE.) L. Warning signs: Baked Enamel on aluminum plate, 0.040-inch minimum thickness. OSHA standard wording where approved. Custom wording if required. Secure with non-corrosive fasteners. M. Warning labels: Flexible pressure-sensitive vinyl conforming to OSHA "Danger" and "Caution" standards. 2%2 x13/4" minimum with black letters on yellow background. Label shall read: "WARNING! DO NOT USE AS WALKWAY, LADDER, OR SUPPORT FOR LADDERS OR PERSONNEL - CABLES ADDED AFTER INITIAL INSTALLATION REQUIRE POS/ISG APPROVAL." (Reference Seton "On-the-Spot.") N. Stencils: Machine-punched patterns, paint with color and formulation appropriate for material and location. 0. Adhesive-backed metal labels manufactured with testing agency logo. Punched or engraved with actual settings and date. P. Stainless-steel machine or hand-stamped wire marker plates with one hole at each end for attachment with noncorrosive fasteners that do 0.010-inch minimum thickness. (Reference Panduit MMP350-C series.) Q. Adhesive machine-printed plastic tape, cut to length, black with white letters unless specified otherwise. 3/8-inch minimum width of tape in unfinished areas only. (Reference Dymo System.) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install identification labels according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install labels as shown on the drawings and as required by the Department of Labor and Industries. Locate for optimum viewing and without interference with the operation and maintenance of equipment. t, 6/5/2014 16075 - 3 of 4 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16075 - Electrical Identification (Continued) C. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, graphics and other designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations used in the Contract Documents or as required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout the Project. Labeling abbreviations are not allowed. D. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of finish work. Coordinate installing electrical identifying labels prior to installing acoustical ceilings and similar finishes that conceal such items. E. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before applying painted or self-adhesive identification products. F. Painted Identification Products: 1. Prime surfaces according to manufacturer's instructions prior to applying painted labels: a. For galvanized metal, use single-component, acrylic vehicle coating formulated for galvanized surfaces. b. For concrete masonry units, use heavy-duty, acrylic-resin block filler. c. For concrete surfaces, use clear, alkali-resistant, alkyd binder-type sealer. 2. Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of paint. G. Affix permanent type nameplate or tag on all field-mounted instruments, transmitters, pressure gauges, and control valves with proper identification number and service description. Provide 3"x1" aluminum or stainless steel tag stamped with the instrument loop number designation and the calibrated range. H. Conductor Identification: 1. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers. 2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor with source, voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color coding for voltage and phase indication of secondary circuit. 3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use a consistent system of tags, color coding, or cable marking tape. 1. Warning, Caution, and Instruction Signs: 1. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where indicated or required to ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. 6/5/2014 16075 - 4 of 4 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16075 - Electrical Identification (Continued) 2. Emergency-Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8-inch high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding, and other emergency operations. J. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each major unit of equipment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes communication, signal, and alarm systems, unless units are specified with their own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/4-inch high lettering on l -inch high label. Use white lettering on black field. Apply labels parallel to equipment lines. K. Apply instrument labels on all field-mounted instruments, transmitters, pressure gauges and control valves. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work described under this section. The cost of the work shall be incidental to, and included in the payments made for the applicable bid items in the Schedule of Unit Prices - A. END OF SECTION k DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16121 - Control/Signal Transmission Media PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Extent of Work: This Section includes the requirements for the materials, installation, termination and testing of the following types of control and signal transmission media connectors: 1. Twisted shielded pair cable (TSP). 2. Unshielded twisted pair cable (UTP). 3. Coaxial cable. B. Control/signal transmission media for use with the Booster pumping facility and distribution system instrumentation and controls shall be as specified in Sections 16910. The installation, termination and testing requirements for control/signal transmission specified in Sections. C. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to this work as if specified in this section. D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 16010 - Electrical Work- General 2. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification 3. Section 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable, for building wire used for control or signal circuits. E. All or a Portion of the work covered by this Section is to be conducted on an operational water distribution system the City, may impose limitations upon the Contractor's methods and procedures. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) - National Electrical Code. B. OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Standards). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain all cable of each type through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide cable and accessories that are Listed and Labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to the Department of Labor and Industries, and marked for intended use for the location and environment in which they are installed. C. Comply with NFPA 70, as adopted and administered by the Department of Labor and Industries. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings, certificates and test reports B. Submit product data for control/signal transmission media. C. Product Certificates: 6/5/2014 16121 - 2 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16121 - Control/Signal Transmission Media (Continued) 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect cable from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. 1.06 DEFINITIONS PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS Existing Utilities: Interruptions of existing utilities shall be in accordance with Section 16010 - Electrical Work - General. 1.08 COORDINATION Have the connected equipment manufacturers review characteristics of cable and certify use with the connected system equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: A. Electronic Cables: As manufactured by: Alpha Wire Company, Berk-Tek, Inc., BICC Brand-Rex Company or Cooper Industries; Belden Division or equal. 2.02 GENERAL Where control/signal transmission media is to be installed in dry or wet locations, use cables that are UL Listed for use in such locations. Where control/signal transmission media is to be installed in a cable tray, use cables that are UL Listed for CT use. 2.03 ELECTRONIC CABLE A. Control Wiring: 1. Individual Low-Voltage Status Wiring (Digital Input/Digital Output - DI/DO): #14 and #16 AWG tinned-copper conductors; color-coded, cross-linked polyethylene insulation (XHHW-2, VW-1); unshielded; 600V; -20°C to 80°C. 2. Multiconductor Cable (DI/DO): Quantity of conductors indicated; #18 AWG tinned-copper conductors; color-coded, cross-linked polyethylene insulation (XHHW-2, VW-1) with PVC jacket; unshielded; PVC jacket; 600V; -20°C to 80°C. k 6/5/2014 16121 - 3 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16121 - Control/Signal Transmission Media (Continued) B. Instrumentation Wiring: 1. Single Twisted Pair (Analog Input/Analog Output - AUAO): Tinnedcopper conductors; color-coded; polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation; overall aluminum/polyester shield and 422 AWG tinned-copper drain wire; 600V; -20°C to 80°C. 2. Multiple Twisted Pairs (AI/AO): Quantity of twisted pairs required or indicated on drawings; tinned-copper conductors; color-coded, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation; overall aluminum/polyester shield and #22 AWG tinned-copper drain wire; PVC jacket; 600V; -20°C to 80°C. 3. Multiple Twisted-Pair Plenum (AI/AO): Quantity of twisted pairs required or indicated on drawings; tinned-copper conductors; teflon insulation; overall aluminum/polyester shield; 422 AWG tinned-copper drain wire; teflon jacket; 600V; suitable for use in air-handling spaces; -70°C to 250°C. C. Digital Communications Cables: 1. Unshielded Twisted Pair (Category 5E Local Area Network Cables): a. #24 AWG, solid bare copper, plenum rated FEP insulated, unshielded twisted pair cables (UTP) b. UL verified to Category 5, ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A requirements. c. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A compliant and TSB-36 with respect to attenuation, DCR unbalance and SRL. d. Efficient high speed, low bit error rate link for emerging network protocols. e. Large (less than 5 dB) average PS-NEXT margin relative to specification limits. f. Easy to terminate on type 110 terminal blocks. 2. Coaxial Cables: a. Comply with IEEE 802.3. b. Single-Conductor Plenum Coaxial: 75-ohm characteristic impedance; solid bare copper central conductor; foamed PTFE dielectric, 100 percent coverage tinned-copper, double-braid shield; PTFE jacket; suitable for installation in air-handling spaces; complying with MIL-C-17, Type RG-11/U. c. Twin Lead: Bare copper-covered steel; 2-conductor parallel; 300- ohm characteristic impedance; polyethylene insulation and web between conductors; cellular polyethylene oval jacket. d. Video Pair: Balanced-pair coaxial cable; 125-ohm characteristic impedance; #16 AWG soft-drawn, bare copper conductors twisted to form pairs; expanded-polyethylene core insulation; copper shielding tape; expanded-polyester film covering. 6/5/201416121 - 4 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16121 - Control/Signal Transmission Media (Continued)` PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Examine raceways and other elements to receive cables for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Separate low-voltage signal wiring from 120V power and contact-status wiring. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install cables where indicated, in accordance with the installation practices discussed in TIAIEIA-568-A and the cable manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install cables in raceways and/or cable trays. C. Install cables without damaging conductors, shield, or jacket. D. Do not bend cable, in handling or installation, to smaller radii than minimum recommended by manufacturer. E. Pull cables without exceeding cable manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions. 1. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being installed in same raceway. 2. Use pulling compound or lubricant where necessary. Compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. 3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage media or raceway. F. Install exposed cable parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members and follow surface contours where possible, and minimize cable run distance as much as practical. Where multiple exposed cables are routed together, neatly bundle and train in an orderly fashion using reusable hook and loop cable ties. Do not cinch cable bundles too tightly. Do not use zip-lock type nylon wire ties. G. Maintain pair twists to within 3/8 inch of termination. H. Support cables consistent with UBC, Seismic Controls for Electrical Work. 1. Use splice and tap connectors compatible with cable material. 1. Keep splices to a minimum. 2. If splices are necessary, they shall be accessible injunction boxes or pull boxes. J. Seal around cables penetrating fire-rated elements. K. Bond shields and drain conductors to ground at only one point in each circuit - the power supply end. Securely tape the ungrounded end of the shield. Do not ground the shield along the cable or injunction boxes. Maintain shield-to-shield isolation. 6/5/2014 16121 - 5 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16121 - Control/Signal Transmission Media (Continued) L. Follow manufacturer's instructions for connecting components to wiring system and grounding. M. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. N. Terminate digital communication media on enclosed cabinet mounted 110-type terminal blocks. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify cables and labeling according to Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. B. Label Locations: Provide labeling at all accessible locations, including each termination or interconnection of wiring. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing: Perform field quality control testing as follows: A. Copper Cable Testing Procedures, General: 1. Inspect for physical damage and test cable for continuity and shorts. 2. Test cable segments for faulty connectors, splices, terminations, and the integrity of the cable and its component parts. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION A. Operate control/signal systems to demonstrate proper functioning. B. Replace malfunctioning cables with new materials. Retest to demonstrate compliance. 3.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Comply with Section 01780 - Operations and Maintenance Data. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work described under this section. END OF SECTION DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Extent of Work: This Section includes requirements for insulated copper stranded conductors and associated connections for general power and control use at voltages below 600 volts, for sizes #14 AWG through 750 kcmil. B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, the General and Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Sections, apply to the Work as if specified in this Section. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 16050 - Electrical general 2. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification 3. Section 16121 - Control/Signal Transmission Media D. All or a Portion of the work covered by this Section is to be conducted on an operational water distribution system the City, may impose limitations upon the Contractor's methods and procedures. r 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) - B3, B8. B. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) - National Electrical Installation Standards. C. NEMA WC 3 - Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and r, Distribution of Electrical Energy. D. NEMA WC 5 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. E. NEMA WC 7 - Cross-Linked-Thermosetting-Polyethylene- Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. F. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) - National Electrical Code. G. UL 44, 62, 82, 854. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All wire and cable shall be new. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide wire and cable that are Listed and Labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100 and marked for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items. C. Comply with NFPA 70, as adopted and administered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. r 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data and test reports Submittals. B. Field Test reports: Submit reports on tests required in Part 3. k F 6/5/2014 16123 - 2 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable (Continued) 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver wire and cables according to NEMA WC 26. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: American Insulated Wire Corp., BICC Brand-Rex Company, Carol Cable Co., Inc. or Southwire Company. 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Provide wire and cable with conductor material and insulation type as specified in Part 3. B. Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 3. C. Thermoplastic Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 5. D. Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 7. E. Flexible Metal Clad (Type MC) wiring shall not be used. 2.03 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. UL listed, factory-fabricated wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. Comply with Project's installation requirements and as specified in Paragraph 3.02. B. For #14 through #10 AWG wire sizes, provide insulated spring wire connectors or insulated compression connectors. C. For #8 wire, use pressure connectors with insulating sleeves. D. For #6 AWG and larger cable, use compression connectors and compression dies designed for the exact connector being used. Provide insulting sleeves manufactured specifically for the connector being used. E. Wire or cable splices are not allowed in new construction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wire and cable for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of wire and cable. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 6/5/2014 16123 - 3 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable (Continued) 3.02 WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATION A. Unless otherwise indicated, use THHN/THWN stranded copper for all wet and dry interior locations for conductor sizes below #10. B. Unless otherwise indicated, use XHHW-2, VW-1 stranded copper for all exterior Locations and all conductors sized #8 or greater. C. Unless otherwise indicated, use RHW/USE stranded copper for all underground lighting locations. D. Where wiring is to be installed in dry or wet locations, use wire or cable that is UL Listed for such use. Where wiring is to be installed in a cable tray, use wire or cable that is UL Listed for CT use. w 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Where specified on the drawings to reuse existing raceways, remove existing wire from raceway before pulling in new wire and cable. B. Install wire and cable as indicated and according to manufacturer's recommendations. Use NECA's "National Electrical Installation Standards" where applicable. C. As standard practice, route control conductors in separate raceways from power conductors. When engineering considerations dictate, control conductors may be routed in power raceway under the following conditions:, 1. All conductors must have insulation rated for the highest voltage rated insulation in the raceway. 2. The largest power conductor in the raceway is #4 or smaller.; D. Pull Conductors: Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary. Compound used must not deteriorate conductors or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and, sidewall pressure values. E. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. F. Make conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal by actual length comparison before installing in conduit. G. Minimum conductor size for lighting and power circuits shall be #12 AWG. For control circuit wiring see Section 16121 - Control/Signal Transmission Media. H. Provide phase testing for proper rotation of all motors. 1. Seal around cables penetrating fire-rated elements according to NFPA 6/5/2014 16123 - 4 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable (Continued) 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Wire or cable splices in raceways are not allowed. Splice only injunction or outlet boxes in accessible locations. B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B (reprinted in the National Electrical Handbook Article 110-14). For bolted connections in equipment, mark lugs after torquing with red paint such that paint will be visibly disturbed if lugs are disturbed. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductors at each outlet, with at least 8 inches of slack. D. Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. 3.05 COLOR CODING AND PHASING A. Branch circuit conductors shall be black unless noted otherwise. B. Color code conductors for all feeders as indicated in subparagraphs below. Provide a 2" wide minimum band of colored plastic tape, Scotch No.35 allweather vinyl, at terminations when colored insulation is not available. 1. 480Y/277-Volt, 3-phase, 4-wire systems: a. Phase A (left or top) Brown b. Phase B (center) Orange c. Phase C (right or bottom) Yellow d. Neutral Gray e. Ground Green f. Travelers Pink 2. 208Y/120-Volt, 3-phase, 4-wire systems: a. Phase A (left or top) Black b. Phase B (center) Red c. Phase C (right or bottom) Blue d. Neutral White e. Ground Green f. Isolated ground Green with yellow or orange stripe g. Travelers Pink 3. 120/240-Volt, 1-phase, 3-wire systems (non-standard): a. Phase A Black b. Phase B Red c. Neutral White d. Ground Green 6/5/2014 16123 - 5 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable (Continued)' 4. Control system color coding: a. 120 VAC Control Red° b. 120 VAC Control Neutral White c. DC Control Blue d. DC Control Blue/White e. Ground Green 3.06 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify wires and cables according to Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. B. Provide wire markers on each conductor in pull boxes, junction boxes and at all load connections.. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Wire and Cable Tests: Test feeder and control circuits before they are placed in service. A. 600-Volt Power Cable: Megger testing for one half minute is required for all 600- volt insulated wire #2 AWG and larger using a 500-volt megger for 208- and 240- volt systems, and a 1000-volt megger for 480-volt systems. Test between phase conductors and from each conductor to ground before energizing service equipment, switchgear, switchboards, MCC's (including all connected motors) and panelboards. Determine the values with cable disconnected at both ends. Megger wire and cable only after installation, not on the cable reel. Replace ~cables that do not meet City insulation resistance requirements. 1. Provide phasing tests: a. Test and make all changes necessary to assure proper rotation of all motors. b. Correct phasing and phase sequence of all circuits susceptible to being paralleled. c. Perform other such phasing tests as may be required for the equipment being connected under this Contract. 2. Using a volt/ohm meter, test all power conductors below #2 AWG for possible continuity to ground. B. Check all control wiring for tightness of terminal contacts and continuity (especially current transformer leads) through each "run" of control circuiting. Thoroughly verify all wiring by means of battery-powered lights, buzzers, bells, or telephones. After completing these continuity checks and tests on a given control circuit, attach a temporary cardboard tag on each end of cable tested which bears the date and name of Contractor's representative responsible for checking. Follow this procedure for each control circuit cable. C. Correct deficiencies and retest to demonstrate compliance. 6/5/201416123 - 6 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable (Continued) D. Record test information for all cables tested on attached reCity. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work described under this section. The cost of the work shall be incidental to, and included in the payments made for the applicable bid items in the Schedule of Unit Prices - A. END OF SECTION 7/5/2014 16130 - 1 of 9 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - Raceways and Boxes PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Extent of Work: This Section includes raceways, fittings and boxes for electrical wiring. 1. Raceways include the following:' a. Rigid Galvanized Steel (RGS) conduit. b. PVC Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel (CRGS) conduit. c. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). r d. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC) e. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC). f. Metal Wireway. g. Surface Metal Raceway. h. Surface Nonmetallic Raceway. i. Strut-type Channel Raceway. 2. Boxes include the following: k a. Device boxes. b. Outlet boxes. c. Pull and junction boxes. B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, the General and Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Sections, apply to the Work as if specified in this Section. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 16050 - Electrical general 2. Not used 3. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. 4. Section 16131 - Underground Ducts and Manholes 5. Section 16140 - Wiring Devices D. All or a Portion of the work covered by this Section is to be conducted on an operational water distribution system the City, may impose limitations upon the Contractor's methods and procedures. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. B. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. C. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) - National Electrical Installation Standards. D. NEMA FB 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. E. NEMA OS 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 7/5/2014 16130 - 2 of 9 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - Raceways and Boxes (Continued) F. NEMA OS 2 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports. G. NEMA TC 3 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. H. NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 1. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) - National Electrical Code. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide raceway and boxes that are listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to the Department of Labor and Industries, and marked for intended use for the location and environment in which they are installed. B. Comply with NECA's 'National Electrical Installation Standards." C. Comply with NFPA 70, as adopted and administered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. D. Comply with applicable ANSI and NEMA standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data. B. Submit product data for each type product specified in this Section. 1.05 COORDINATION Where raceway and boxes are shown on the Drawings, the locations shall be considered approximate unless dimensioned. Locate raceway and boxes as shown and at other locations where required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Coordinate layout and installation of raceways and boxes with other construction elements to ensure adequate headroom, working clearance, and access, and to complete the wiring system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS): ANSI C80.1. B. PVC Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (CRGS): ANSI C80.1. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): ANSI C80.3. D. Intermediate Metallic Conduit (IMC) is not allowed. E. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. F. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit/tubing materials. G. Fittings for EMT: Steel compression type. Set-screw type is not allowed. 7/5/2014 16130 - 3 of 9 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - Raceways and Boxes (Continued) 2.02 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40. B. RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or conduit/tubing type and material. 2.03 METAL WIREWAYS A. Material: Sheet metal size and shape as indicated on drawings. B. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for a complete system. C. Select features, where not indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to comply with NFPA 70. D. Wireway Covers: Hinged type with latch. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish, ANSI 61 gray color. 2.04 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Finish with manufacturer's standard rust inhibiting prime coating and gray enamel finish. B. Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: 2-piece construction, manufactured of rigid PVC compound with matte texture and manufacturer's standard color. C. Types, sizes, and channels as indicated and required for each application, with fittings that match and mate with raceways. 2.05 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1. B. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast feralloy or aluminum box with gasketed cover and threaded hubs. C. Nonmetallic Boxes: NEMA OS 2. D. Minimum depth 1-1/2 inches 2.06 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Small Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. B. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover, ground b flange and stainless steel cover screws. C. Sheet Steel Gauge Requirements (Any Direction): 1.24" or Less: 14 USS gauge. 2.24" to 36": 12 USS gauge. 3.36" or More: 10 USS gauge. 7/5/2014 16130 - 4 of 9 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - Raceways and Boxes (Continued) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Examine surfaces to receive raceways and boxes for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of raceway installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 EXISTING WORK A. Remove conductors and raceways of abandoned circuits when accessible. Cut raceway flush with walls and floors and patch surfaces. B. Remove concealed abandoned raceway to its source. C. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if raceway servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. D. Ensure access to existing boxes and other installations which remain active and which require access. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. E. Extend existing raceway and box installations using materials and methods as specified. F. Clean and repair existing raceway and boxes which remain or are to be reinstalled. 3.03 WIRING METHODS A. Outdoors: Use the following wiring methods: 1. Exposed: Rigid galvanized steel conduit (RGS). 2. Concealed: Rigid galvanized steel conduit (RGS). 3. Above Grade Hazardous Locations: Rigid galvanized steel conduit (RGS). 4. Underground: a. See Section 16131 - Underground Ducts and Manholes. b. Duct risers shall be CRGS, including the riser elbow to a minimum of 6 inches above grade. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): a. Non-Hazardous Locations: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC). b. Hazardous Locations: Explosionproof, suitable for installation in Class I, Division 1, Groups C&D classified hazardous environments. 6. Boxes: a. Non-Hazardous Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4X stainless steel unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. b. Hazardous Locations: For applications containing no arcing devices, use NEMA 250, Type 4X stainless steel unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. 7/5/2014 16130 - 5 of 9 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - Raceways and Boxes (Continued) c. Hazardous Locations: For applications containing arcing devices, use NEMA 250, Type 7CD, explosionproof, suitable for installation in Class I, Division 1, Groups C&D classified hazardous environments. 7. RGS Fittings: a. Non-Hazardous Locations: Industrial grade, cast aluminum or cast aluminum alloy with gasketed covers. b. Hazardous Locations: Industrial grade, cast aluminum or cast aluminum alloy, explosionproof, suitable for installation in Class I, Division 1, Groups C&D classified hazardous environments. B. Indoors: Use the following wiring methods: 1. Exposed or Concealed, in Wet Locations: Use RGS. 2. Power Raceways 2-inches and Larger, in Dry or Wet Locations: Use RGS. 3. Traffic Areas: Use RGS up to 12 feet above finished floor. 4. Power Raceways Smaller than 2-inches in Dry Locations: Use EMT.: 5. Circuits Larger than 100A: Use RGS. 6. Communications Cabling in Wet Locations: Use RGS. 7. Communications Cabling in Dry Locations: Use EMT. 8. Below Slab-On-Grade: a. Use Schedule 40 PVC conduit. b. In dry areas, use RGS risers, including riser elbow., c. In wet areas, use CRGS risers, including riser elbow. d. Provide insulated grounding bushing on all steel risers. 9. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC). 10. Boxes: a. General: NEMA 250, Type 12. b. Damp or Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel. c. Hazardous Locations: For applications containing no arcing devices, use NEMA 250, Type 4X stainless steel unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. d. Hazardous Locations: For applications containing arcing devices, use NEMA 250, Type 7CD, explosionproof, suitable for installation in Class 1, Division 1, Groups C&D classified hazardous environments. 7/5/2014 16130 - 6 of 9 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - Raceways and Boxes (Continued) 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install raceways and boxes as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. B. Seal all conduits, which pass through the building roof, through outside walls of the building above or below grade, and through floor slabs on grade. Seal conduit ends inside the building using a pliable duct-sealing mastic, non-hardening compound packed around the wire in the conduit. Compound shall be a type specifically designed for such service on electrical wiring systems, shall be noncombustible, and shall have the approval of the Department of Labor and Industries. C. Install raceways to preserve the fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements using materials and methods as required to maintain code. Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies as required to reestablish the original fire-resistance rating. D. Raceways: 1. Minimum Raceway Size: a. 3/4" trade size for end use devices and communications. b. 1" trade size for homeruns, conduit embedded in slabs, and for outdoor applications. 2. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipe cutter and ream to remove burrs. 3. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in CRGS conduit larger than 2-inch size. 4. Conceal conduit and EMT, unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls, ceilings, and floors. Run concealed raceways, with a minimum of bends, in the shortest practical distance considering the type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Install raceways parallel and perpendicular to structure and at proper elevations. Group multiple conduit runs and neatly rack and support from the structure. Provide adequate headroom. a. Maintain 6-inches minimum clearance between raceways and mechanical piping and 12-inches minimum to heat sources such as flues, steam piping and heating appliances. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. b. Give right of way to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. c. Keep electrical conduits free from contact with other dissimilar metals. 7/5/2014 16130 - 7 of 9 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - Raceways and Boxes (Continued) 6. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle third of slab thickness where practical, and leave at least 1-inch concrete cover. a. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. b. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. c. Run conduit larger than I -inch trade size parallel to or at right angles to main reinforcement. d. Transition nonmetallic tubing to RGS at all bends and before rising above floor. 7. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment. a. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion of bends is not visible above the finished slab. b. For spare raceway, install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with the finished floor. c. Extend conductors to equipment with RGS; LFMC may be used 6 inches above the floor. 8. Flexible Connections: a. Use a maximum of 18" for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission or movement, and for all motors. Use LFMC in wet or damp locations. b. Install combination deflection/expansion fittings, including bonding jumper, where raceway system crosses building seismic, control or expansion joints. 9. Sleeves: Install for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete walls, except where core-drilled holes are used. Install for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire-rated gypsum walls and of all other firerated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls. 10. Avoid moisture traps. Provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. 11. Install raceway sealing fittings according to manufacturer's written instructions. Locate fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Provide raceway sealing fittings in accordance with the NEC Article 501 governing electrical installations in Class 1, Division I and 2, Groups C&D classified hazardous environments. 12. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against the box. 7/5/2014 16130 - 8 of 9 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - Raceways and Boxes (Continued) a. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into the hub so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder. b. Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so the coupling is square to the box and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed. 13. Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways. 14. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. 15. In exposed exterior areas, public areas, and areas otherwise visible to the public, paint exposed raceways to match existing surface finishes. 16. Install pull-ropes in all empty/spare raceways except at sleeves and nipples. Use #14 AWG zinc-coated steel or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-1b tensile strength. Leave at least 36 inches of slack at each end of the pull wire. E. Outlet Box Installation: 1. Provide cast outlet boxes in exterior or wet locations. 2. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas. a. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. b. Provide 6-inch minimum separation; 24-inch in acoustic rated walls. 3. Sectional boxes are not permitted. 4. Provide knockout closures for unused openings. 5. Support boxes independently of raceway. 6. Coordinate location and mounting height of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. 7. Refer to Section 16140 - Wiring Devices, for standard device mounting heights. F. Pull and Junction Box Installation: 1. Provide as required to facilitate installation of the Work or as required by NFPA 70. 2. Locate so that covers are accessible at all times. 3. Support boxes independently of raceway. 4. Record the locations of all major junction boxes and pull conduit fittings on as-built drawings. 3.05 GROUNDING Provide grounding connections for raceway, boxes, and components as specified in Section 16060 - Grounding, and as required by NFPA 70. 3.06 SUPPORT Support raceways as per national and local Codes. 7/5/2014 16130 - 9 of 9 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - Raceways and Boxes (Continued) 3.07 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide labels for raceway, boxes, and components as specified in Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. B. Raceways for medium-voltage circuits: 1. Apply self-adhesive labels on raceways leaving equipment and at 25-foot intervals indicating system voltage. Use 1-1/4" minimum black letters on yellow background. 2. Label raceways entering concealed locations from exposed locations as to the destination via the concealed area. 3. Apply self-adhesive labels on exterior door or cover of enclosures indicating system voltage. All labeling shall be done in accordance with Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. C. Raceways for low-voltage circuits: 1. Label power junction and pull boxes with power source and circuit numbers. 3.08 PROTECTION Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer that ensure coatings and finishes are without damage or deterioration at the , time of Substantial Completion. A. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. B. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 3.09 CLEANING On completion of installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips, scratches, and abrasions. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work described under this section. END OF SECTION DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16140 - Wiring Devices PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Extent of Work: This Section includes requirements for receptacles, switches, and cover plates. B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, the General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to the Work as if specified in this Section. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification 2. Section 16130 - Raceway and Boxes. D. All or a Portion of the work covered by this Section is to be conducted on an operational water distribution system the City, may impose limitations upon the Contractor's methods and procedures. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NEMA WD 1. B. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) - National Electrical Code. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrical components, devices, and accessories that are Listed and Labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to the Department of Labor and Industries, and marked for intended use for the location and environment in which they are installed. B. Comply with NEMA WD 1. C. Comply with NFPA 70, as adopted and administered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data. B. Submit product data for each type product specified in this Section. C. Samples: For devices and device plates for color selection and evaluation of technical features. 1.05 DEFINITIONS GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. 7/5/2014 16140 - 1 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16140 - Wiring Devices (Continued) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: A. Wiring Devices: Bryant, Hubbell, Leviton or approved equal. g B. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters: Arrow Hart, Hubbell, Pass & Seymour or approved equal. 2.02 RECEPTACLES A. Straight-Blade Receptacles: 1. General: 20-ampere, duplex, heavy duty, industrial specification grade. 15-ampere receptacles are not acceptable. 2. Colors and materials are subject to Architects' special requirements, but in general: a. General: Gray with brushed stainless steel plate. r: b. Receptacles Fed From UPS: Orange color, no exceptions. B. GFCI Receptacles: 1. Trip Rating: 5 mA. 2. Feed-through type, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R duplex receptacle arranged to protect connected downstream receptacles on the same circuit. , 3. Designed for installation in a 2-3/4 inch deep outlet box without an adapter. ' C. Industrial Heavy-Duty Receptacle: Comply with IEC 309-1. Welding Receptacles: 60-ampere, 3-phase, 3-wire grounding type (4-pole) with companion plug. D. Hazardous (Classified) Location Receptacles: Comply with NEMA FB 11. 2.03 SWITCHES Snap Switches: A. Rating: 20-ampere at 120/277 volts. B. Industrial specification grade, quiet operation type. C. Color: White. 2.04 COVER PLATES Single and combination types match corresponding wiring device colors. A. General: Type 302, satin-finished stainless steel. B. Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized Steel. C. Exterior Areas or Damp Locations: Weatherproof. D. Provide gang plates for two or more devices mounted together. 7/5/2014 16140 - 2 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16140 - Wiring Devices (Continued) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Standard Mounting Heights: Unless noted otherwise on drawings: 1. Wall Switches: 48" above finished floor to center of device box. 2. Convenience Outlets: 18" above finished floor and 8" above counters to center of device box. 3. Telephone Outlets: 18" above fmished floor to center of device box. 4. Thermostats: 60" above finished floor to center of device box. B. Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure. C. Install wall plates when painting is complete. D. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and grounding terminal of receptacles on the bottom. Group adjacent switches under single, multi-gang wall plates. E. Protect devices and assemblies during painting. F. Adjust locations at which floor service outlets and telephone/power service poles are installed to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION Comply with Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which receptacle is served. A. Label receptacles downstream from a feed-through type GFCI receptacle "GFCI PROTECTED." B. Inside control room, for dedicated double duplex circuits, label in accordance with function listed on drawings, i.e., "TMS PC's", "PLC Printers", etc. 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper. B. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch-circuit equipment grounding conductor. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate each device. B. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Replace damaged or defective components. 3.05 CLEANING Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and enclosures. Replace stained or improperly painted wall plates or devices. 7/5/2014 16140 - 3 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16140 - Wiring Devices (Continued) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work required by this Section. The cost for this portion of the work will be considered incidental to, and included in the contract lump sum price of "Fuel Farm Modifications/Additions" as stated in the Schedule of Unit Prices -A. END OF SECTION R' a- s DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16265 - Variable Frequency Drives PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Extent of Work: This Section includes AC variable frequency drives rated 460 V, and for 125HP, three phase. Variable frequency drives for this project will be owner provided and installed by the electrical contractor B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to this work as if specified in this section. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Not used 2. Section 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. product data, shop drawings, will be provided by Taurus. C. Shop Drawings: For each enclosed drive. 1. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. Enclosure types and details. b. Nameplate legends. c. Short-circuit current rating of integrated unit. d. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices in combination drives. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. D. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans showing dimensioned layout, required working clearances, and required area above and around enclosed drive where pipe and ducts are prohibited. Show enclosed drive layout and relationships between electrical components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Show support locations, type of support, and weight on each support. Indicate field measurements. 7/5/2014 16265 - 2 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16265 - Variable Frequency Drives (Continued) 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. F. Field Test Reports: Written reports specified in Part 3. G. Manufacturer's field service report. H. Maintenance Data: For enclosed drives and components to include in maintenance manuals Data. In addition to requirements specified in Section 01770 - Project Closeout, include the following: 1. Routine maintenance requirements for enclosed drives and all installed components. 2. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 1. Load-Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors have been installed and arrange to demonstrate that dipswitch settings for motor running overload protection suit actual motor to be protected. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: The manufacturer shall maintain a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs within 100 miles of the site. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to the Department of Labor and Industries, and marked for intended use. D. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store enclosed drives indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect enclosed drives from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage. B. If stored in areas subjected to weather, cover enclosed drives to protect from weather, dirt, dust, corrosive substances, and physical damage. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside drives; install electric heating of sufficient wattage to prevent condensation. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of enclosed drives with other construction including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. 7/5/2014 16265 - 3 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16265 - Variable Frequency Drives (Continued) B. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases with actual equipment supplied. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases, unless noted otherwise on Drawings. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturer: Allen Bradley Power Flex 753 Variable Frequency Drive (No substitutions). 2.02 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES A. Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) is owner provided and installed under this Section. 3.01 EXAMINATION Examine areas and surfaces to receive enclosed drives for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 APPLICATIONS A. Select features of each enclosed drive to coordinate with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and motor; required control sequence; duty cycle of motor, drive, and load; and configuration of pilot device and control circuit affecting drive functions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install Wall mount equipment per manufacturer's instructions B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified VFD manufactures installation guides. C. Not used D. Control wiring shall be installed in accordance with the requirements specified in division 17000 and as specified in this section. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION Identify enclosed drive components and control wiring according to Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. 3.05 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between enclosed drives according to Section 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable. B. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures. C. Connect hand-off-automatic switch and other automatic-control devices where applicable. 7/5/2014 16265 - 4 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16265 - Variable Frequency Drives (Continued) 1. Connect selector switches to bypass only manual- and automatic-control devices that have no safety functions when switch is in hand position. 2. Connect selector switches with enclosed drive circuit in both hand and automatic positions for safety-type control devices such as low- and highpressure cutouts, high-temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors. 3.06 CONNECTIONS A. Conduit installation requirements are specified in other Division 16, Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of conduit, fittings, and specialties. B. Ground equipment. C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed drive bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. B. Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality, control testing: C. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection indicated in NETA ATS, Sections 7.5, 7.6, and 7.16. 2. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including pretesting and adjusting solid-state controllers. E. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. 3.08 ADJUSTING Set field-adjustable switches and circuit breaker trip ranges. 3.09 CLEANING Clean enclosed drives internally, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. 7/5/2014 16265 - 5 of 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16265 - Variable Frequency Drives (Continued) 3.10 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. B. Verify that enclosed drives are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. C. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements in Division 16 Sections. D. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturers written instructions. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work described under this section. The cost of the work shall be incidental to and included in the contract lump sum price END OF SECTION DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16442 - Panelboards PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Extent of Work: This Section includes lighting and appliance panelboards 100 amperes through 600 amperes, and distribution panelboards 600 amperes through 1200 amperes, rated 600 volts and less. B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, the General and Supplementary Conditions apply to the work as if specified in this Section. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification 2. Not used 3. Section 16410 - Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers ' 4. Section 16492 - Transient Voltage Suppression D. All or a Portion of the work covered by this Section is to be conducted on an operational water distribution system the City, may impose limitations upon the Contractor's methods and procedures. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NEMA AB 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Molded Case Circuit Breakers. B. NEMA FU 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Fuses.` C. NEMA KS I (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). D. NEMA PB 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Panelboards. E. NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. F. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) - National Electrical Code. G. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. H. UL 67 - Panelboards. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide components, devices and accessories that are Listed and Labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100 and marked for intended use for the location and environment in which they are installed. B. Comply with NEMA PB 1. C. Comply with NFPA 70, as adopted and administered by the Department of Labor and Industries. D. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Provide products which, as a minimum, meet minimum working space requirements, and fit within the space available for installation. 7/5/2014 16442 - 2 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16442 - Panelboards (Continued) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings, certificates and test reports B. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, Transient Voltage Suppression System (TVSS) device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: 1. Enclosure types and details. 2. Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 3. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 4. UL listing for series rating of installed devices. 5. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. D. Manufacturer Certification: E. Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in maintenance manuals specified. Project Closeout, include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for adjustable overcurrent protective devices. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements. B. Pipes and ducts shall not pass over panelboards. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS Keys: Two spares of each type of panelboard cabinet lock, all keyed the same. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Square D or approved equal. 7/5/2014 16442 - 3 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16442 - Panelboards (Continued) 2.02 SERVICE CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated: A. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 40 deg. C. B. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet. 2.03 FABRICATION AND FEATURES A. Enclosures: Surface-mounted cabinets. NEMA PB 1, Type to meet environmental conditions at installed location: Indoor Dry Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer coat. C. Surface-mounted panelboard front cover with same dimensions as enclosure. D. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted inside metal frame, inside panelboard standard door. E. Bus: Plated copper. F. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors; bonded to box. G. Extra-Capacity Neutral Bus: Neutral bus rated 200 percent of phase bus and UL listed as suitable for nonlinear loads. H. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. 1. Double Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. J. Feed-through Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. r Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 2.04 PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 2.05 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS r A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. B. Double Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim cover piano-hinged to box. Standard locking circuit breaker access door hinged within front cover. 1. Full size front cover shall have maintenance master keyed lock. 2. Standard door within front trim cover shall allow access to circuit breakers and shall also have maintenance master keyed lock. C. TVSS (not used) 7/5/2014 16442 - 4 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16442 - Panelboards (Continued) 2.06 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Main Overcurrent Protective Devices: Circuit breaker. B. Circuit Breakers: Bolt-on type, except for use in Square D "I-Line" panelboards. C. Double Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim cover piano-hinged to box. Standard locking circuit breaker access door hinged within front cover. 1. Full size front cover shall have maintenance master keyed lock. 2. Standard door within front trim cover shall allow access to circuit breakers and shall also have maintenance master keyed lock. 2.07 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: Provide new devices with trip ratings as indicated on the One-lines and as appropriate for the location and service. B. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories. Provide Shunt trip units and feedback contacts as necessary or required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect abandoned panelboards and provide blank covers. B. Where existing panelboard is to remain active, clean and repair panelboard, and ensure access is maintained. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1. B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in VFD manufacturers guidelines. C. Standard Mounting Heights: Top of trim 72-inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. Maximum height of highest operating handle on distribution panelboards shall be 78". D. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box.. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. F. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing load balancing. 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Install equipment-grounding connections for panelboards with ground continuity to main electrical ground bus. B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. Mark lugs after torquing with red paint such that paint will be visibly disturbed if lugs are disturbed. 7/5/2014 16442 - 5 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16442 - Panelboards (Continued) 3.04 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components as specified in Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. B. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved laminated-plastic nameplate with panel designation, power source, source location and voltage. p 1. Provide framed, typed panelboard circuit directory with accurate descriptions of the connected load. Hand-written directories are not acceptable. Complete directory only after all modifications have been made to correct load imbalance. 2. Number circuit breakers with odd numbers on the left and even numbers on the right when facing the panel. Number consecutively, with multiplepole breakers assigned multiple numbers. 3. Describe branch circuit loads and identify locations using room numbers or column lines. 4. Include date of last changes made and the name and company of the individual making changes. C. Equipment used in emergency systems shall be labeled "Suitable for use on emergency systems" per NEC 700-3. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL r A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. Use 1000-volt megger for 480 volts and 500-volt megger for 208 volts. 2. Test continuity of each circuit and all ground connections. Megger with all circuit breakers open and then with all circuit breakers closed. 3. Check for proper phase rotation: Phase A, B, C from left to right and front to back. 4. After energizing, check load balance under normal operation. If load unbalance exceeds 10 percent, initiate corrective measures. B. Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test indicated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3.06 ADJUSTING Set field-adjustable switches and circuit breaker trip ranges. 7/5/2014 16442 - 6 of 6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16442 - Panelboards (Continued) 3.07 CLEANING On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish. 3.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Comply with Section 01780 - Operation and Maintenance Data of this specification. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work described under this section. The cost of the work shall be incidental to and included in the contract lump sum price END OF SECTION DIVISION 17 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SECTION 17100 - PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. System Integrator: The System Integrator shall assume full responsibility for the functional operation of all new and modified instrumentation systems. The System Integrator shall perform all engineering necessary in order to install and connect, to calibrate, and to place into operation all sensors, instruments, control boards, accessories, and all other equipment as specified herein. Furthermore, said System Integrator shall calibrate and demonstrate the operability of said systems in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing shall enable the Engineer and the Owner to be assured that the full responsibility for the critical and complex technical requirements of the applicable Section(s) of Division 17, will reside with an organization which is qualified and experienced in the water treatment field and its process technology on a functional systems basis. B. Not used C. Project: Work required under this project includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Preparing complete, detailed shop drawing submittals. 2. Supplying, installing, calibrating, and starting up all required instruments and assemblies not otherwise specified and supplied as part of a mechanical equipment package. 3. Supplying, assembling, and installing radios, antennas, RTUs and desk top computers. 4. Providing training, technical manuals, and record drawings for the OWNER's personnel. 5. Work described under Section 17300 - Control strategies 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. General: The System Integrator's attention is directed to the electrical and mechanical specifications, schematics, and details of this project. Referral to these portions of the contract design is required in order to understand the full intent and scope of work required. The following portions are especially relevant. 1. Section 16050 - Electrical Work, General. 2. Section 17300 - Control strategies. Taurus 071000 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 14 - 2121 TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY WATER PROJECT PAGE 17100-1 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Requirements: Without limiting the generality of other requirements of the Contract Documents, all work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements of the referenced documents to the extent that the requirements therein are not in conflict with the provisions of this Section; provided, that where such documents have been adopted as a code or ordinance by the public agency having jurisdiction, such code or ordinance shall take precedence. B. References: The equipment, materials, installation, and other work shall conform to all applicable regulations, standards, specifications, and codes which are current as of the date of the final inspection for this Contract, including, but not limited to, those which are established by the following sources: 1. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 2. American Petroleum Institute (API). 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 6. Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 8. Scientific Apparatus Makers Association (SAMA). 9. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 10. National Electrical Code (NEC). 11. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 12. Local Power and Telephone Companies. 13. Local Authorities having jurisdiction over the work. C. Conflicts: Where the requirements set forth in the Contract Documents or on the Contract Drawings are greater or more rigid than the mandatory requirements referenced above, the applicable Specifications or Contract Drawings shall govern. In the case of conflict between any mandatory requirements that are more rigid than the Specifications or Contract Drawings, the mandatory requirement shall be followed in each case, but only after submitting such proposed changes to the ENGINEER for approval. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed to conflict with any national, state, municipal, or local laws or regulations governing the installation of work specified herein, and all such acts, ordinances, and regulations, including the National Electrical Code, are hereby incorporated and made a part of the Contract Documents. The Contract Drawings and Specifications are complementary to each other; what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by both. If a conflict between Contract Drawings and Specifications is discovered, this shall be referred to the ENGINEER as soon as possible for resolution. 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: The Systems integrator shall submit updated drawings and data prepared and organized by the System Integrator. Taurus 071000 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 14 - 2121 TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY WATER PROJECT PAGE 17100-2 B. Technical Manuals: The System integrator shall update and provide a basic operations guide for use by City personnel. C. Spare Parts: Not used D. Installation Tests: An installation test shall be executed following the Sequence of operations E. System Tests: System tests shall be witnessed by the engineer 1.5 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. System Integrators Services: At no separate additional cost to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the following services of qualified technical representatives of the System Integrator (see Part 3 of this specification): 1. Installation and connection all instruments, elements, assemblies and components of every system, including connection of instrument signals to primary measurement elements and to final control elements such as pumps, valves, and chemical feeders. 2. To make all necessary adjustments, calibrations, and tests. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Under the supervision of the System Integrator all systems specified in the applicable Sections of the Contract Documents, shall be installed, connected, calibrated and tested, and in accordance with the ENGINEER and the OWNER, shall be started to place the new and/or modified plant processes in operation. This shall include final calibration in concert with equipment specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, including pumps, valves, storage tanks, and other mechanical items. B. Installation and Connection: The System Integrator modify any necessary field-mounted components and assemblies under the criteria imposed in Paragraphs 3.1.A herein. The installation personnel shall be provided with a final reviewed copy of the shop drawings and data sheets. All wire and cable shall be connected from terminal to terminal without splices unless specifically approved by the ENGINEER. Installed wire and cable shall be arranged in a neat manner and securely supported in cable groups. All wiring shall be protected from sharp edges and corners. Taurus 071000 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 14 - 2121 TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY WATER PROJECT PAGE 17100-3 C. Record Drawings: The System Integrator shall keep current an approved set of complete loop and schematic diagrams which shall include all field and panel wiring, piping/tubing runs, routing, mounting details, point-to-point diagrams with cable, wire, tube and termination numbers. D. Spare Parts: NOT USED 3.2 CHECKOUT AND CALIBRATION A. Checkout: After all installation and connection work has been completed, the System Integrator shall check it all for correctness, verifying polarity of electric power and signal connections, verifying that all required grounds are properly connected, making sure all process connections are free of leaks, and all such similar details B. Calibration: Analog instrumentation and control system equipment shall be calibrated and tested after installation to verify that contract system requirements are satisfied. 3.3 TESTING A. Analog Loop Tests: The system integrator shall provide all necessary labor, tools, and equipment to field test, inspect and adjust each instrument installed under this contract to its specified performance requirement in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and instructions. B. System Testing: System testing shall commence after acceptance of all wire, calibration, and loop tests, and all inspections have been conducted and shall demonstrate that the instrumentation and control system complies with all contract requirements. System testing shall demonstrate proper operation of all process systems provided under this contract with process equipment operating over full operating ranges under actual operating conditions. Successful completion of system testing is required prior to the beginning of plant operational testing. 1. All system testing and test activities shall follow detailed test procedures, check lists, etc., developed by the system integrator which have been accepted by the ENGINEER. All test data shall be acquired using equipment as specified and recorded on test forms. 2. The proper operation of all final control elements, control boards, and instrumentation furnished under this contract shall be verified by tests conducted in accordance with the requirements specified herein. Where feasible, system testing activities shall include the use of water to establish service conditions that simulate, to the greatest extent possible, normal final control element operating conditions in terms of applied process loads, operating ranges and environmental conditions. Final control elements, control boards, and ancillary equipment shall be tested under start-up and steady-state operating conditions to verify that proper and stable control is achieved using motor control center and local field mounted control circuits. All hardwired and software control circuit interlocks and alarms shall be operational. The control of final control elements and ancillary equipment shall be tested using both manual and automatic (where provided) control circuits. The stable steady-state operation of final control elements running under the control of field mounted automatic analog controllers or software based controllers shall be assured by adjusting the controllers, as required, to eliminate oscillatory final control element operation. Taurus 071000 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 14 - 2121 TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY WATER PROJECT PAGE 17100-4 3.4 START-UP A. Plant Operational Testing: The System Integrator's shall provide start-up support to include the System Integrator's personnel, electrical as required during the testing period to produce a fully operational system. This support shall be provided at no additional cost to the OWNER. 3.5 INSTRUCTION A. Instruction: The System Integrator shall provide training for the purpose of familiarizing the OWNER's maintenance and operating personnel with the use, of the equipment modified under this Contract. The training shall be performed by a qualified representative of the System Integrator and shall be specific to each piece of equipment or instrument modified. - END OF SECTION - Taurus 071000 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 14 - 2121 TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY WATER PROJECT PAGE 17100-5 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL STRATEGY RVCOG - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY WATER SUPPLY Control Strateav Title pace CS-01A Regional Pump Station Booster Pumps 17300-2 CS-03A Talent Pump Station Booster Pumps and Reservoirs 17300-8 Reference sections for Original installation info. INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL STRATEGY RVCOG - TAP INTERTIE PIPELINE PUMP STATION EQUIPMENT ASBUILT INFORMATION SECTIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY Control Strateav Title paste CS-01 Regional Pump Station Booster Pumps 17300-13 CS-02 Phoenix Pump Station Booster Pumps and Reservoirs 17300-14 CS-03 Talent Pump Station Booster Pumps and Reservoirs 17300-15 TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-1 CS-01 A REGIONAL BOOSTER PUMP STATION (RBPS) NEW CONTROL STRATIGY 1. General Description of Operation The RBSP is located at 3002 Smike Dr. Medford Oregon 97501, near the intersection of State highway 99 and South Stage Road. Power to the station is provided by Pacific Power. The station is supplied power by an onsite 480/277 Volt transformer with an 800 Amp service. Auxiliary power can be supplied by a standby generator. The station conveys water from the Medford Water Commission (MWC) to the City of Phoenix (Phoenix) through the 24" TAP pipeline. The station floor is at Elevation 1430 feet. Suction is provide by the MWC transmission system with a static hydraulic grade (HG) of 1592' through the 24" TAP pipeline. Discharge is to the Phoenix distribution system through the 24" TAP pipeline with the HG established by the East Reservoir, overflow El. 1681.5 feet and Floor El. 1657.5 feet. The station consists of four (4) vertical turbine pumps. Each pump has a manually operated, suction isolation valve, motor operated discharge isolation valve and check valve. The station is operated in an automatic mode to maintain tank level in Phoenix's East Reservoir. Pumps are sequentially started to increase flows in response to falling reservoir levels and stopped in response to rising reservoir levels at predetermined set points. The station is operated and maintained by Phoenix. The station can be controlled by the Phoenix SCADA system. Operation and tank levels can be viewed by the MWC and the City of Talent SCADA control systems, but cannot be controlled by them (This needs to be confirmed). The station is equipped with protective devices to protect from suction and discharge failures. Alarms include suction pressure, discharge pressure, power failure and East Reservoir overflow and low reservoir levels to the Phoenix SCADA system (Alarms need to be confirmed). The full description of functions and status that can be viewed and controlled at the station and those that can be viewed and controlled remotely are described in the following Electrical and Telemetry Sections. 2. Mechanical Pumping Equipment The station is equipped with the pumps summarized in the following table. Regional Booster Pump Station Pump Type Vertical Turbine - Manufactured by Gould Number of Pumps 4 Pump Capacity 2 -1000 gpm @ 135T DH 2 - 2000 gpm @ 201 TDH Motors 2 - 50 HP @ 1770 rpm -TEFC, by US Motors 2 -125 HP @ 1770 rpm -TEFC, by US Motors TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-2 The four vertical turbine pumps, motors and mode of control are identified in the following table. Regional Booster Pump Station Pump Identification and Flow Rates Pump Horse Design Flow Rate Normal Start Flow Control No. Power (gpm) P-110 50 1000 Full Voltage Motorized BFV P-120 50 1000 Full Voltage Motorized BFV P-130 125 2000 VFD/Full Voltage VFD/ Motorized BFV P-140 125 2000 VFD/Full Voltage VFD / Motorized BFV 3. Electrical (Motor Control Center (MCC)) The MCC receives 480 volts 3 phase power from an Automatic Transfer Switch located inside the Main Switchboard. Various MCC panels supply power to other electrical equipment associated with the operation of the pump station such as heaters, lights, fans, etc. Indicator lights on the face of each pump panel display the operational readiness of each pump. The lights include whether power is available ('Ready- Green light), if a pump is running ('RUN'- Red light) or if a "Fail" condition has occurred (No Flow or Low Pressure - Red light). An hour meter is also provided for each pump along with a blown fuse indicator. The MCC is equipped with the Control Switches and fuses shown in the Table below: Regional Booster Pump Station Control Switches and Fuses Switch Location Function Local-Off-Remote One per Pump, MCC 'Local'- Manual Operation. Pump started by Selector Switch Start/Stop pushbutton 'Off' - pump off-line and will not run 'Remote'- Normal mode of operation. Pump controlled by the PLC. Disconnect Switch One per Pump, MCC Each disconnect switch can be used to isolate the individual pump from the power supply Pump Fuse Indication One per Pump, MCC Indicates that a fuse is blown Reset Pushbutton One per Pump, MCC Resets the pump fail alarms locally at the MCC. 4. Telemetry Each pumps Run, Ready and Common Fail alarms are input to the RBPS Remote Telemetry Unit (RTU) for control purposes. These signals are transmitted to the MWC, Phoenix and Talent SCADA systems. (It is not known if the station can be operated by the MWC, Phoenix or Talent SCADA systems remotely. This should be clarified by Taurus, along with what functions alarm remotely) 5. Pump Station Operation Normal Operation TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-3 The station normal operation will be in an automatic mode where the pumps are controlled by the SCADA system via the PLC. Under normal operation, the pumps will be operated with the LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE switch in the REMOTE position. The Red RUN light appears on the face of the control panel (MCC) when a pumps is started and the hour meter tracks the operating time of each pump. The current operation of the station is in an automatic mode where pumps are started based on lowering water levels in the Phoenix East Reservoir and shut off on rising water levels. The lead 125HP pump starts first and runs at increasing present speeds as water levels in the East Reservoir continues to fall. The two 125 HP pumps share one VFD and a transfer switch alternates the lead between the two pumps. Only one 125 HP pump may operate at a time. If water level continues to drop in the East Reservoir, a 50 HP is called to run. The operation of the station is being modified to operate in an automatic mode where the pumps will be started based on the water elevation in the East Reservoir. As water level in the reservoir drops to a designated level, the lead 50 HP pump will start. If the reservoir level continues to drop to a designated level, the lag 50 HP pump will starts. Should the reservoir level drop further, the lead 125 HP pump will start and ramp up to an intermediate speed. If the water level drops, further the lead 125 HP pump will ramp to full speed and flow rate. The pumps ramp down and stop in the reverse order. The reservoir level set points designated to start and stop pumps in the automatic mode will be programmed into the PLC and can only be changed as a modification to the PLC programming. (Can this be made to be easily changed by the Operator?) The second or lag 125 HP pump will not normally operate in combination with the lead 125 HP pump. It is in standby or reserve in the event one or more of the other pumps cannot operate. Flows provided by the other three pumps are more than adequate to provide the required flows. Operation of both 125 HP pumps, if necessary, is described under the special operations section. The table below presents the set points for pump operation based on the reservoir level of Phoenix's East Reservoir. Regional Booster Pump Station Operational Set Points Condition Elevation Set Point* Operating Level Approx. flow Overflow 24.00 ft. All pumps Off Overflow alarm Maximum Reservoir 23.75 ft. All Pump Off 0 level Lead 50 HP Pump 21.75 ft. Full Speed 1200 gpm Lag 50 HP Pump 20.75 ft. Full Speed 2500 gpm Lead 125 HP pump 18.75 ft. 80% Speed 3100 gpm Lead 125 HP pump 17.75 ft. 100% Speed 4500 gpm minimum level 16.00 NA Low Level Alarm *Note the operating set points are preliminary and may need to be adjusted based on operating requirements. Each of the 50 HP pumps is equipped with an electrically actuated pump control valve on the discharge piping. These valves are closed when the pumps begin operation. The pump starts upon receiving a call to run and goes to full operational speed at shut off head against the closed valve. Once at full shut off head the valve slowly opens. When receiving a shut off signal, the valve closes. Once the valve is closed, the pump shuts off. Opening and closing the actuated valves is done by limit switch contacts TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-4 built into the valves. The valve opening and closing time is adjustable and can be set up to an upper limit of 125 seconds for opening and closure time. This start and stop process is to minimize surge pressures created by the normal start and stop pump operation. The 125 HP pumps are equipped with a single VFD drive. A transfer switch alternates the VFD drive between the two 125 HP pumps. The lead pump, controlled by the VFD drive, ramps the pump up to operating speed with a start signal and stops in the same manner, ramping down the pump on a shut off signal. Ramping the pump up and down creates a "soft" start that minimizes surge pressures created by the normal start and stop operation. The electrically actuated BFV on the discharge line of the lead pump is always opened when the pump is controlled by the VFD. The time for the pump to ramp up to operating speed on start and ramp down on a stop commands is adjustable in the VFD. The lag 125 HP pump remains in a standby mode. In normal operations it is operated only if the VFD control is switched by the transfer switch and becomes the lead 125 HP pump. The electrically actuated BFV on the discharge of the lag pump is always closed when not operating. Lead and lag pumps for both the 50 HP and 125 HP pumps are alternated periodically by the PLC so the pumps have the approximate same run times. Note: The designated reservoir level set points listed above and programmed into the PLC is for initial operation. Although they are intended to be applicable for all operating conditions they may need to be changed or adjusted for winter, summer or Ashland Emergency supply operations. Manual Operation Each pump can be started manually at the station. Manual operation can be performed only locally at the station and is performed by placing the LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE switch for each pump in the LOCAL position and pressing the START/STOP button on the MCC. The pump can be stopped by placing the LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE in the OFF position and pressing the STOP button on the MCC. In the LOCAL mode, an operator is required to reside at the station at all times. Note: If manually starting the lead pump, the VFD will be programmed to ramp the pump to full operating speed on a manual startup. After starting, the speed of the lead 125 HP pump can be adjusted by the key pad on the VFD.` Caution: If operating the lead 125 HP pump with the lag 125 HP pump, the lead pump operation should remain at full speed so it is not overpowered by the lag pump and automatically shut off by the low flow protective devices or damaged by a no flow condition. Caution: When starting the lead 125 HP pump without the VFD, check to be sure the electrically controlled isolation BFV on the discharge pipe is closed. The discharge isolation valve will close when the transfer switch for the VFD is opened or switched to the "OFF" position on the MCC panel. Protective Devices and Alarms Each pump is provided with a series of safety functions to protect against damage due to improper valve setting, low suction water supply, no flow, reservoir level/failed level control system, etc. With the exception of motor overload, these protective functions are annunciated as alarms at the MCC and forwarded to MWC, Talent and Phoenix SCADA systems. TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-5 The Protective functions and alarms are summarized below. Functions listed as "Shut Down" are hard wired into the MCC motor control and shut down the pump upon tripping. All shutdown and alarms features have field adjustable time delays from 0 to 60 seconds. Regional Booster Pumps Station Protective Functions and Alarms Safety Function Trip condition Alarm or Shutdown Discharge Pressure Switch High discharge Pressure Pump Fail Alarm plus Shut Down Discharge Flow Switch No Flow Pump Fail Alarm plus Shut Down Suction Pressure Switch Low water supply pressure Pump Fail Alarm plus Shut Down Note: These alarms do not have to be reset at the station. Once the alarms have been cleared the operator can restart the pump stations from the telemetry system, otherwise intervention at the pumps station is required. (Auto resets, Alarm locations, remote operation and intervention at the pump station needs to be verified by Taurus) Emergency Operations In the event of a power failure, the RBPS can be operated by means of a xx KW stationary generator which is permanently connected to an automatic transfer switch. The generator is operated by the automatic transfer switch. When utility power is lost, the automatic transfer switch will start the generator and transfer power to the facility to generator power. When utility power returns, the automatic transfer switch transfers facility power back to utility power and stops the generator. Note: When there is a power failure, any pumps running will drop out and shut down. After power is transferred to the generator, the station will revert back to the automatic operational mode. However, the generator does not have adequate capacity to start and run both pumps and other functions at the station. Only the 50HP pumps shall operate when the station is run on generator power. The automatic mode for the station will be programmed to operate only two 50 HP pumps when the station is powered by the generator. Note: When starting pumps manually, when the station is powered by the generator, one pump at a time should be brought online until the generator capacity is reached as noted above, the generator does not have adequate capacity to start and run all pumps and functions at the station. This operation will curtail running the larger pumps with the standby generator. (Note: The generator size will need to be verified. Based on the generator size the pump or pumps that can be operated can be determined and explained in this section. Hard wiring and programming to operate pumps and other dedicated station electrical systems powered by the standby generator will need to be developed and programing confirmed by Taurus.) Special Operations There may be special operating conditions where it is necessary to operate both 125 HP pumps together, such as situations where both of the 50 HP pumps are out of service during a high demand period. Starting the lag 125 HP pump can only be done in a manual mode. In this situation, the lead 125 HP pump should be ramped and locked into full operational speed before the lag 125HP pump is started. Seethe Manual Operation Section above for manually starting the pumps and special cautions. The lag 125 HP pump is started and stopped in the same manner as the 50 HP pumps using an across-the-line motor start. The electrically actuated isolation BFV on the discharge of the lag pump is TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-6 always closed when not operating. This valve closes when the VFD transfer switch is turned to the "OFF" position on the MCC panel or a pump is designed as the lag pump by the VFD transfer switch. ,aTAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-7 CS-03A TALENT PUMP STATION BOOSTER PUMPS AND RESERVOIR NEW STRATIGY Talent Booster Pumps Station (TBPS) 1. General Description of Operation The TBSP is located near the intersection of State highway 99 and Suncrest Road at the City of Talent (Talent) Operations Facility, inside of the former water treatment plant building. Power to the station is provided by Pacific Power. The station is supplied power by an onsite 480/277 Volt transformer with a 600 Amp service. Auxiliary power can be supplied by a 200 kW standby Generator. The station conveys water from the City of Phoenix (Phoenix) to the Talent distribution system and Belmont Reservoirs. The station floor Elevation is 1583 feet. The hydraulic grade (HG) and for the station suction is established by the Phoenix East Reservoir with an overflow El. of 1681.5 feet through the 24-inch TAP pipeline. The discharge is to the Talent distribution system, where the Talent Belmont Reservoirs establish the discharge HG with an overflow El. 1814 feet, Floor El. 1790 feet. The stations consists of two (2) split case horizontal pumps. Each pump has a manually operated suction and discharge isolation valves and check valves. The station is operated to maintain tank level in the Talent Belmont Reservoirs. Pumps are sequentially started to increase flows in response to falling reservoir levels and stopped in response to rising reservoir levels at designated level set points. The station is operated and maintained by Talent. Operation and tank levels can be viewed by the Phoenix SCADA control system, but cannot be controlled by it (This needs to be confirmed). The station is equipped with protective devices to protect from suction and discharge failures. Alarms include suction pressure, discharge pressure, power failure, and Belmont Reservoir overflow and low reservoir level to the Talent SCADA system. 2. Mechanical Pumping Equipment The station is equipped with the pumps summarized in the following table. Talent Booster Pump Station Pump Type Split Case Centrifugal - Manufactured by PACO Number of Pumps 2 Pump Capacity 2 -1250 gpm @ 236T DH Motors 2 -125 HP @ 1770 rpm The two split case horizontal pumps, motors and mode of control are identified in the following table. Talent Booster Pump Station Pump Identification and Flow Rates Pump Horse Design Flow Rate Normal Start Flow Control No. Power (gpm) P-1 125 1250 VFD VFD P-2 125 1250 VFD VFD TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-8 3. Electrical (Main Electrical Control Panel) The main electrical panel receives 480 volts 3 phase power from an Automatic Transfer Switch located adjacent to the Main Switchboard and supplies power to other electrical equipment associated with the operation of the pumps station such as heaters, lights, fans, etc. Indicator lights on the face of each pump panel display the operational readiness of each pump. The lights include whether power is available ('Ready- Green light), if a pump is running ('RUN'- Red light) or if a "Fail" condition has occurred (No Flow or Low Pressure - Red light). The MCC is equipped with the Control Switches and fuses shown in the Table below: Talent Booster Pump Station Control Switches and Fuses Switch Location Function Hand-Off-Auto One per Pump, MCC 'Hand'- Manual Operation. Pump started by Selector Switch Start/Stop pushbutton 'Off - pump off-line and will not run 'Auto'- Normal mode of operation. Pump controlled by the PLC. Disconnect Switch One per Pump, MCC Each disconnect switch can be used to isolate the individual pump for the power supply Reset Pushbutton One per Pump, MCC Resets the pump fail alarms locally at the MCC. 4. Telemetry Each pumps Run, Ready and Common Fail alarms are input to the TBPS Remote Telemetry Unit (RTU) for control purposes. (A description of how the telemetry systems operates, what alarms can be seen or is annunciated and if the station can be operated by any of the systems SCADA systems site will need further clarification by Taurus.) S. Pump Station Operation Normal Operation (Automatic) r The station normal operation is in an automatic mode where the pumps are controlled by the SCADA system. Under normal operation, the pumps are operated with the HAND/OFF/AUTO switch in the AUTO position. In the automatic mode, the pumps are operated to maintain water level in the Belmont Reservoirs. The pumps start based on a transmitted water elevation signal from the Belmont Reservoirs. As water levels drop to a designated level, the lead 125 HP pump starts and ramps up to an intermediate operational speed. If the water level continues to drop, the lead pump ramps to full speed. Should reservoir levels continue to drop, the lag 125 HP pump starts and ramps to an intermediate operational level and the lead pump ramps back to the same operational level as the lag pump and interlocks for synchronous operating speeds. If the reservoir level continues to drop, both pumps ramp to full operating speed. The pumps ramp down and to a stop in the reverse order. The reservoir level set points designated to start and stop pumps in the automatic mode are programmed into the PLC and can only be changed as a modification to the PLC programming. (Can this be made to be easily changed by the Operator?) TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-9 The table below are the set points for pump operation based on the reservoir level of the Talent Belmont Reservoir. Talent Booster Pump Station Operational Set Points Condition Elevation Set Point* Operating Level Approx. flow Overflow 24.00 ft. All pumps Off Overflow alarm Maximum Reservoir 23.50 ft. All Pump Off 0 level Lead 125 HP Pump 21.50 ft. 85% Speed 900 gpm Lead 125 HP Pump 20.50 ft. 100% Speed 1600 gpm Lead 125 HP pump 18.50 ft. 90% Speed 2100 gpm + Lag 125 HP pump Lead 125 HP pump 17.00 ft. 100% Speed 2700 gpm + Lag 125 HP pump Minimum level 16.00 ft. NA Low Level Alarm *Note: the operating set points are preliminary and may need to be adjusted based on operating requirements. Both pumps are equipped with VFD drives. The VFD drives are utilized to adjust pump operating speeds in response to varying reservoir levels. The VFD drives also ramp pump operation up and down "softly" to minimize surge pressures created by the normal start and stop operations. The time for the pump to ramp up to operating speed on start and ramp down to stop is adjustable in the VFD drive. When both 125 pumps are operating together they are interlocked for synchronous operating speeds so one pump does not overpower the other, creating a damaging no flow condition for either of the pumps. Lead and lag pumps are alternated periodically so the pumps have the approximate same run times. Note: The pump motors can overload at high flows when the Total Dynamic Head (TDH) drops below 215 feet. The higher flows are beyond the normal operational requirements of the pumps. The VFD drives shall be programmed to limit current draw of the motors beyond the maximum acceptable current draw when either a single pump or both pumps operate by decreasing the RPM and load on the motors to stay within rated current draw. Note: The designated reservoir level set points listed above and programmed into the PLC is for initial operation. Although they are intended to be applicable for all operating conditions they may need to be changed or adjusted for winter, summer or Ashland Emergency supply operations. Manual Operation Each pump can be started manually at the station. Manual operation can be performed only locally at the station and is performed by placing the HAND/OFF/AUTO switch for each pump in the HAND position and pressing the START/STOP button on the main control panel. The pump can be stopped by placing the HAND/OFF/AUTO switch in the OFF position and pressing the STOP button on the MCC. In the LOCAL mode, an operator is required to reside at the station at all times. TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-10 Note: The pumps can only be started manually through the VFD. When starting pumps manually the pumps will ramp to full operating speed. After starting, the speed of the pump can be adjusted by the key pad on the VFD, Caution: If operating the lead pump with the lag pump, both pumps should remain at full operating speed so that neither of the pumps are overpowered and damaged by the pump operating at the higher speed, creating a damaging no flow condition in the lower speed pump. In a no flow condition the pump will shut down as a protective measure. (Confirm if flow switches are on both of the pump discharge pipes, if not a cautionary note should be added to confirm manually operated suction and discharge isolation valves on each pump are open before operating the pumps). Protective Devices and Alarms Each pump is provided with a series of safety functions to protect against damage due to improper valve setting, low suction water supply, reservoir level/failed level control system, etc. With the exception of motor overload, these protective functions are annunciated as alarms at the MCC and forwarded to MWC, Talent and Phoenix SCADA systems. The Protective functions and alarms are summarized below. Functions listed as "Shut Down" are hard wired into the MCC motor control and shut down the pump upon tripping. All shutdown and alarms features have field adjustable time delays from 0 to 60 seconds. Regional Booster Pumps Station Protective Functions and Alarms Safety Function Trip condition Alarm or Shutdown Discharge Pressure Switch High discharge Pressure - Low Pump Fail Alarm plus Shut Down Flow Suction pressure switch Low water supply pressure Pump Fail Alarm plus Shut Down Low Flow Switch No Flow Pump Fail Alarm plus Shut Down Note: These alarms do not have to be reset at the station. Once the alarms have been cleared the operator can restart the pump stations from the telemetry system, otherwise intervention at the pumps station is required. (This needs to be verified) Emergency Operations In the event of a power failure, the TBPS is operated by means of a 200 kW portable generator which is permanently connected to the automatic transfer switch using a portable generator connection receptacle. The generator is operated by an automatic transfer switch. When utility power is lost, the automatic transfer switch will start the generator and transfer power to the facility to generator power. When utility power returns, the automatic transfer switch transfers facility power back to utility power and stops the generator. Note: When there is a power failure, any pumps running will drop out and shut down. After power is transferred to the generator, the station will revert back to the automatic operational mode. However, the standby generator does not have adequate capacity to start and run both pumps and functions at the station. Only one pump shall operate when the station is run on generator power. The automatic mode for the station will be programmed to operate only one pump when the station is powered by the generator. TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-11 (Note: Other circuit and function dedicated to be powered for emergency/standby generator operation need to be identified by Taurus.) TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-12 CS-01 REGIONAL BOOSTER PUMP STATION (RBPS) REFERENCE DWG(S): 11-1, 11-2 & 11-3 DESCRIPTION: Four vertical turbine booster pumps located at RBPS convey a high quality water supply from the Medford Water Commission system to the water systems in the cities of Phoenix, Talent and a future connection to Ashland via the TAP pipeline. The pumps are numbered P-110, P-120, P- 130 & P-140. Each pump has a manually operated suction valve and a motor operated discharge valve, a check valve, a suction and discharge pressure gauge, a suction low-pressure switch and a discharge float switch. Two pressure indicating transmitters are used to measure the suction and discharge header pressures, respectively. The signals are displayed on the RBPS, PSPS, TPS SCADA systems and are used for control and monitoring purposes. CONTROL MODE LOCAL MANUAL: Local control for each pump is performed by placing the LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE switch to LOCAL and pressing the START/STOP pushbuttons located at the MCC. In the LOCAL mode, an operator is required to reside at the pump station. In all modes of operation the low-pressure switch and the float switch are hard-wired to the MCC control circuitry. After a set period of time, initially set at 20 seconds, a tripped switch will shut down the pump. The following is displayed at the MCC: READY status, RUN status, run-time totalization, O/L FAIL alarm, NO-FLOW alarm, and LOW-PRESSURE alarm. LOCAL AUTOMATIC CONTROL MODE: No local automatic control is provided. RTU/SCADA MANUAL CONTROL MODE: Each pump's RUN status, READY status, REMOTE status, and COMMON FAIL alarm are transmitted to the RTU for control purposes. These signals are transmitted via radio telemetry to the field operations SCADA system. The COMMON FAIL alarm for each pump originates from either the O/L FAIL, LOW-PRESSURE, or NO-FLOW alarms. The COMMON FAIL alarm is also generated by the RTU if the pump is given a run command and no pump RUN status is received within 30 seconds. No manual control is provided from the pump station RTU or from the field operations SCADA system. RTU/SCADA AUTOMATIC CONTROL MODE: Automatic control of the RBPS is performed by placing each pump's LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE switch to REMOTE. Pump operation will be controlled by the RTU. One to three pumps will operate based on Phoenix reservoir levels. The selection of the pumps will be rotated each day to ensure equal pump run times. Both the Phoenix and Talent reservoir level transmitter signals are transmitted to the RBPS via radio telemetry. These signals are used for monitoring reservoir level. Only the Phoenix reservoir levels will initiate TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-13 RBPS pump starts. The pumps will shut down only if the pressure in the regional transmission pipeline reaches a preset level. The master RTU located at the MWC control room will select either the RBPS pumps or the Phoenix Shop pump station pumps as TAP pipeline supply pumps based on a time-of-day use. The operator will have the option to override this feature to accommodate system requires. CS-02 PHOENIX SHOP BOOSTER PUMP STATION (PSPS) AND RESERVOIRS REFERENCE DWG(S): 11-1, 21-1 & 41-1 DESCRIPTION: Three centrifugal booster pumps located at the PSPS convey a high quality water supply from the Medford Water Commission System to the City of Phoenix and the Phoenix Reservoirs. The pumps are numbered P- 1, P-2, & P-3. Each pump has manually operated suction and discharge isolation butterfly valves, a check valve, discharge pressure gauge, discharge high- pressure switch, suction pressure gauge, and suction low-pressure switch. A pressure indicating transmitter measures the discharge header pressure. This signal is displayed at the RBPS, PSPS and the TPS and is used for monitoring purposes only. CONTROL MODE LOCAL MANUAL: Local control for each pump is performed by placing the LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE switch to LOCAL and pressing the START/STOP pushbuttons located at each MCC. In all modes of operation the high-pressure switch on the pump discharge is hard-wired to the MCC control circuitry. After a set period of time, initially set at 20 seconds, a tripped high-pressure switch will shutdown the pump. In a similar manner, the low-pressure switch on the pump suction will shut the pump down after a time delay. The following is displayed at each MCC: READY status, RUN status, run- time totalization, O/L FAIL alarm, HIGH-PRESSURE alarm, LOW- PRESSURE alarm and Phoenix Shop reservoir LOW LEVEL. LOCAL AUTOMATIC CONTROL MODE: No local automatic control is provided. RTU/SCADA MANUAL CONTROL MODE: Each pump's RUN status, READY status, REMOTE status, and COMMON FAIL alarm are transmitted to the RTU for control purposes. These signals are transmitted via radio telemetry to the RBPS system. The COMMON FAIL alarm for each pump originates from either the O/L FAIL, LOW- PRESSURE, HIGH-PRESSURE or LOW-LEVEL alarms. The COMMON FAIL alarm is also generated by the RTU if the pump is given a run command and no pump RUN status is received within 30 seconds. PHOENIX RESERVOIR CONTROLS: The new Phoenix East-of-15 reservoir and the existing Phoenix Rose St. reservoir will both have ultrasonic level transmitters. Mounted at the top of each reservoir, the output signals are proportional to the level in each TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-14 reservoir. The loops terminate as analog inputs to RTUs at each reservoir. Each reservoir also has HIGH LEVEL and LOW LEVEL switch as a means of backup to the level transmitter. The valve vault door is fixed with a normally open limit switch. When the door is closed, the switch is closed, completing the digital input circuit to the RTU. When the door is open, an alarm condition exists, alerting operators of unauthorized entry. The control cabinet door is fixed with a normally open limit switch. When the door is closed, the switch is closed, completing the digital input circuit to the RTU. When the door is open, an alarm condition exists, alerting operators of unauthorized entry. The alarm has a 30-second delay such that the operator can disarm the arm upon opening the door. The control cabinet dead front panel is fixed with a key lock switch. The operator will use this switch to disarm the intruder alarm system prior to accessing the cabinet or the valve vault. RTU/SCADA AUTOMATIC CONTROL MODE: Automatic control of the PSPS is performed by placing each pump's LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE switch to REMOTE. Pump operation will be controlled by the RTU. One to three pumps could operate at a time. depending on Phoenix system demand. The selection of the pumps will be rotated each day to ensure equal pump run times. The new Phoenix East- of-15 reservoir and existing Phoenix Rose St. level transmitter signals will transmitter level status to the PSPS, RSP and TPS via radio telemetry. These level signals initiate RBPS pump operation based on predetermined levels. If the RBPS is not available to operate, MWC SCADA control scheme will allow the MWC operator to make PSPS pumps master pumps such that level control from the Phoenix reservoirs would control their operation. CS-03 TALENT PUMP STATION BOOSTER PUMPS AND RESERVOIR REFERENCE DWG(S): 11-1, 31-1 & 51-1 DESCRIPTION: Two centrifugal booster pumps located at the TPS at Bear Creek WTP convey a high quality water supply from the TAP pipeline to the Talent water system. The pumps are numbered P-8 & P-9. Each pump has manually operated suction and discharge isolation a: butterfly valves, a check valve, discharge pressure gauge, discharge high- pressure switch, suction pressure gauge, and suction low-pressure switch. A pressure indicating transmitter measures the discharge header pressure. The pressure signal is used for control and monitoring of pump discharge pressure. CONTROL MODE LOCAL MANUAL: Local control for each pump is performed by placing the LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE switch to LOCAL and pressing the START/STOP pushbuttons located at each MCC. TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-15 In all modes of operation the high-pressure switch on the pump discharge is hard-wired to the MCC control circuitry. After a set period of time, initially set at 20 seconds, a tripped high-pressure switch will shutdown the pump. In a similar manner, the low-pressure switch on the pump suction will shut the pump down after a time delay. The following is displayed at each MCC: READY status, RUN status, run- time totalization, O/L FAIL alarm, HIGH-PRESSURE alarm, and LOW- PRESSURE alarm. LOCAL AUTOMATIC CONTROL MODE: No local automatic control is provided. RTU/SCADA MANUAL CONTROL MODE: Each pump's RUN status, READY status, REMOTE status, and COMMON FAIL alarm are used for control purposes. These signals are transmitted via radio telemetry to the field operations SCADA system. The COMMON FAIL alarm for each pump originates from either the O/L FAIL, LOW- PRESSURE, or HIGH-PRESSURE alarms. The COMMON FAIL alarm is also generated by the RTU if the pump is given a run command and no pump RUN status is received within 30 seconds. TALENT RESERVOIR CONTROLS: The reservoir level transmitter is a 4-20 mA ultrasonic non-contact device. Mounted at the top of the reservoir, the output signal is proportional to the level in the tank. The loop is terminated as an analog input to an RTU at the reservoir. The valve vault door is fixed with a normally open limit switch. When the door is closed, the switch is closed, completing the digital input circuit to the RTU. When the door is open, an alarm condition exists, alerting operators of unauthorized entry. The control cabinet door is fixed with a normally open limit switch. When the door is closed, the switch is closed, completing the digital input circuit to the RTU. When the door is open, an alarm condition exists, alerting operators of unauthorized entry. The alarm has a 30-second delay such that the operator can disarm the arm upon opening the door. The control cabinet dead front panel is fixed with a key lock switch. The operator will use this switch to disarm the intruder alarm system prior to accessing the cabinet or the valve vault. RTU/SCADA AUTOMATIC CONTROL MODE: Automatic control of the TPS is performed by placing each pump's LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE switch to REMOTE. The selection of the pumps will be rotated each day to ensure equal pump run times. The new Talent reservoir and existing Talent reservoir level signals are transmitted to the TPS and RBPS via radio telemetry. Talent reservoir levels will initiate TPS pump operation. As TPS draws water from PSPS reservoir system, falling level of these latter reservoirs will then initiate RBPS or PSPS pump operation. The pumps will shut down only if the pressure in the discharge side of the pump station reaches a preset level. TAURUS 17300 CONTROL STRATEGIES 14-2121 - TAP ASHLAND EMERGENCY INTERTIE PAGE 17300-16 PLANS AND DIAGRAMS REFERENCE DOCUMENTS REFERENCE DOCUMENTS #1: AS-BUILT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL PLANS +`r i i 4 Z W z >e OOZW O 8 OanW.~ Jz0 z)W2 =~W _ oazr rZ-W x, laJ1 W W X W 33 r~~ O vi O cl, a O C c o d W a a O W - L I i LO r7 _ c i Fxl D t. -1 t W W 6~W W J n ~W j W 2 t3 `j ~ F A.j ' \ k~1 (n ~ ~ ~ i { { ~ O{ wt (pQ~' r J, ~I tJ } , ~t e ~ W^- w s x W I i W { . ~ i tF t-- ~ `i4 i e 1 t { Iw " d P r , V! ♦ ~ t } i y C D_ z 0,0 ix X ! f f oOZuj _ 01aW JZz Z ♦ WW Q ~ V) Z a W~Z~ JWWX JQWW y _ j D Z - c % V f 4 F iy ! d° W I~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I . 15 Y a a ~ ~ V y} _ s 1" I ~ ~ ♦ I I i ~r - ^1---------- {n o Sd7 f f ~ I a cr 9,' ~777 r a__ f ~ ~ ar f ~ I n j0 I I ; ~ ~ ! y? iw a i' i : i 0 al f f O Yd'~ w 0 1 u? 1 p I lY 1 w I o ~ o rW W f k: I i I W^-w I ~ ~ C 4 I 2 2y ;yi a j :.i~ I ssT <m 14L. Cal f j 3 2 ~ > Liz Zt t ~t 1 I 1 W ~ x as " I i 1 ! I i I I I i f vo~ } 1 ~ ''a~ Lti.tl ~Y I j p t- s ra t 0 tY r I rii j 41 r i s n r IAJ ac v, m r z 1 O W a iL' oaiW-N d, z a:• • J J LaJ W j H Q Q I w r - i I - --f I 1 M 2 LED,, 1 I---, I W a - j ' ; 77- z ' J i 7 S - I I \ 11'J . y C • VV44//" ' 1 a ~!i3/~I LL~ I I 1 ow : -i .5 i 2 i I I :-1 I I 0 0 W 4W J - _ IW j X11 ~J I I d i_il i r. UI _s_. i r_ ; t 1 1 ~ I V 'I j. , tt. I ! I (\rt .wry i MZ-~"-'~ V < i f } a o I ~j Q tl'- in\ / ~ i O Q U ( f { Z u} 1 V1 _ V1 r 1 ! I ~ + I 1 ~~'W , U ~ P 1 7W~iQ ~ o I ~ 1 ~ ~ Ws•n 1 o WF= 1 I W r ; L 1 N 1 TJJ- 1 t r- cv CIL I - 1 ? lEl U'? 1 s 'f N I Cl C7 u 1 1 , ' t " l I ~ zoo r W Z c >W ' oozes U_ CL o I a~ a JZD-~ =~W I ~ZZN JJWW >!a-QQ t ' ' W 33 t 1 { t LE) C - _.__i. r ♦ r ~I I _ I - f z\ i ' 3 c C.. MON UA „ I • _ ! i I I x a` a I t s , - I , 4 s I I I ~~z 1.--'-_, J oLL ♦ f ; a ro I ~ 'x ~ / ♦ I I I I .1.<.. J - Y I ~ I~ m o r7 a „ 1 , I i I I ~ I Y 2~ me~' , I I \ , r _ - 4S' I r i t 1 ' ~ a \ Z W V) U Z N WW VI I O s Lola w r ~Z w 4 " a V) Z:2 l V) zz L v z OV) z ~x OWw~ OOZj .r ► wa..., 0 olaw ' woad Z t OOQuj § }Z? I - _ JJWW _ s w 33 I ~ cy- m, a iYZ I 11 I I 1 Z c L ~ O N I 111 { > - t - - 1 _ 4 ~ I I p w a I ( f I i °'a~~ i a ~ I Le. L. -I PI > - t i i I i i `Dl LJ Z I « f I Im,! LLLJJI „ 1\ 1 i. Q~ , w Iw i I I I I I =c ( u r , f ~ I T ' I ' IT, I i a (ll 1 I ow a j I ~ _ ~ i r{rA - t,' ....I - I a m ILI + I I i F-T I I V! W IZ W D I I z x ; ,a ' I ~ 3 v ( ~ ~ 1 0 o v I + I I I + i I i pw i 3 u_~ 2 I G z ,I ,w z ~ L w TM N NAM a # } .z m.. ' 110VANOV E., trr,~ J/j f w t 3 w ♦ ~ ~ may.., t. } f~% } F u tAJ -4 LR! or or i x ! 4 x ~ i I~ cr li.4 3 E K A. t 1 k t f J IIJ 4L z~ r jjj tt W 4V H,,, 'yj Z (L LIJ t F. z + I1J w z a rn rr;rz~- w-~L O W w ti cL 0,-x d ~za~ 15L Z H l: o a z JWIYX Ili Uj w c~ 0 x i Z O Q o 0 W ~ O i O J x.. - i LLJ LLJ _r _ Z _ LLJ z i ,Al ff J KL ! Of G! W~ \ 9' Z W: L, OI 4 u z z vl Q lii Paz >L4u] CJ 1~~µ ! I ~ z j REFERENCE DOCUMENTS #2: AS INSTALLED INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL CAD DIAGRAMS r WI LY1 iy w N LLJ 1 Z o in w Z t0 w Li N v 3 v, a 0 J 00 Z ~ w ~ ara a O z 0 CL F :D 0- U W L,j a O ~ O O cz J J Q C3 Z ~ CL m W `p W LO f ~ O CU Z I 0 o W O U ON LLJ J W _ f asas o~F- w n o n m _ N g CL Wzor 0 ® _ ¢ U W O V) H J (n ~ n m n m ~ ~ Q' ) n o n m d X a m ¢ Z W W an• W¢LLJW LLJ AUS(n ® Z ~ ~ A g m 2 Z O Z q fie LLJ =3 Y1 n m n m ~ it m CL E:l ® A U ¢ O Z Z W W ¢ A m gasps IWZOo yn ~o n m LO Z y.. m n ® A=Z(n Z 77; H ¢ LLJ ~ gasa~l y n n n m - N Y (0 y a . ED ® 0)) M gees `0 cli ~eee ~N ai~ee = o~ a-e F-I lYa~ ® 00 LO o m m m m m m M x LL. co 0 0 0 0 ) I 3i 0) vi co CF) M O O) rn U z za or- z 00 p4 u } W ~ a• vs w M 3?JddS O A Ln z ❑ l!7 w Z ID VS < 3 N S33IA3Q 1ndNI d3W " ZZ ET-3 0 vs t,# dwnd Z O-Vi-d T~ ZT-d A --El c# dwnd V9 E IMS N❑Ww❑❑ OET-d pZ ii-d o 31nd❑w 1ndNI VS ¢ z Z# dwnd o CO Z 1❑3S N❑WW❑❑ OZT-d 6T Oi-d m m 3-lnQ❑w 1ndNI yS u Lo l# dwnd w 0 ° ra m T 1❑-1S N❑WW❑❑ OTT-d 8T 6_d o 0 3nnQ❑W 1ndNI yS m m J J Q ~ WNIQ en- L i VNM e 9 T w o dS m v anj nom inj c-a-0N~ c-a-eNe G D g_ d w m Lo vs 3NVcls z cv i 0 w dS w 3NVdS o o ¢ z U 0 N LJ:z -VZ'6i`bT S-WNIM31 3-ina❑w vs W ,4 o lndln❑ J,V'13N & " A ~ z s 3-inQ❑w ZT s-~ = Z U PO V) (1) 3Q^V~ J A X W ZQ W W :-WW TT OT A~~= 88 . 88 ¢ JQE3 - Z ~ Z A W B~ VE 17F A~ 0 W p A U Z b7o-s ¢qm Q3d00T-t,2-S'2NQS 3 0 ° °z d1❑S Q N z c~i~ =¢w~ ~~o!~ - ee ee N -0 (o FIE O n M : r 04 d~❑S ® E-3 rn ~ N Q3~10OT-VZ-S'ZNQS o (o d-1❑S c 0 0 0 vLo dS F :3 X . a (A Z-3 ~ © 8iW9i3-1-V NVWd3❑H a 1H❑I3 1N3❑S3dn❑-i3 > §rn i vi (o M rn M ~ ~ rn o rn N❑ a3M❑d -1❑ UN❑❑ V8STZ Nd3 - U - z 4 A de ~a -0 0- 0 O i-3 ® W H A-iddnS d3M❑d Qd❑S❑W orr z 00 OHO GrU CE) 0 V02 V02 3~❑dld3❑321 I33❑ 2EM TSB -ivdin3N 0 r WI P4 ~ W ~ Lli A I Z C3 Ln w Z O Li N v 3 vi a 0 Z ~ ro a O ~ Q O z a 0 z F- N❑WW❑❑ Sdn tZ 02 u s Li ; z 0 -lIb'3 r-----~ °oU 61 O-VT-d Qz w I 9TOT z o O U ❑NINNfIa I I w o ----II------ sioT 8T cr-~ ot,T-d aad-a~ I ~1 W p ,lQd38 I I av w I TOT o obT-d I tai z 31❑W3~1 - - - 9T ~ ~ 13 I I W o ObT-d o ° ¢ z TZ -----J CD OAT-d ( z N❑WW❑S 3VA VZ ) sT _ ° LT ~NQa ~ z uj cm ----I-~ f--~------- VT V) Q- 08T-d I w I ZTOT W, X Lu, ¢ZWW ❑NINNna 8T A Z 08T-d ---~~-a~~----- TTOi z ~7 ¢ JAp Miv3a I I ZT W 08T-d - - - I tai I OTOI Q w ° QLd 31❑W3a I I TT Z w Z 08T-d - - - - 600T ¢ Cl- : Z L----J I :z oZ 08T-d A N❑WW❑S 3VA -VZ OT LT ~~U~ 1I'd3 r----~ o OZT-d ----i------- 6 to I w I 800T ~ N 0 rn I I ~N ❑NINNfIa El 8 0` aQd-a~ I LOOT 00 02T-d I Tai w I QED LL- V) =W3d I 9 000 02T-d -1 r a 0) L----J s00T 3 6l 02T-d N❑WW03 ❑VA -VZ s 0 o L T -1 ivi OTT-d V ci w I SOOT Z DNINN(1~1 ----I~ 8 a OTT-d I aad-a~ I 800T as F JIclv3a 0-- z OTT-d I tai F- 2 00 w I ZOOT 4U 31❑W3a I I T v1 OiT-d ~ r TOOT L----J 8T OTT-C] TSl IQ 8d 9T b'900ZN-I3 C Sb'/~ bZ ~i T 1❑~S 0 WI PU a W LO H W N A %D Z o u) w Z 'D J 1.7 (U u 3 VJ q O Z ari a O ~ Q ~CL C3 N Z J Q N❑WW❑3 3VA VZ OZ N o LT A z -lId3 ----I--~- 61 mz s~T-n❑w I ,IH3 I so O U C.D Q3S❑-13 I I 8T s-VT-n❑w ----I-~ I------- a3SOl3 I T80T W N3d❑ - - - - _ LT j s-VT-n❑w - - - - i -~d~-- i - osoT Z W o 31❑W3~1 ~ S-VT-/SOW - - - -I- - - - - - - 9T Z TZ L----J 6Z0 ~~~o StVT-/SOW W z N❑WW❑3 3VA t EZ S ST `L ~ ° m LT ~ z i -~tlf--i 8Z0 VT ~o~,~ S8T-/~❑W O J CL X J q X W ¢ Z W Q3S❑-13 - ---I------- 8i ALi S8T-n❑W I a3SO-13 I a A z ° ¢ J Wn p N3d❑ I I ~~W S8T-/~❑W ZT N3clO (IND H Z W W 31❑W3~1 TT ~~z~ S8T-/SOW------ ZO C3 C3 L -J 0z ssT-now q V) 02 x N❑WW❑3 3dn Vz OT LI -lId3 F----~ o 92T-ADW i -i- - - - - - - ~ZO 6 r, N -lId3 c rn I I 0)N Q3S❑13 8 0 92T-A❑W - - - ~--I- a3sO-13 I 8z0 = i °O N3d❑ SZT-A❑W ----i-~d~--i------- 80 L Q 31❑W3~1 ~ 92T-now - - - rt --I- TZOT a N L-----J 6T 92T-/SOW vi co N❑WW❑3 3VA tZ S 0) o L T 01 v STT-A❑W FF------- V v TVA I ozoT Z z v~ Q3 now ---~--I s ~o a3SO-13 I 6TOT ~a H I I z N3d❑ I--I------- Z STT-ADW I N3dO I 8TOT o~^^~ 31❑W3a I I T v1 ,TT-/SOW ----1 r------ L---- J LTOT 8T STT-/SOW TS1 ^i IQ 3d 9T ITI d900ZN-l3 C 3VA V2 2 10-is } W M I Ld W ~ LLJ q ID Z D lf) w Z D J Li N L) 3 rn a 0 z La r~ ara a Z ~ O ~ ~ O ~CL Z N Z J Q N❑NW03 ❑VA VZ 02 L) o s LT A ~ Z o° i= AQV3~1 a' w 61 Z J,-IddnS ~13M❑d 8b0 O U /lGv3d 8t I Jk-lddnS N3M❑d w ~ m 3~JVdS Li j ~ 9~0 Z O > o 0 w 3dvdS 91 0°¢0 V) CD m N❑WW❑S SVA VZ S W Li Si a-NAui Z =Z 3aVdS VT J Q U wx Z W W 3aVdS 8T A _ ¢ J A p A 3~]VdS 2T Z = CL Av¢p ~Zww ¢qpq 3aVdS tT Z W Z IRL TOOT ¢ Z C a„zv~i N❑WW❑3 SVA VZ OT LLJ F- F- W LT N co 3dvdS 6 0 M E C: N o rn 8 0 3aVdS 69 C- 7, Oo v 0 3cIVdS L 880 a U- U) "o 3aVdS 80 9 > 00 3rn v~ N❑WW❑S ❑VA VZ S Li o o 3NVdS Z 980 3~]VdS 8 za 80 a~ H 3s7nd (,~3ZIiV1❑1 _ - - - - - - - - - - z -El X80 Co d313W M❑33 aQ3S❑33 --------I------- T 31V❑ 1N❑~13 MOM L----j 88 M 31V❑ 1N08-J TSl IQ SV 9T V900ZN33 C ❑Vn -VZ l~l 8 1❑-is D r WI W Of W ~ F- LLI a H I0 O Z C3 Ln OVA ozT ~Z a 3 N Z T A 3S❑13 31❑W3N T s 918 8Z N S-VT-n❑W TV9ENVH-OOL IV 9 T 00 Z L~ ara a N3d0 31❑W3d TTas ZZ St~i-n❑W TV9£NVH-00L IV ST00 0 3S❑13 31❑W3N T bTa s TZ z sit-n❑w TV9ENVH-00L IN ~i00 0 T s N3d❑ 31❑W3N £Ta Oz u W s T- n❑ w TV9£NVH-00L 8 i 00 A Z o° OVA 02T 6T Co w .t Z zT J z o u 3S❑13 31❑W3~1 T Ta s 8T LU SZi-n❑W zT00 TV9ENVH-00L IN W 'O N3d❑ 31❑W3N T TTa s LT ~ 92T-n❑W Ti00 z TV9E)ItlH-00L VV w C3 o 3S❑13 31❑W3a T oTa 90 & 9T w STT-n❑W C3 TV9ENVH-OOL 'ff'V OTOO ~ = o T s N3d❑ 31❑W3a Z 68 S i CL Q~ STi-n❑W 0 W 6000 TV9ENVH-00L TV d Q Z r =Z~UPv J(n~ ❑dn 02T ~T M H ZT N W W ~ O_ X J A X W Z W 13S3N 31❑W3N T ea s 8T A Z LLJ O-VT-d Ttl9£AVH-00L IN 8000 J A C3 Nna 31❑w3N T Las ZT = Q F 1 OAT-d W Ttl9ENVH-00L 'ff'tl OOO a ¢ V z Z W W QA~ 13S3N 310W3N T 98 s IT JW o 0 O8T-d Ttl9ENVH-OOL IN 9000 ¢ ~ Z o: NflN 31❑W3a A : T sa s OT O8T-d = ¢ W TV9EHVH-00L TV OOO ~ ~ N cp ❑dn OZi 6 0 M ZT C: N O O N 0 8 O~ 20 13S3N 31❑w3N Tbas L X 02T-d TV9EAVH-00L IV X000 a U- U) T 0 9 0°o a II 3 rn NnN 31❑w3a T £a s v S M OZi-d TV9EAVH-00L 'H'V ~OOO rn U z A 13S3~1 31❑W3~1 T as s 8 ~a OTT-d TV9CAVH-00L 'TV OOO a~ PQ E- ~ z o0 a~ Nnd 31❑W3d T Ta s T C/) Oii-d TV9E)IVH-00L 'ff'V iOOO ZS1 OQ 9T VT6t,TNdJ C -lv~iimN l~l 9 1❑1S > wl W 00 LLJ F - - - - - - - - - I - r---~ Q ZollI'D 7 (D- I d I W Z'D J Lj N 13S38 310W38 I 9 I I N a I O-.~. b sa I STT CD T£ I Z L---J Td9E>IVH-OOL 'H'tl P° a I I I o~ U 0 z CL Z° ( bLa I Nna 31ow38 ~~JJ I t t w or 0-+----- n T£ I A V~ O o0 ----------J ITT L---J m~ ~ p 831ad1S dwnd OK-d Tb9ENdH-OOL IV Z U O a W ~ D` CL r - - - - - - - - - - F - - - II 0--~----- I W 13S3a 310W3d I tT I I 0 cu O--l------ 49a I Z I I ttt I I W p o T£ L- r3 I-- L---J ti Td9E>IVH-OOL 'H'V U ~ N w W o f O ti W w q Z =ZOO a N d Q- X I bsa I ~¢Wq X W q Z M O W Nna MOW38 I tt I I W W 0-+----- n T I Z~UJM 60 J q O L---------~ L- J Z°Zq a3AVIS dwnd 0£T-d Pd9C>IVH-OOL 'H''d w o Q a U q U ¢ 0 Z Z W W ¢qPq I z I A~r CO =z~ ~ De 13S38 310W38 =¢W~ - - - - - 80T I b ba I LOI I I N T6 C N IV9CAVH-OOL 'ff'd N 0(, I I `M 20 v Z I ~X I 0-~------ bea I To Nna 31OH38 I 90T I I > ui 831NViS dwnd 021-d TV9C>IVH-OOL IV rn rn F r-----I z 13S3a 310W3N I T I I ZC, a 0------ 42a I a'a' ~J I ~0t E- I TC I O O J wu TV9E>IVH-OOL IN I I `"~11 z I Nna 31ow38 0 I z O t I b is L---------~ tot L---J 831ad1S dwnd OTT-d 2 s i Td9EAHH-OOL VV r WI P7 a r-------------i I z 3so13 31ow3a I I I Q Z C3 LO 4918 I w Z ID t----- z8T I I 3(U I I ~ ~ A 0-- t----- TE I I T8T L---J Td9E>IVH-OOL 'ff'd J Z ~ Fr-- co a I I I ~ I o O- I I I T bS18 I L N3d0 310W38 I O~T I E I j U n i 6zT I u L---------~ L----~ A ~W St,T-/SOW Z?S 1 Pd96>IVH-OOL 'ff'd 00 m J Z r----------~ I I cr::R 3SO13 31OW38 O-rt 4t,1a I W I I 8ZT TC I Z CU I o-t LZT L---J W o 0 TV9CAVH-OOL 'ff'V C3 ,T m I I - r~m:v~ I ~_~ck~ a I M w La zUP4 O-T----- 4E1a I F-C3 w w N3d0 310W38 I 9 Z T n TE I ~ZWW I O- ~ szT L---J w¢wW L_ - - - - J Id9E)IbH-OOL 'ff'd z 961-AOW Z S 1 ¢ J A p 1Z7 ck: W W fn ZAa Pa~¢1-3 Z W W ¢ = m r---~ LD -'Z~ r I I 33~z CY 3SO13 310W3d I I I Q N z l 1-t----- bzTa ~zT I I n ~ E I N t----- 8ZT L---J o Td9CAVH-OOL VV r c CV o a~ N 4118 T - - - - LL- N3dO 310W3d I T I I T o f l @ E I 0 TZT Q I L---------- L---J 921-/SOW 2S1 Sb9E>IdH-OOL 'ff'd Vv co i O M O O 0 0 v I -7 1 1 A 3SO10 310W3a I I I d a 0-t----- n-T I bola i WP4 0-- z O-t----- TE I OO o 6TT L----J Id9CAVH-OOL 'TV - 1 I F T 4 68 N3dO 31OW38 I 8TT O I LTT L---------- I----J 911-/SOW ZSL Sd9C>lVH-OOL IV D } WI ac O W D 0 W a F- I z t0 C3 Ln w z tD L) 3 ()J N A - r-1 O \ J ~ 08 z \ 8 w a O ~ 3~iddS 6T Z - +8 0 z ~ 8T ° CL 3addS 0 cr L T +L ° j - z - J 9T Z CD ~ J WZ c Q 0 ST w ~ va u) b T z I, O w ° 3addS L~ oFZ 8T +9 W W~oM: oN~w Ckf CL A ZT 0 = Z L-) PA 3~IddS Cl) H C3 J (n d TT JAXW +S` ¢Z LJ W A U = Z ~ ~ - - - - - - - - - - - 01 z~~Q~ -j p CED :z Em Z ~1313W M❑~3 W OOZ-lI3 w m + - - - - - - - - - - - 6 AU¢U ~mww ZWOo 3oa- z - - - - - - - - - - - 8 ¢C3 '-lVNd 3NIND-IH3 W~ 002-lid + - - - - - - - - - - - L + N c0 _ O M O 9 cN O O ~ N O co +1 p O v T T T' < N ~O >o rn - - - - - - - - - - - Q I vw 001 vi to 'SS3dd 39NVH3SIQ +8 ZOT lId + OM o) O OT z A tT 8 O P~ - T o0 'SS3dd N❑I13f1S +T 'dW O G.U TOT Ed + - - - - - - - - - - 91-A OT 8S1 Id 8 V12-VTNd-J C lei V 1❑-is D i } WI P4 ui W H A ~ I Z ° lf) W Z ~O l7 (U L) 3 N A O Z ~ L'i ari a 0 r I I O ° ° o or I I d- N A C x 0 1 l o z>C-) o o I = J o I I aW e I z~ I a Z I z e I Q W ° ° J I " LO L LLJ J I LL- Z CU = > o ° C-) I C M J I = H J F-V~N I ~ I W ~ o ~ cNQQ Q Z r 2ZOUPQ Cl) CL W W X Z W W -Z f:1 W LLJ Pa U = f/1 2 ~ z cy- Q' Q J LJJ ED W c:E cl- o O o-Z 2 W W = PA Dig = °z 3 M cy CL. Pa viz v~i ~~ZD ~ C4 N (O O r M O r O p 6i ~ N O O co c ^ M O 0 v 0 LL. N T ~ O L-Li 0) I vi O O ri G)o v z v z Q LLJ U LL- L A z l o a = o ~z Co } W pq K LJ r1 vj L.L.I q Z ° Ln W z ~O J v 3 ()J N q O Z La w a 'dS-SQL 3dVdS z 0 ® 9-i a ~ o 'dS-SQ9 w S3❑IA3Q °p inciino RE © S-~ o 0 CL w dS-SQ9 z S33IATI indNI O - aWa I`On x ~ D Z N i 11 cT [l vS-aQ=) > 0p o N311IWSNVNi Q 13AT1 S❑IN❑di-I-lIW O ¢ o L~ C3 U ti w w b'S-SQS ~ ti A w CL z r =z°m C3 Gl) ❑db ❑/I QU X Z W w dS-gQ~ w ww r l U ~ ~ ❑iclVd Q z Q' d10Z1❑1❑W O x C3 E3 z A LD A W 0 Z. Z W W ¢APU LO Do CL m F- ❑anat + N ❑~O ❑VH3 ),d311Vg AN311Va rn OCIA21 ❑GA21 - + o rn ~ N O rn cD c M 0 0 o A,N311Va Ad311Va ~ x ❑Q/~ZT ❑GA21 LO T 0o >o Q~ I 3 rn vi ~ M O) o O) LO M v U z A '4a S-1❑NVd dd-I❑S wE 00 f1+ U D } W P4 Q. L.J --i W q f- Z ~ l~ Z Lo W N N A 3addS ~Z " ' O 8Z ~ X000 Z ~ A 3~IddS 88 T2 z 8000 ° CL o 3ZjvdS OZ w~ W (r) ~o x F= 6T o z 000 C o L wo ~ gT Z W IQ as un 3dvdS L z `0111 13 o W 91 ❑QnZT+ T000 ° ¢ o U N W ~ H W q O f ST mW W p u pq ~ O V) ~ 8T S ~T ~L ~x Z W W Q 3dvcjs Boor Z J q ~ 3avc1s dT W Q C3 LOOT A"M ° ? Z W W ¢qa, z w Z ~ 3a'ddS 900T TT ¢ ED Z OT c 3dvdS = ¢ w SOOT N (O O 3~1'ddS SOOT 6 0) N c 0) N❑IsnaiNI 8 0 ~ ~JI❑Aa=a osz 800T oo ~ 13/31 M❑3 --------o9 L X alOAa3S3a TiHS-1 ZOOT ; -13/ 31 HMH ` o ------Q~------- 9 > 0) i aI❑Aa3S3a i4HSl TOOT Q _ 3 rn S 0) Oo ST o) 0 U O z 3aVdS 8 za z o0 'SNddl 13n31 - 0 ~4^L) S3IN❑~1111IW V 1 T + ffV +T TSl U,ods ~ 4 S'SZ ❑/I Q3XIW S,8t,TNZl3 C D } W Pa Ld W r+ Q W P] F- Z 0 Ln W Z %,D J L7 L) 3 ()J Vi A O J OD Z w ~ ara a Z O_ z ~ o V~ a Co W C J Pa O U X p Z \ W - = J 0- CL Q' W Pa u7 O Z (U ~ 3 o W o°F- ¢o U W W O CL =D F- ED C,,) LLJ W d Pad Z r =Z° PA F- M (4 -j (4 ,N_, W W CL X 6 Q Z W W d ¢ W W W Pa U = Z ~ ~ M C3 Z ~ E3 m9~J Z n.• n m 17~ H =W V1ZQa N W Y Q U Z o 9999 y ® Q U n• n m Z W Z H n~unm > m C3 w N N Y e Q F-cy- w N N Y A= ZD =¢WF- sass F- F- 0 a • s a N y n n n m 'y + N m Y C N Dees °i ! a a N N d tea a = o t~aa 0 ® v o m m m m m m a 4-; co 0 0 0 0 o V) T ~ O O Q O 3 rn rn M O)o rn rn~ U z ~a as ~z °a° D u r W PCI Q. Lr) W e -A W F Z ° Ifs W Z J lO v 3 (U H A O V9 V) S33IA3Q indNI d❑W Z W I~ TZ zi-~ g ds E# dwnd E-d ii-3 ds Z z z# dwnd 0 0 Z-d 6T pi-3 m vs a i# dwnd w ° i-d ST 6-d A 3 i 1❑-lS N❑WW❑❑ o 33nQ❑w indNI vs v=i a xo ntiz End W W vnr oer a O Z LT 9i ds CL ° an-4 nOZ[ Tnj 7!-CNj o-a-au ST 8-d w Pa `O ds ~ 3NVdS z cv ~T L-~ ~ 0 C3 w o vs w d313W M❑33 0 0 ¢ o CIT 9-3 ~~~v W M_~Li bZ`61`bi S-lVNIWN31 31nQ❑W vs w ; o W M N w indin❑ Ad33d ~ A CL 6 31ndow zT s-A = Z ~ PQ ~o J (n ~ L'i fie u Oan~z ¢ Z W w w w W TT OT ZZ w leeeelo $m ZOZQ L.1E l7 W A LJ C3 A ¢ Cl U d1❑S ¢ A W Q3d00T-t,2-9'2NQS 3 0 ° °z V1❑S M~ F~OF-- = ee IN N dE r, t) (3) rnr d1❑S ® 8-3 0 C'4 N Q3d00T-t,2-9'ZNQS o to b-10S c i v O = o vs ~ ix a O " w L Z-3 N 8iW9133-a NdW33❑H o iH]I3 1N33S3i'In❑-l3 a 3 rn vi co i O M 0)O a) Lo 0)" NO d3M❑d -IONiN❑❑ V89T2 Nd3 U = z d8 da 0 -0 0- O i-3 ® W H A-iddnS d3M❑d Q'd❑S❑w 00 OHO p~U V02 V02 3-13Vid333d I❑3❑ F~J Zg~ TSB ^i -lvNin3N D pq W Q_' I'D w ¢ N w A I- 1 Z ° I'D Lr) Li z ~O u 3 N rn a 0 V Z Lr ara a L0 Z Z O Z ~ cj~ N❑WW❑❑ OVA tZ 0z N Li i E o = U ,lQd3~1 61 Z A-iddns ~13MOd 9t0t z o 0 O JlQ'd3~1 gT ~ ~ T /~-1ddf1S ~13M❑d StOi w 'o LT ? ~ N3d❑ 3A-IV A '1-ld d❑HS bTOi Z cu m O C3 ° w N313W M0-13 9T ~ d❑HS N U TZ ( St N❑WW03 OVA tZ ) Li N A CL Z r-- - tit ~o 3I'd 3 -i C Lal 8_d ZtOT I X w I ¢zwW I I ¢ A ❑NINNna ----I--- --I------ 8T QZ~~ 8-d I aad-a~ I TTOT ¢ j $=I I I `Z'=w AC[V3d 02 8-d OTOt ww°z¢o I iao w Z La Lo 31❑W3a I I ti ~~Z~ 8-d - - - 6001 ¢C3 OZ 8-d A N❑WW08 OVA -VZ OT = ¢ W LT N 3I'd3 r-- o Z_d 6 M 0) rl- - - - ~ i - - 800T o C 04 NN ❑NINNn~I 8 ° Z-d ----I-~ I---I------ LOOT 'o aad-a~ I 'o C, n ACIV38 I I L ~ Q 8-d I tai w I 900T LL- 9 31❑W3N Z-d SOOT Q 0 L----J 3 rn 6i z-d vi N❑WW❑3 ❑dn V2 S rn o L T cn -lI'd3 v T-d W I ti00T Z 9NINNna 8 C-4 zui T_d -I-~ ~I------ 8001 r~ Sad-a3 0 H Z 00 ,lQ T-Cl d - - - I Tai w I ZOOT aV 31❑W3a I I T V1 T-d - - - -1 t00T T-d TSl 8i Jl- IQ 8d 9T V900ZN33 C OVA bZ lei T 10-is r W C1 m w LLJ A Z oLr) O W Z 3VA 0Zi 0 8z J 3dVdS 9100 Z r A ZZ 3~1'ddS Si00 18 z o X100 3aVdS U 02 w j ° Cl- 3addS 8100 P4 L z ~o o~ Z U 61 z 3VA 02T Zi x zo W U O O 81 a\ 3~lvcls Zi00 W PA un L 1 Z N `O pq o 3~ldds iloo > 0 0 91 oo¢Z 3dddS Oi00 ° U W ~..W O f Si C3 CL 3avcjs 8000 w w o r = m u m F- C3 (A V1 N -1 (11) CL CY U 8dA OZi X X 7O ¢Z W W c W WW G1 AU=t/7 3A-IVA 'i-IV 8000 W ° d❑HS QI❑N3~❑S ¢ J A zM=W oWM C3 L000 W 133~I1S 3S❑~I QION3I❑S 11 3o°°z 13S3~1 31❑W3?1 T 98 s 9000 ¢ 8-d Ttl9£NtlH-OOL 'TV A ~ v) Z ~ z Nnzz 31❑W3a T sa s OT ~ W 8-d Ttl9£>IVH-OOL 'H'tl 04 O 6 ~M 3VA 02T 'N rn o) I ~ N ca 8 O c ^ 0 O v L ~x 1353 1 310W3?1 T ~a s Z-d Ttl9£>IVH-OOL IV X000 W >1 It LO 9 a I 3 co" vi to 0) rn Nm 310W3a T £a s o~ 2-d Ttl9£>IVH-OOL 'H'tl 8000 H z~ T s 1353 1 31❑W3d as ~a 1-d Ttl9£NtlH-OOL 'a'tl 000 W E- Bz 00 p., UU v 1 TTas NnN 31❑W3a 1 1-d Ttl9£)ItlH-OOL 'H'tl 1000 ZSl 0 OQ 9i Qi -lvz Iin3N 9 1o-IS W G' W 01) Q W Ga ~ I t F OZ 3dddS 5): 61 +8 z o o 81 cl~ N 3addS L 1 A a v, +L o j v=, Z zo 91 o Z Si <z w P4 V) f ~o N Z 1 Q o O o 0 9 W ~ 3~1'ddS z 81 'T 0 + W ~ o ~ O Li N CL 5 Z 1 CL O ¢ U W 3~]VdS ~ ~ La N WW ii ac " Cl- X ¢ZWW +S W¢WQ W AZ : J O A C3 = Z: C3 M ® ~ W ~1313W M❑~3 A ¢ o 002-111 C-) w La 3 3 ° z 8 X cy- '-IVNd 3NIaO-IH8 = Q W OOZ-iiv + - - - - - - - - - - - Z- + c N C. O O r M - O I~ 9 c N o~ N N O rn , S ~ ^ M O 7 ~ X • Q ii 0 N ~ -q- O 00 > O - Q N _ +7 3 co G F S3~Id 39~1'dHBSIQ dw ooi N O M ZOi Ed 0)0 + rn O1 U z z z a ti O i oz - - - - - - - - - - - +1 p.,U -13n3-1 'S3d d❑HS dw 001 i0i Ed + - - - - - - - 01 ^ 8S1 IV 8 Qr V 1❑-is 0 PrQ W Q' W N W A F - z Z LO W ID L7 N u 3 N A O J ~ Z ~ go a I s 0 ° I o cr e I w O ° I N w fY W F' I 0 0 0 cr- I x~ Z J I I W W IL a. I I z , D I I Q 4>0 in CU 0 ° L III ITI I I I III I I I[,, ° s O p I ° I woof Ci o o I CAZa =¢°m I ~°v~id N ww a_ X J A X W ¢ ZQ W f- ca A U = N Z ~ ~ Q JWn- ~ A =1 O A ¢ U Z ¢ A PQ 3 3 ° z ¢°Z~ A N c0 O O r O c N ~ N 0, ca c 00 v O ~ I`~ a LC) mo ~J , o Q v J O) o O rn ,n J z rn U Q w z O A zui W H O O P-4 UU v 1 A r WI P7 ~ 0 (4 W Q ~ I t0 Z °Li w -1.O w ul v 3 (lJ N A O Z \ Fr wA O Z W O tL Q' I- V W Z Ga ~ ~ W m O c X 03 a° w vi SQD pq Lr) 0 0 w L7% p o Tti OZ L'oC3 ¢o v) U (4 W P, C:D 3-inQ❑W ❑/I Q3XIW W NQ W❑?J3 OQ/~ bZ E3 CL CL : Z r ==um O (n F- J(/1d 02 u O_ X Z w w H w w W ' 2 to A Z_ ds SQD 6viwp 321ddS O Z o z ra g s-3 Nz A c:l A U ¢ O U Z = W W V9 SQD ~ Z F- 3dvdS 3 0 ° °z ©-3 c ds SQ3 3dddS O 0 9 ~-3 r ~ N O O) v+ 1 -13A3-1 'S38 vs SQ9 N 0 S3IN❑21111IW c ^ O Z-d 0 o o Ln H X + LL- J.lddflS 213M00 d ds ME) L o I Qtl3S❑W > rn O l-3 a I vi CD 04 vi ~ M V02 Oo l--( 0) ZS~ U z 1 z a wH ~z 00 p4 u 0 Pro W I w W (U F- W W Ga F I Z ° lf~ w z LO J L) 3 CU ti a 0 Z Lr m a ii 08 cr- 3Qnt,2- O Z W O (n Oi 6i 3Qnt'2+ ~ W A Z 8T O or W X Z 9 3av8s Li o 0 000 = O C~ 9l ~ w ID av to Ln z N I 3avc1s Si W o ° 1000 L oo¢Z W O C3 F- Ld Q' VJ=Q ~i Z 3~1 ddS 8001 = z L.) PQ (40- Zi QX 3~jvdS a x w LOOT W ¢ W W AZ~= :z a~ ii Z JQ° 3~J'ddS 9001 ~ M W ~z W Z ° ¢ OZ " Pzl M: ~mww cr C=m 3~1'ddS SOOT ~cy z~ 33°z ° 6 3avas El- ~OOi A NOIsndiNI :r------ 8 092 CD aI❑A 13S3a 8001 N 0 r M rn r Z- c 0 0) aI❑Aa3S3a - - - - --oTtHS, ZOOi N o to -13A33 H❑IH ------o~~------ 9 "o aI❑Ad3S3d WHSI - ~ X • Q _ to - T ~ O j Oi O Q O I O 3(D vi (D rn M 3NVc]S rn o rn rn U z z 0 Z -13A T1 ta III❑/~~13S3~1 i ~a +i o0 iSla~^^U vI ❑/I Q3XIW } WI Pq w Ld N ¢ ~ W q H I ~0 w Z i l!7 v 3 (U rn a 0 Z u~ P, a r I 0 I O o I e ~ a o I d- N e:ooevo I N a o Wj W I I ~ ~J I I Ww I z I I ~ W ,o i I LL- z cu ® I co > 0 0 F O I = w o°3¢o P ti a I w I W ~ o f ~ Pa co p I oN~wa Zr =z° PQ W W ~ X ¢ Z W W W -w w Pa U = N Z ~ ~ Q' ¢ J A p 1Z7 ck:IQ F- W_ Pa n O A SU Q U Z Z W W ¢ PQ PM Z W Z ~ 3 as °z ~E0 P~ cn z pl N cfl O r M O O C O 04 N N O ~ co c M o L v O ~ Q U~ T ~ Lv N O Q01) 3O Cur) I ~10 O G)o J ~ z ' LA Z U z L A O z a = o wF 00 aU 0 W Pq W H (11 Q W q F- I Z o I.0 w z In I'D u CU 3 N q O Z ~ r ¢ w a Z 0 a. U ~ Z Lj A 0-O O ~ ~ 00 D W W ~CL vi gQ❑ S33IA3Q ~ in(JNI Zi L-3 Z .o Z (1.1 I 1 W 0 o ~ tY TT pT C3 0 U ~ Co 3-inQ❑W ❑/I Q3XIW w o W❑aJ OdA bZ o ti w Aa z Li zuaa ~otnF- NJWEd y- Q 4 X ¢ Z W W W A U ~ ~ 'dS SQL Gq z 3dVdS ¢JQo ® S-3 ~z=3~w q U Z C3 Q U vs HQ❑ z ¢ A Pq 3db'dS 4 W o 0 3 0 (Iz ~C~ CS3d M3N) dS HQ] SJIN❑Z11-l-IIW O 04 C-i co M 0) r c N o rn CS3d ❑NIlSIX3) V9 gQ❑ m N S3IN❑?J1-13IW 0 O Z-3 c r7 o v U') v ~ X Q A-Iddns N3M❑d V9 gQ❑ N L` I Q'd3S❑W o ® i-3 > rn Q 1 rn vi co V02 °n / Q1 v T/E13 t~ z A Z i ~a 0 xx z °a0 r WI W dy W (U ~ q W I ,O Li Z zz LO u 3 (U y A ° Z un m a TT 022 Oant,z- z OT 6T ° 3Qnt,z+ U N N 8T a b o W ~ W W ~ Z 9 3NddS LT Z 00 W J FQ- 9T w PO lr) z I 3addS ST Z a T000 w o ° w TT °~¢O W W p~q O E O y W 3aVdS 8T ~ A Z 800T ~ C3 N J --i W W 3dddS 2T A X W W LOOT W W W rl U = Z ~ N❑IsndiNI TT A- Q~Wo 'S3d P\3N 092 900T Z o Z A -13A3-1 M❑1 - - - - - - - - OT A~¢U S38 M3N - - - - T4HS-1 SOOT z ¢ Q -13A3-1 H9IH -------0--Ql 3o=Z 6 iMSI SOOT a " m S3a M3N N❑ISna1NI ¢W~ 'S3N ❑NIlSIX3 _ _ _ _ _ _ O P.2 - El 8 800T 0 33n3I /'\D-l 0 M ------o~~------ L C:N S3a ❑NIlSIX3 i4HSI 800T ~ N `0) oco -13A T1 H❑IH 9 'S3a ❑NIlSIX3 T4HS-1 TOOT ° ZT = ~ x Q _ S ~Lu N >,,t ~o 0 a , rn ~ I N (/'\3N) O vi 0 -13A3-1 'S3a 0 o 8 0) LO U z z (❑NIlSIX3) CED Zvi -13A3-1 'S3a ~o T +T 0-- Z TSl co ❑/I Q3XIW gt8-VTNa3 D WI PA Ld W Ifs N F- Q 0 W q F- I t0 w Z zz 1f) - k.O L) 3 N ti a 0 N, Z ~ F r- r w a - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - a o 1 0 o O I z Cl- o 00 i I CL z Fo- ° I W I I Z z (U I I O W o g all a J I = I ••tl !e ° = I L- CM d o~Qo all I '•a u I ~ W z W - o f w AaW Z =zupa L Q N<: d X Z W W Q W W q A U = Cl) Z ~ ~ Q J q O Z O Z q W D q W ,=4 C3 ~ZiZW W QAP4 3o=°z Q F- av,zC4 Z~ F¢~~ N O O M C 04 O " N O o, co c M p O O v ~v'~ • X O a W V) W 00 cr- Q ~m vi O 0) r~ LO -1 ° v z LL- LL- da z 00 a~ D r WI pa ~ t0 W (U ~ (/1 q W F- I ~O Lj z LO v 3 (U rn a 0 N Z ~ ~ r r a w a Z 0 H v Z (lo) ~ O Ga L O 00 3 O cn C, F- ~ W a S33IA3a VT gQ9 Wpq 1ndNI zT L-3 Z N 1 o W ~ TT OT oEM¢Z 0 - >U 33na❑w o/I Q3XIW W o W❑dJ OGA bZ o N W ~ ( 1 0- z =z°um F- ~J 0_ ds gao Jam' pa a W 3dVdS ¢ Li A 9-d A Li = vWi © _W z ~ ZD ¢ vi Ld V9 HQO zozQ 3dddS 2 Q:f W S-~ puZ C3 Wo P4 X: ~z wW ¢q p4 Lo ck~ z~ V9 HQO 30°o 3dVdS Q CL Z -3 0 L v9 sQ❑ S33IA3Q lndln❑ 0 E-3 0 r M 0) r C N O 21313W vs SaJ N M❑~~ O O Z-d C ri o C LO v - ~ X Q A-lddnS 83M❑d VS gQD cV) -1 Qd3S❑W L o ® T-3 Q rn I 3 rn fN t0 V02 O0) PI) )o Tg~ U z a z T Zvi C - P4 P4 0C aU C/I 0 r W Pal W (U ~ q W F- I 'D wZ zzLO _j %10 u (U 3 0 A 0 Z ~ a}n a TT 02 3QAV2- Z OT 6T ° OQn-V2+ U ~ 8T a :Z. o O U Z 9 3NVCIS LT Z U 00o W ~o 91 W 'D ° Z N 3NVCIS ST T000 w ° TT °CM¢O -V T ~W W ;oX IL w m w 3Nb'dS 8T 0- A Z 800T Li u J(n ~ ~ W W 3avcjs ZT A X W LOOT ¢ Z W W W W F1 Lj C,) Z_ ~ 3~1'dds TT ¢"wM 900T Z o Z A LS 0 Fl W a 3~1'ddS 0T A"¢° sooT ~ ¢ A LO 3o a°-°z 3avcjs 6 ° SOOT A=Z = _~L~ 3dvds 800T 8 0 I, M 0 r 3s3nd M❑33 L cN zooT o` N❑ISnZIlNI 9 00 TOOT o v - X U- S a V) OT 0 O > 0) a I O 0 3~Idds ~ M O) o El - L5 z z ~1313W O A z Eli M❑~3 ~O T P4 P4 +T Z TSl au ❑/I Q3XIW g-V8-VTNa.J ~.J ITI D } W W a, 00 W (U ~ (/l LLJ I q F- Z %,D W zzLO u 3 CU N q O J OD Z ~ W I\ F ~ A O ~ H N w IZ U W A CL F_ O O V) J F- Z W J Z FQ- a !Z' W ~p P~1 l!) Z (U Z I o W 6 = d' _ o O ¢ O L, F- F- a: U LLJ Z~ W "4 o f CL Ckf H ~n ion m ~NQCL CLwor s El ® =ZU Pc1 o v~ F- Cie J (n ~ n o n m W W n o n m ~ d X N N♦ ¢ Z W W MI El AU=!n ® ¢viWWo ga A :3 el ZpZ _ A yeonm p~ ~ y w N N f q W C3 A i O A ® ¢ U Z W W ¢A a, L:3 cy- g P s a W zo ~o y m m ~ m 3 0 d Z A CL- ® q H Z (n = f N De M H A m ~ ~ y n n m N y~N.e♦ O ® 0 M aeea orn eaa ~i 0 C-4 dleea 0 t>tai Ej ® - 00 v ll m m m m m m F:3 co o Q p o o N LL. >,o O > I vi (D ~ M O O O lf') U z A da ~z °a° 0 } WI PA ~ W cu N W G7 Z D °z W J Lj ~D L) 3 (U rn a 0 Z ~ w a vs S33IA3a indNI d❑W OZ t1-~ Z# dwnd vs o o 0 Z i❑-lS N❑WW❑❑ Z-d 6i OT-3 CL m 3ina❑W 1ndNI vs c a t# dwnd w o q ce- I i❑-lS N❑WW❑3 i-d gi 6-3 a 3 31na❑W 1ndNI V9 = Cl- N J ~Yn1z Efl~ ~ Z L i VnM oer e rne 9 i l..1 V s 1Q- U A021 Tnj c-a-a+~ o-ar-oN~ Si 321ddS V9 `o 38VdS z cu L-3 Pv C E W C3 vs w 38VdS o C3 ¢ z ~i o 9-3 r LJ t,2'6Vt,i S-IVNIW63i 3-ina❑W vs indin❑ ),V-13d ~ A CL S 3-ina❑W Zi 9-3 Z =Z°PQ J Cl) rl Lantz J A X W z¢ w - + W ii OT A m ~ 88 • e Z JQO q dS rn Z A tZ A U Z O SWIM <r U ED 'Us ¢ A wm a3d00i-tz-s'aNaS = Z V -10S A~,ZN li y8 0 ® 6-3 C " rn 1 a36001-t,2-s'ZNQS o m d-10S C M 0 0 o~ vs 3NVdS a Z-3 7n >,0 ~o >0) Q 1 3 rn vi (O M ~ C)M in Q1 ~ NO d3M❑d -10diN❑3 V8s12 Nd3 - U - z A de za -0 0- 0 O T-3 ® G" E--r )\iddnS N3/`1❑d GV3S❑W i z co aV02 ig3 -lvdin3N 0 r w Lxl ac W F (/j W A I Z o ~D z Ln J I'D < L3 u 3 N N q O Z ~ w r~ a}a a 0 oZ N❑WW03 ❑VA VZ OZ N a o j Z ~o a~ 6T z 9tOT o W U 8t STOt w pq U-) LT ~i0t Z N > 0 0 w ~ 91 8i0T o ° ¢ o ~L U N❑WW08 OVA Vz S Si C ° LT Q: c) Li CL z ==Um VT JCl,CL Li w C2 To- a- X ¢ Z W w 8 T P W Li iTOt Z Q' ¢ J A C3 Z: m 2 A 2T OTOT A U Q ?zww ¢aaa ti C3 Em 6001 = Z NIIWW[13 OVA t,2 OT s 1If/~ r----~ o 04 - - - - - -El 6 n M z_d - - - I w I 8001 C N N ❑NIN2-d -El 8 oco I aad-a~ I L O O t ` M I I JQd3~l r - El L X 8-d I tai w I 900T < N 31❑W3~1 _ 9 o - - - - - El > I- L SOOt a N ----J 6t G-d vii co N❑WW❑3 ❑dn VZ S 0) M L t o O) v 3Id3 r----~ T-d - El v w I SOOT Z ❑NINNna Zrn ---~~-f------ T-d z a a I aad-ao I 800T 00 H Jl Q d❑ d I I __i .k I z -El T - d - - I tai w I - - - ZOOt Z row^^0 31❑W3a I I T v1 T-d r----- t00i L----J 8t T-d TSl IQ ❑d 9T ITI b'900ZNTJ C 3dn V2 l~l T 1❑-is w I PO ~ w (h H O Ga W F- -~Z ° 0 z U7 OVA 02T & -V2 J ki 0 ZT N A 9100 z A ZZ Si00 TZ ~T00 0 0 U F- v~ OZ u 0 CL N o_ o ~i00 A = Z CL o w ❑VA 02T 61 Z i v' Z o W U BT ZT00 W f L T P° TT00 Z cu > 0 0 w 91 Q~ OT00 0 ¢ o_ W S T CL Q~ C3 ui q ui 8000 ~ d Z = Z u m OVA 02T -V T N ° N a ZT du ¢ Z W w W w w Li 8000 z o- ¢ p J A Zi 000 uJ Z Z W w ¢ r 1 W TT zwZ~ 9000 ¢ ~ ~ Z OZ G'Q =¢W~ 000 N OVA 02T 6 Zi C N O N N S O to c r'7 O o Lr) 13S3d 31❑W3d T ~a s L -d Td9£Ab'H-00L VV X000 U- N T 0 9 000 a I 3 rn Nn1 i 31❑W3a T £a 9 S N w -d TV9£NtlH-00L VV X000 U z A 13S3~1 =W3a T as s ~a T-d TV9£NtlH-00L VV QQQ 9a 00 (l, U NnN 31❑W3a T Ta s T T- C] TV9£>IVH-00L VV i Q Q Q Z S l 0 OQ 9T VT6-VTNdJ 3V~Iln3N S 1❑-is 0 r W a1 Q, w ~ H r Q W Z o"D W z LO 9ii v 3 N b 8a I " Sii I I 0 T£ Ld~ L---J Z Td9£NtlH-OOL IN ara a II I z o z ~ Q U iii bLa I U n I T I W E I A a ET o LJ o~ TV9E>lVH-001 IN Z O ~ U Z a ~ I w Zii I N b 98 I z I iii I I > o 0 w ~ TC L---J TV9CAVH-OOL 'H'd ~ w ti w~Cf C3 w Uf a_ z II I 01 a. ~-~x bsa I a¢W`J Oii I I = N C:l L3 £ I Z~fy-~ 60i ¢ JQo L---J Z°ZQ TV9CAVH-OOL 'H'V W woZ Z Z W W ¢ra PO z -1 I - r---~ 3o°°z 0------ I z I QCLz~ 13S3a 310W3a I 80i I I = ¢ w 0- bba I tI-- \J I poi N TE I r- M rl- c N J TV96>IVH-OOL 'H'd °v+ oco c ^ ~ I I II ~ I ~ I I I I O--I------ b£a I (n Nfla 310W38 9 o i 0-+-----~ E I am L---------J sot L----~ v 831ad1S dwnd Z-d TV9CAVH-OOL IV 0 M O) O 0------ z I A'-' I t 0 T I I z r/i S3a 310W3a O 13 0 1, 28 I a'te' W E- poi I T£ I 0-- z I I I I ono L TV9E)IdH-OOL 'EIV I z Wna 310w3a - - - - - z 0 i b Ta 0------~ I TE j C ioi L---J d31NVIS dwnd T-d E~s 1 TV9EAVH-OOL 'H'tl D 1- W al Q, W ~ H (Y) LLJ ra F- I Z Z U-) LO u 3 w G7 O oZ Z \ CED 3~lvdS 6T ° z z 8T pz L C 3?Jf11V~13dW31 Hd u a + - - - - - - - - - - - Li ' aL +L o = Nz 9T z o J Q Q W ID ~ - - - - - - - - - - -VT Z N O p o W M❑-13 1N3f133NI + - - - - - - - - - - 8T C3 5 w ° N W - - - - - - - - - - ZT Q Q CL O =zLi Pq QIS3d 3NIK-lH8 N J W -El _ TT Li w + - - - - - - - - - - d X + S ¢ Z W W W AUxcn Z ~ ~ ~a 0!! - of z o z A Hd W LJ A - 6 Q~Qe ~¢Q~ w ZLjZ~ 8 3o°Z - 8 Q: 0- J,iiaiaani 'HSINI3 + +8 0 _ ~ r7 rn 9 c04 0 CY) ~ N O ca +j M 00 _ V Lai O U) JklIQISNni va o ~o 8 Qrn +Z 3 0) ui 0 M O) O O)o O - - U z A z a E- i z 0 'SS3~Jd 3❑NVH3SIQ +T a+ o8 lid + Vw ooi r„ v1 OT ESl IV 8 VTZt,TNd.J C V 1❑-is ~i D } Pq w w ~ N W A Z w z ll) a ~ ,O u 3 (U to a CU 0 vj \ J l!) Z (U w \ ~CU r a w a TT 02 C) 3Q^-V2- Z (n OT 6T ~ a ~Q/~~Z+ CL U ~ 8T w a ~o U 3(IddS a W Z LT Z o 000 = o a~ 9T 11d8 9T pq u dWfld ST z N ST > o ° w w VT TT S °~¢O U W W O M: 3dddS ~ A CL 8T El CL 800T =¢UPq ~ C3 J Li ~ Li LLI 3dvcls 2T A X W LOOT ¢ Z w Q W W W A Li M: Z ~ ZD 3aVdS TT Z'" CY vi W ° 900T :m ~F°w_ Li o Q a Lj C3 3NVCJS OT A SOOT Z ¢ A Lo m 3o°°z 3NVdS 6 IP00T A=~~ =aW~ ❑NINNna Zd - 8 800T C ~ M ~r ❑NINN(1a Td L N 0 0) ZOOT N 00) N3d❑ 3A-lVA '13d 9 `o TOOT o v X S a N OT o O > O) Q I 04 Oz~ 3 3NVCIS vi 0) Oo 8 rn~ - +8 U z z O 3NVCJS da T o +T ~z a4 o cf) ❑/I Q3XIW g-V8-VTNaJ 0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS #3: SCADA GUIDE AS INSTALLED 2003 N=d TA URUS cO°W Ross, Inre. Operations guide for the TAP SCADA System. Section 1 Foreword The controls system installed and programmed by Taurus Power & Controls is visually representative of all control elements included in the construction contract and subsequent addenda for the Rogue Valley Counsel of governments TAP inter-tie Project. While Taurus has endeavored to mimic as closely as possible the layout and look of process elements, however, there are devices which have very complex mechanical assemblies and are difficult to accurately represent. In addition the combined talent Ashland and Phoenix (TAP) system has many control elements that lie outside of this projects SCADA control influence. It is important to remember when troubleshooting and diagnosing system problems to consider the effect that these outside elements may have upon the operations of the TAP water distribution system. Examples of these devices are inter-tie valves, which are manually operated. An improperly set valve can cause water to move to undesired locations without the benefit of system control element lockouts and safety features. The TAP control system is only able to make determinations based upon the devices specifically connected and within its control. This project control system is based upon the following key elements: Motorola Moscad processors, Radios transmitters and an Intellution SCADA graphics interface. General system notes: This new water system conveys water from a distribution main in the City of Medford's water supply system. This new water supply system is commonly known as the Talent, Ashland and Phoenix Inter-Tie Pipeline Project (TAP). The project control system is designed modularly with each city working as a control island. Each of the elements in the system are referred to by the commonly accepted notations as follows: Regional Booster Pump Station (RBPS), The Phoenix booster Pump Station (PBPS), new Phoenix East Reservoir (PER), Rose Street Reservoir, Talent Flow meter station (TFM), ,Talent Booster Station (TBPS), and the Belmont Reservoirs (Belmont). Additional references may be made within the system to elements not specifically part of the TAP project but shown on some of the screens for informational purposes. These will be identified when referenced. The operators primary interface with the system will be through the use of the Intellution Fix32 Graphical user interface. We will refer to this as the HMI short for (Human Machine Interface). The home screen on the TAP HMI is the TAP Overview screen. (Screen 1). From the home screen all key elements of the TAP are shown. This represents a system wide status and operations screen showing all operational equipment 1 and current flow rates and storage levels. This screen accesses all set-points and operational data by "drilling down" into sub menus. On this screen, the system is _ represented from the RBPS on the left, and the Talent and Phoenix systems on the right. Each one of the pump stations is surrounded by a Black box (border), which represents a "Clickable" sub menu. Also on this screen are direct access buttons to Trending, Alarms, Meters (flow totalizers), and the SCADA map. The SCADA map shows all connected nodes within the current system and indicates the data paths that are currently being utilized. This information is helpful when diagnosing potential communication troubles. Overview of control system: This TAP water system is designed to efficiently convey water from the Medford supply, to both The City of Phoenix and the City of Talent and in the future on to the City of Ashland. The system represents control elements graphically on SCADA Terminals at each booster station site and at the Medford Water Commission facility. The RBPS system is programmed to monitor the level of the PER and maintain water depth at predetermined levels. The RBPS HMI is used by the operator to adjust these reservoir set point levels. The pumps at this station are operated in a predetermined sequence to initiate the pumping of water into the PER. The RBPS system also is responsible for monitoring the inlet pressure from the gravity main as well as the outlet pressures to insure expected system operations. City of Phoenix: The City of Phoenix distribution grid is inter-connected within the TAP system. Either system (TAP or Phoenix) can deliver water to its grids based on the arrangement of inter-connecting valves. The status of these inter-connect valves is not reported to the HMI system so exact system operation may vary depending on the current valve settings. The at grade reservoir at the PBPS site receives water via a separate transmission main originating at the City of Phoenix pump station on Experimental Station Road. Due to the necessity of keeping water fresh and the chorine residual within EPA guidelines the PBPS is configured differently based upon the needs of the system and water turnover requirements. These modes of operation are listed as follows: . 'RBPS mode or "follow me mode": where the PBPS system adds water to the grid anytime the RBPS pumps are running. Ttus is the norrzaal operational mode for~this-purip station: • PER mode: operates the PBPS pumps based upon level in the PER using the same set points as programmed in the RBPS station. This mode may be used to fill the PER reservoir in the event the RBPS station were to be off-line. " The Rose Street Reservoir level mode: uses Rose Street Reservoir set points to control the PBPS and pump water into the rose street tanks. This can only be accomplished by closing the inter-connect valve(s) between the TAP project and the Phoenix grid. Closure of these valves isolates the Phoenix grid - from the TAP pipeline . Also opening of several valves isolating the Rose Street segment of the grid will be required to reconnect the Rose Street grid to the main City of Phoenix grid. Once these valve positions have been set 2 correctly the system can be switched to operate under the Rose Street Reservoir Level mode. This : operational scenario would° .only be used in ; extended :period of emergency conditions when the RBP was o'ff-lme for an time. Throttling of the pure scharge , valves will also be t required for operation in this mode the Rose' Streetileseisvoirs -:are approximately 20 to 25 psi' lower;than:the PER Tlierefoire, the outlet isolation valves "fi each pump,will need `to lie throttled until ardscharge pre".uepb~~~p~s is reached (will thet pis ruruung} Faslure"to-throttle the valV_ I result in,pumP damagg ~gavatatiori};, The City of Phoenix can configure the operational mode from the SCADA node at the City Public Works Site. City of Talent: The City of Talent Scada Node is used to operate the lift pumps at that site to fill the Belmont reservoir and supply the needs of the City grid. The HMI at Talent has the additional feature of displaying the operations of the onsite and remote location water plants. In the event that the water supply from Medford is unavailable the City of Talent will start producing water at their existing water filtration facility. The HMI then becomes the operations interface for local water production. City of Medford: The SCADA node within the operations building at the Medford Water Commission is used as the master data collection and monitoring site for the distribution of water through the RBPS. The information from all remote nodes is collected at this site. Medford has the ability to change the set point values of the REPS from its location as well as acknowledge alarms remotely. No station may operate or clear an alarm from any other system except those specifically keyed to that node. The only operation mode available from City of Medford Water Commission HMI screen is the Automatic Mode. Manual operation of the pump station requires an operator onsite. 3 Section 2 Operations Guide Cold Boot (startup instructions all systems). From a power off condition press the power button on the SCADA computer and wait for the system to display a logon screen. At the logon screen make sure the user name is shown as "ADMINISTRATOR" Type in "tap" for a password and press enter. The SCADA station should start up automatically to the overview screen. (Screen 1) All system computers should stay running and on the overview screen at all times. While the screen that the unit is in during operations is not of particular importance, it is good general practice to leave the system wide status screen showing unless performing other operations which require the display of particular data. Of Failure to leave a Scada node in operation will result in the loss of trending and alarming at that site for the duration of the systems off of line state. This data is not recoverable! RPBS Operations Access the RPBS station control screen by dragging the mouse arrow over any button that says overview and clicking the left mouse button. From the Home screen (overview) place the cursor within the boundaries of the black boarder surrounding the RBPS pump graphics the outline will change to double lines. Depress the left mouse button once. The screen will now indicate a new graphic depicting only the control elements for the RBPS and PER. (Screen 2). This screen shows the status for all pumps, valves and instruments connected to the system. Screen Features The following screen features have been added to the HMI for ease of operation. Each of these features are discussed as follows: Pressure indication transmitters - There are two (2) pressure indicating transmitters in this station, one is installed outside the building in the incoming meter vault from Medford. This provides the suction Pressure display shown in the lower left of the screen. The second device is the High Pressure unit mounted on the discharge header, mounted just before the pipe turns down into the floor. This unit is shown in the lower center of the screen, just above the symbol for the flow meter. The suction side unit is calibrated from 0 to 130 PSIG the observed normal values are 55psig with pumps running and up to 77 PSIG with no pumps on. The high pressure unit is calibrated from 0 to 200 PSIG and the observed normal values are 100 PSIG with pumps off and 115 with the pumps running. These pressure devices are tied to the controls system and serve to provide the new cutouts described in the contract. The pre-programmed low pressure cutoff for the Discharge main is 45 PSIG the high pressure cutoff is 150 PSIG. 4 Residual Chlorine Meter : The Residual Chorine meter is represented in the lower center of the screen above the discharge pressure display. This device is a Wallace & Tiernan Micro 2000 Online amperimetric device, providing continuous readings of the residual Chlorine value in the water, as delivered by the Medford Water Commission . The operation guide for the chlorine meter is located in the Instrument operations manual. Flow meter: A flow meter is included on the discharge side of the header pipe, however, the RBPS is operating on the data from the flow meter installed on the suction side, in the flow meter vault.. These devices are Marsh Mcbirney Multi Mag insertion units. The manuals for these units are located in the instrument manuals binder. This device is calibrated from 0 to IOMGD the display is shown on the HMI in Gallons per minute. The totalized values from this device are counted from pulse generators that are calibrated to give one pulse per 1000 gallons of water. These values are displayed on the meters screen (Screen 4) There is a second flow meter that is installed in the Talent Flow Meter Vault. This flow data is transmitted from the RTU in the Vault to the RBPS (see SCADA map). This device is shown in the center of the screen next to the PER graphic. This device is calibrated with exactly the same parameters as the incoming meter from the Medford distribution grid . This device records the flow from the Phoenix system on into Talent and in the future on to Ashland. Pump Status The pump symbols on the screen represent the pump number, its operational status, and its current lead/lag status. The pumps are represented with three color coded values to show which operational condition the pump is in without unnecessary text. • A green pump indicates that that pump is currently in operation and is not faulted. • A red pump indicates that that pump is currently ready to run when called. • A yellow pump indicates one of several conditions, the pump could be faulted, the breaker could be turned off or the pump selector switch could be turned to the off position. The status of the selector switch for each pump is only shown if it is in Remote or Local, and the breaker is on. The off status is not reported to the SCADA system. The SCADA system reports a pump with the selector in the off position as yellow or unavailable. This pump station has four (4) pumps (2 - 50Hp and (2 - 125Hp), they are configured to work in pairs for lead lag purposes. The lead lag status of each pump is shown directly below the black selector switch status box to the top and right of each pump. On any failure, while starting or running, the partner pump will immediately be called to service in the lead position. Example; Pump 110 fails either on startup or during it's run cycle, (an alarm is generated) then pump 120 is called immediately into service. If pump 5 120 subsequently fails, then after generation of another alarm the system will wait until it reaches the set point to start the lead 12511p pumpbefore starting that pump. Valve Status The Electrically operated pump control valves are shown on screen, and their tag and status are shown directly above them. The colors for valve status are as follows: • Red indicates a closed valve (ready to open). • A green valve represents the open position (ready to close). • A Yellow valve indicates a valve that did not reach its last called position either open or closed. This function is directed by a timer in the Motorola PLC that allows 60 seconds for a valve to reach its new position depending on what the processor has requested. This device must be in remote position for the SCADA system to operate in the automatic mode. While the HMI is in operation a valve partially open (jogged open) will be represented as green or open. This `Green' condition does not indicate fully open. Only the fully closed position results in a red color. Note: when in automatic mode the system does verify that the valve did reach it's fully open position. If the valve does not reach the fully open position then it will fault the pump motor. If a valve fails to close fully on a call to stop the pump then the system will generate an alarm and show the pump associated with that valve, as unavailable. Phoenix East Reservoir The PER reservoir is shown on the left side of the screen. The current water level is shown by the blue bar in the cutout on the side of the reservoir graphic. The level is shown in yellow text to the right of the blue bar. If there are intrusions or the level limit floats have exceeded their set points then they will display above the tank in red. There are no user set points or other parameters to change for this site. Set Points button (Screen 3) Clicking on the button marked set points will bring up the screen shown. If you place your cursor over the value that you wish to change and click on the box that appears another small pop up screen appears, enter your new number and press the enter button to the revise the data. Your new value will appear in the set points screen. This value will not be sent until you press the Send key to update the processor with the new data value. Please be aware that the system will allow the entry of conflicting data. Check your values carefully before sending the data to the PLC. It is possible and sometimes desirable to set the lead and lag at the same set point values. This will cause two or more pumps to come on at the same time. Note: with the normal operation condition, the pumps will not start at exactly the same time, there is a time delay that will not allow more than one pump to start within 10 seconds of another while in the automatic operation mode. This is done to reduce the current load of the system. 6 Trend button (Screen 10 } Pressing this button brings up Screen 10. At this screen you can choose which site you would like to see trends. Clicking on the RBPS button will display Screen 12, this screen represents preformatted thing chart graphs of the data available for each particular site. There are three time ranges to choose from 2Hr, 24Hr and 7 Day histories. These charts should be used to monitor the present use and help trouble shoot your system for proper operation and potential problems. The reservoir trends depict the level of the tanks over the time range specified. If the node has been turned off or there were communications problems the data shown for these times will be 0. If the reservoir shows sharp spikes to zero level you may assume that there was possibly a communications error or that the computer was turned off. Check for communications alarms and other charts to see if all parameters during the suspect time were zero values. Moving the black bar at the center of the trend screen will show the time and values in text at the center of the screen near the bottom. To move the bar place your cursor over it and press the left button down and hold it while dragging the bar to the desired location. When you release the button the data will be displayed. Alarms button (Screen 11) Clicking on the alarms button will pop up the screen shown. There are five (5) buttons at the bottom of the screen, the left most button is the acknowledge button. When an alarm sounds and you reach this screen, press this button to stop the horn from sounding. If your system allows you to clear the alarm and the condition is no longer present then the alarm will disappear from this display. If you do not have permission to clear the alarm or the condition persists, then it will remain on the display with a check mark next to it, until it has been cleared and acknowledged by the node with this permission. Generally, the stations which the alarm references are the only nodes which may clear the alarm. There are alarms that latch and must be cleared from particular stations. Specifically; alarms for high or low pressure in the discharge main, or communications failures from the PER or Rose Street Reservoir are latching. The PER communication fail alarm must be cleared from the RBPS site, and the Rose Street Communications Fail must be cleared from PBPS. The reason that these alarms latch is because when tripped they cause other control elements to stop functioning until rectified. This is a system safety interlock to prevent overfilling or other serious problems. Remember that an alarm will not clear from your screen until you acknowledge the alarm and the condition is cleared. Otherwise, the horn will silence and the alarm will show as checked on the screen but the screen display will continue with the "flashing indication" until you acknowledge the alarm and the condition is cleared. Meters button (Screen 4) This screen displays the current totalizer values of the RBPS, TFM, and PBPS these meters are all read as thousands of gallons. The totalizers are kept within the PLC logic and increment as a counter. If the SCADA node is turned off the new values will be 7 regained as soon as the system is turned on. These totalizers are not resetable. The only way that they may be reset is by hard coding a value into the PLC. The trend button shows the daily incrementing of the meters in a graph form for the last 30 days. To use the totalizers properly you must read them exactly like a standard non- resetable meter. Log the value of the totalizer on a specific day and time and subtract the current reading from this value to determine use over time. Phoenix must record two readings one for the RBPS flow and one for Talent flow. The result of subtraction of these two values yields Phoenix's use. If you fail to read a meter on a particular day, then use the trend chart that we have placed on the screen to recover this value. To do this move the black bar to the date and time that you wish to see the totalizer values and record the values shown at the bottom of the screen. Overview This button returns you to the main system over view screen Pump station automatic modeTo configure the station for automatic operations the following items must be properly configured: The levels in the reservoir must be entered and showing as in (Screen3). You may choose to set your own values different from the ones shown, but you must configure the start level to be lower than the stop level for each pump or unexpected pump station operation may occur. Please double check your input values to insure desired operation before sending the data. In order for any pump to run, the following conditions must be true. The pump is in remote mode at the MCC and the corresponding pump control valve is in remote mode, also the suction main pressure must be above 20psig. The pump when ready to run will be shown red and in remote mode, the valve will also be shown red and in remote mode. Running a Pump in Local Mode. Check the mechanical systems for proper conditions. Place the valve operator selector switch in manual mode and then turn the valve position switch to open. A soft whirring will be heard indicating that the valve is opening. If the HMI screen is not available, to show valve status, a position indicator is located in the top of the valve. You must make sure that the valve is in the open position or the pump will be started against a dead head. Check the MCC for the following items: 1. The Breaker is on, the pump operation selector switch is in the local position and the red pump ready light is on. 2. Depress the start push button momentarily and the selected pump will begin to run. 8 Built into the pump starting and operation bucket there are three hardwired inter-locks for safe pump operations. They are: A Low Flow switch, a Low suction pressure switch set at 20 PSIG, a standard motor protection overload switch, and a thermal switch located within the motor. The low flow switch is a paddle type device installed directly after the discharge out of the pumps. If the check valve sticks closed or the pump is operated with the valve closed the low flow switch will disable the pump after 15 seconds of `no flow' condition. On the suction side of the pump there is a pressure switch configured to open contacts if the suction pressure drops below 20psig. The MCC contains a delay requiring this condition for more than 15 seconds before stopping the pump. Alarming systems Any alarm displayed at this station which is prefixed with the REPS may be viewed and acknowledged from this location. Alarms generated from the PER reservoir may also be acknowledged from this site. Diagnostics Pump won't start or is faulted: Check the operator status, noting the displayed mode inside the black box near each device. The motors will display one of two things, Local or Remote. A faulted pump will display as yellow on the HMI accompanied by a fault indication on the MCC bucket of the corresponding pump control panel. See the section above for the conditions necessary for pump operations. Section 3 Phoenix Shop System Operations Access the PBPS station control screen by dragging the mouse arrow over any button that says overview and clicking the left mouse button. From the Home screen (overview) place the cursor within the boundaries of the black boarder surrounding the PBPS pump graphics the outline will change to double lines. Depress the left mouse button once. The screen will now indicate a new graphic depicting only the control elements for the PBPS and Rose Street. (Screen 6) This screen shows the status for all pumps, valves and instruments connected to the system. Screen Features Pressure indication transmitters: There is one pressure indicating transmitter in this station, installed inside the pump building in the discharge line just before it turns down into the floor near Pump 3. This unit is shown in the center of the screen, near the symbol for the flow meter. The high pressure unit is calibrated from 0 to 130 PSIG and the observed normal values are 55 PSIG with pumps off and 65 PSIG with the pumps 9 running. This device is tied to the controls system and serves to provide the pressure cutouts. The pre-programmed high pressure cutoff is 75 PSIG. Flow meter: The flow meter is shown on the discharge side of the pipe This unit is inside the vault beside the PBPS. This device is an Invensys propeller flow unit. The manuals for these units are located in the instrument manuals binder. This device is calibrated from 0 to 1000 GPM the display is shown on the HMI in Gallons per minute. The totalized values from this device are counted from pulse generators that are calibrated to give one pulse per 1000 gallons of water. These values are displayed on the meters screen (screen 4) Pump Status: The pump symbols on the screen represent the pump number, its operational status, and its current lead/lag status. The pumps are represented with three color coded values to show what condition the pump is in without unnecessary text. A green Pump indicates that that pump is currently in operation and is not faulted. A red pump indicates that that pump is currently ready to run when called. A yellow pump indicates one of several conditions, the pump could be faulted, the breaker could be turned off or the pump selector switch could be turned to the off position. The status of the selector switch is only shown if it is in Remote or Local, and the breaker is in the `on' position. The off status is not reported to the SCADA system. The SCADA system reports a pump with the selector in the off position as yellow or unavailable. This station has 3 pumps (40 Hp) they are configured to work in Lead/Lag/Lag2 or standby pump. The lead lag status of each pump is shown directly below the pump symbol. On any failure while starting or running, the next available pump will immediately be called to service in the lead position. At no time in this system can three pumps be called at the same time. Note that there are only two set points on the pump setup screen. Valve Status: There are no electric valves in this station. All valves are manually actuated. Rose Street Reservoir: The Rose Street Reservoir is shown on the right side of the screen. The water level status is shown by the blue bar in the cutout on the side of the reservoir graphic. The level is shown in yellow text to the right of the blue bar. If there are intrusions or the level limit floats have exceeded their set points then they will display above the tank in red. There are no user set points or other parameters to change for this site. Phoenix East Reservoir ^ 10 The PER reservoir is shown on the left side of the screen. The water level status is shown by the blue bar in the cutout on the side of the reservoir graphic. The water level is shown in yellow text to the right of the blue bar. If there are intrusions or the level limit floats have exceeded their set points then they will display above the tank in red. There are no user set points or other parameters to change for this site. Pump Station Mode (screen 13) To change the current mode of the system there is a button in the center left of the screen displaying the Pump station mode status. Click on this button to see Screen 13. There are four (4) buttons on this screen that will place the PBPS into one of the various modes of operation. Pumps at this station are always governed by the physical devices described in the local operation mode. Automatic modes available are a listed as follows: • Level mode East. Pressing this button will place the PBPS into a mode that mimics the operation of the RBPS. The pumps will come on and off at the level set points entered in the RPBS station. This will occur without regard for whether or not the RBPS pumps are actually running. Remember that at no time will more than Two pumps from this station ever operate. Thus the pumps will operate in the two slots at the RBPS for the 50hp pump operational set points. This mode may be used if the RBPS goes off of line and the PER levels need to be maintained. Water delivered in this mode derives from the Experimental station road pump station. • Level Mode Rose. This mode operates the PBPS as a simple level control station for the Rose street reservoir. While in this mode the pumps will operate from the values entered into the table in screen 9. These set points are explained in the explanation of this button. While in the Rose street level mode the altitude valve solenoid is evaluated based upon the set points in Screen 14. Be aware that the altitude valve set points should be slightly higher than the lead pump stop point for this mode to work effectively. While this mode may be used infrequently, it is useful for isolation of particular parts of the grid. Also the valve opening/closures/throttling previously mentioned in Section 1 still apply to this operational scenario. • RBPS Mode. Pressing this button will place the PBPS into a follow the RBPS mode. Anytime a RBPS pump is running the PBPS will start the pump or pump designated as lead after the delay shown on screen 8. • Pumps Off Mode This mode disables the pump station automatic operation. Pumps/Lead Lag (Screen 7) Pressing this button shows the current configuration of the lead lag set up for all three pumps in the station. It is possible to set all pumps as lead (note: the system will not start more than two pumps) Press the button that describes what lead or lag position you desire that particular device to be. 11 This station relies on operator interaction to rotate the pumps. This system does not automatically rotate the pump leads. The current pump station run mode is displayed in the center near the bottom of the screen. The exit key returns you to the Phoenix pump station screen. RBPS Mode Setpoints (Screen 8) Pressing this button will display Screen 8. This mode of operation places the PBPS into a follow the RBPS mode. Anytime a RBPS pump is running the PBPS will start the pump or pump designated as lead after the delay shown on this screen. To enter the time delay place your mouse cursor over the time value shown and left click. An entry screen will appear. Enter the desired time delay in minutes and press enter button. Level Run Set Points (Screen 9) This screen displays the entry points for running the system in level Mode Rose. Enter values in the data boxes (place your cursor over the value you wish to change). The levels in the reservoir must be entered and showing as in (Screen 9). You may choose to set your own values, different from the ones shown, but you must configure the start level to be lower than the stop level for each pump or unexpected operation may occur. Please double check your input values to insure desired operation. In order for any pump to run, the following conditions must be true. 1. The pump is in remote mode at the MCC 2. and the manual valves are open, 3. the gravity main pressure must be above 3 psig. The pump when ready to run will be shown red and in remote mode. Check the pump station run mode and make sure that it is in Level Mode Rose...Check the Altitude valve set points and make sure that they are slightly above your pump set points. Failure to do this will result in the altitude valve closing and the pumps continuing to run. Altitude Valve set points (Screen 14) This button is used to set the control points for the altitude valve for the Rose Street Reservoir. These control values are operational at all times. If the values are set improperly the reservoir could overflow or drain to an unacceptable level. While in normal modes of operation, this set point screen allows the Rose street reservoir to fill and drain based upon the static system pressures with out requiring any pumping from the PBPS. When the left hand value is at or below the value entered the altitude valve will open. The valve will stay open until the value in the right hand space is reached, then it will close. Please note to set these values very carefully and check out how each mode of operation uses this set point. Trend button (Screen 10 ) 12 Pressing this button brings up Screen 10. At this screen you choose which site you would like to see trends. Clicking on the Phoenix button will display the Phoenix trends (similar to Screen 12), this screen represents preformatted chart style graphs of the data available for each particular site. There are three time ranges to choose from 2Hr, 24Hr and 7 Day histories. These charts should be used to monitor the historical trends and help trouble shoot your system for proper operation and potential problems. The Reservoir trends depict the level of the tank over the time range specified. If the node has been turned off or there were communications problems the data shown for these times will be 0. If the reservoir shows sharp spikes to zero level you may assume that there was possibly a communications error or that the computer was turned off. Check for communications alarms and other charts to see if all parameters during the suspect time were zero value. Moving the black bar at the center of the trend screen will show the time and values in text at the center of the screen near the bottom. To move the bar place your cursor over it and press the left button down and hold it while dragging the bar to the desired location. When you release the button the data will be displayed. Alarms button (Screen 11) Clicking on the alarms button will pop the screen shown. There are 5 buttons at the bottom the left most button is the acknowledge button. When an alarm sounds and you reach this screen you can press this button to stop the horn from sounding. If your system allows you to clear the alarm and the condition is no longer present then the alarm will disappear from this display. If you do not have permission to clear the alarm or the condition persists, then it will remain on your display with a check mark next to it until it has been cleared and acknowledged by the node with this permission. Generally, the stations which the alarm references are the only nodes which may clear the alarm. There are alarms that latch and must be cleared from particular stations. Specifically; alarms for high or low pressure in the discharge main, or communications failures from the PER or Rose street Reservoir are latching. The PER communication fail alarm must be cleared from the RBPS site, and the Rose Street Communications Fail must be cleared from PBPS. The reason that these alarms latch is because when tripped they cause other control elements to stop functioning until rectified. This is a system safety interlock to prevent overfilling of the reservoirs or other serious problems. Meters button (Screen 4) This screen displays the current totalizer values of the RBPS, TFM, and PBPS these meters are all read as thousands of gallons. The totalizers are kept within the PLC logic and increment as a counter. If the SCADA node is turned off the new values will be regained as soon as the system is turned on. These totalizers are not resetable. The only way that they may be reset is by hard coding a value into the PLC. The trend button shows the daily incrementing of the meters in a graph form for the last 30 days. To use the totalizers properly you must read them exactly like a standard non-resetable meter. Log the value of the totalizer on a specific day and time and subtract the current reading from this value to determine use over time. Phoenix must record two readings one for the RBPS flow and one for Talent flow. The result of subtraction of these two values yields Phoenix's use. 13 If you fail to read a meter on a particular day, then use the trend chart that is is available on the screen to recover this value. To do this move the black bar to the date and time that you wish to see the totalizer values for and record the values at the bottom of the screen. Overview This button returns you to the main system overthe view screen Pump station automatic mode To configure the station for automatic operations the following items must be properly configured: 1. The station Mode must be set to one of the three operational modes described under Pump Station mode. 2. The corresponding values for the set points for that mode must be entered and valid. You may choose to set your own values different from the ones shown but you must configure the start level to be lower than the stop level for each pump or unexpected operation may occur. Please double check your input values to insure desired operation. In order for any pump to run, the following conditions must be true. 1. The pump is in remote mode at the MCC 2. and the manual valves are open, 3. the suction main pressure must be above 3 psig. The pump when ready to run will be shown red and in remote mode. The Rose Street Reservoir system must be configured in an acceptable fashion or valved out of the TAP grid (See Altitude valve set points). Running a pump in local mode. Check the mechanical systems for proper conditions. This facility has manual isolation valves. You must make sure that each valve is in the open position or the pump(s) will be started against a dead head. Check the MCC for the following items: 1. The Breaker is on, 2. the pump operation selector switch is in the local position 3. and the red pump ready light is on. Depress the start push button momentarily and the selected pump will begin to run. Built into the pump starting and operation bucket there are three hardwired inter-locks for safe pump operations. They are: a Low Flow Switch, a Low Suction Pressure Switch set at 20 PSIG, a Standard Motor Protection Overload Switch, and a Thermal Switch located within the motor. The low flow switch is a paddle type device installed directly after the discharge out of the pumps. If the check valve sticks closed or the pump is operated with the discharge valve closed the low flow switch will disable the pump after 15 seconds of no flow condition. On the suction side of the pump there is a pressure switch configured 14 to open contacts if the suction pressure drops below 3 psig. The MCC contains a delay making this condition necessary for more than 15 seconds before stopping the pump. Alarming systems Any alarm displayed at this station which is prefixed with the Phoenix tag may be viewed and acknowledged from this location. Alarms generated from the Rose Street Reservoir may also be acknowledged from this site. Diagnostics Pump won't start or is faulted: Check the operator status, noting the displayed mode inside the black box near each device. The motors will display one of two things local or remote. A faulted pump will display as yellow on the HMI accompanied by a fault indication on the MCC bucket of the corresponding pump control panel. See the section above for the conditions necessary for pump operations. 15 Section 4 Talent Operations Access the Talent Pump Station control screen by dragging the mouse arrow over any button that says overview and clicking the left mouse button. From the Home screen (overview) place the cursor within the boundaries of the black boarder surrounding the Talent pump graphics the outline will change to double lines. Depress the left mouse button once. The screen will now indicate a new graphic depicting only the control elements for the Talent Pump station Belmont and Wagner Creek . (Screen 15) This screen shows the status for all pumps, and instruments connected to the system. Screen Features Pressure indication transmitters: There is one pressure indicating transmitter in this station, installed inside the pump building in the discharge line just before it turns down into the floor near Pump 1. This unit is shown in the center of the screen. The high pressure unit is calibrated from 0 to 200 PSIG and the observed normal values are 97 PSIG with pumps off and 130 PSIG with the pumps running. This device is tied to the controls system and serves to provide the pressure cutouts. The pre-and programmed high pressure cutoff is 150 PSIG Pump Status The pump symbols on the screen represent the pump number, its operational status, and its current lead/lag status. The pumps are represented with three color-coded that values to show what condition the pump is in without unnecessary text. A green Pump indicates that that pump is currently in operation and is not faulted. A red pump indicates that that pump is currently ready to run when called. A yellow pump indicates one of several conditions, the pump could be faulted, the breaker could be turned off or the pump selector switch could be turned to the off position. The status of the selector switch is only shown if it is in Remote or Local, and the breaker is on. The off status is not reported to the SCADA system. The SCADA system reports a pump with the selector in the off position as yellow or unavailable. This station has two (2) pumps, 100Hp each, they are configured to work in a lead lag pair. The lead lag status of each pump is shown directly below each pump. On any failure while starting or running the partner pump will immediately be called to service in the lead position. An alarm will be generated for the failed device. Valve Status These valves are manually operated and it is the responsibility of the operator to configure them correctly. Belmont Reservoirs 16 The reservoirs are shown in the upper center of the screen. The water level status is shown by the blue bar in the cutout on the side of the reservoir graphic. The level is shown in yellow text to the right of the blue bar. If there are intrusions or the level limit floats have exceeded their set points then they will display above the tank in red. There are no user set points or other parameters to change for these sites. The Two tanks are at slightly different elevations and will normally read out at slightly different levels. The controls system uses the level in the new reservoir for primary control and the old reservoir as stand-by control. Wagner Creek (NOT PART OF TAP) This graphic and button show the current level of water in the Wagner creek reservoir. Pressing the button will bring up Screen 16 to show the status of water production at the Wagner facility. (MORE IN DEVELOPMENT) there is also several trend screens specific to this site. Set Points button (Screen 3) Clicking on the button marked set points will bring up the screen shown if you place your cursor over the value that you wish to change and click on the box that appears another small pop up screen appears enter your number and press the enter button. Your new value will appear in the set points screen. This value will not be sent until you press the Send key to update the processor with the new data value. Please be aware that the system will allow the entry of conflicting data. Check your values carefully before sending the data to the PLC. It is possible and sometimes desirable to set the lead and lag at the same set point values. This will cause two or more pumps to come on at the same time. Note: pumps will not start at exactly the same time, there is a time delay that will not allow more than one pump to start within 10 seconds of another while in the automatic operation mode. This is done to reduce the current load of the system. Trend button (Screen 17 ) Screen represents preformatted chart style graphs of the data available for each particular site. There are three time ranges to choose from 2Hr, 24Hr and 7 Day histories. These charts should be used to monitor system trends and help trouble shoot your system for proper operation and potential problems. The Reservoir trends depict the level of the tank over the time range specified. If the node has been turned off or there were communications problems the data shown for these times will be 0. If the reservoir shows sharp spikes to zero level you may assume that there was possibly a communications error or that the computer was turned off. Check for communications alarms and other charts to see if all parameters during the suspect time were zero value. Moving the black bar at the center of the trend screen will show the time and values in text at the center of the screen near the bottom. To move the bar place your cursor over it and press the left button down and hold it while dragging the bar to the desired location. When you release the button the data will be displayed. Alarms button (Screen 11) 17 Alarms for this facility will begin with Talent BPS. Clicking on the alarms button will pop up the screen shown. There are 5 buttons at the bottom of the screen, the left most button is the acknowledge button. When an alarm sounds and you reach this screen you can press this button to stop the horn from sounding. If your system allows you to clear the alarm and the condition is no longer present then the alarm will disappear from this display. If you do not have permission to clear the alarm or the condition persists, then it will remain on your display with a check mark next to it until it has been cleared and acknowledged by the node with this permission. Generally, the stations, which the alarm references, are the only nodes, which may clear the alarm. There are alarms that latch and must be cleared from particular stations. Of Specifically; alarms for high or low pressure in the discharge main, or communications failures from the PER or Rose Street Reservoir are latching. The PER communication fail alarm must be cleared from the RBPS site, and the Rose Street Communications Fail must be cleared from PBPS. The reason that these alarms latch is because when tripped they cause other control elements to stop functioning until rectified. This is a system safety interlock to prevent overfilling or other serious problems. Talent alarms are only cleared from the node at the Talent office. Remember that an alarm will not clear from your screen until you acknowledge the alarm and the condition is clear. Other wise, the horn will silence and the alarm will show as checked on the screen but the screen display "flashing indication" until you acknowledge the alarm and the condition is cleared. Meters button (Screen 4) This screen displays the totalizer values of the RBPS, TFM, and PBPS these meters are all read as thousands of gallons. The totalizers are kept within the PLC logic and increment as a counter. If the SCADA node is turned off the new values will be updated as soon as the system is turned on. These totalizers are not resetable. The only way that they may be reset is by hard coding a value into the PLC. The trend button shows the daily incrementing of the meters in a graph form for the last 30 days. To use the totalizers properly you must read them exactly like a standard non-resetable meter. Log the value of the totalizer on a specific day and time and subtract the current reading from this value to determine use over time. Phoenix must record two readings one for the RBPS flow and one for Talent flow. The result of subtraction of these two values yields Phoenix's use. Talent's water use is directly read from the Talent meter. If you fail to read a meter on a particular day, then use the trend chart that we have placed upon the screen to recover this value. To do this move the black bar to the date and time that you wish to see the totalizer values for and record the values at the bottom of the screen. Overview This button returns you to the main system over view screen 18 Pump station automatic mode To configure the station for automatic operations the following items must be properly configured: 1. The levels in the reservoir must be entered and showing as in (screen 18) You may choose to set your own values different from the ones shown but you must configure the start level to be lower than the stop level for each pump or unexpected operation may occur. 2. Please double check your input values to insure desired operation. In order for any pump to run, the following conditions must be true. 1. The pump is in remote mode at the MCC, 2. the suction main pressure must be above 20psig. The pump when ready to run will be shown red. Running a pump in local mode. Check the mechanical systems for proper conditions. This facility uses manual valves. You must make sure that the valve is in the open position or the pump will be started against a dead head. Check the MCC for the following items: 1. The Breaker is on, 2. the pump operation selector switch is in the local position 3. and the red pump ready light is on. Depress the start push button momentarily and the selected pump will begin to run. Built into the pump starting and operation bucket there are three hardwired inter-locks for safe pump operations. They are: A Low Flow Switch, a Low Suction Pressure Switch set at 20 PSIG, a standard Motor Protection Overload Switch, and a Thermal Switch located within the motor. The low flow switch is a paddle type device installed directly after the discharge out of the pumps. If the check valve sticks closed or the pump is operated with the valve closed the low flow switch will disable the pump after 15 seconds of no flow condition. On the suction side of the pump there is a pressure switch configured to open contacts if the suction pressure drops below 20psig. The MCC contains a delay making this condition necessary for more than 15 seconds before stopping the pump. Alarming systems Any alarm displayed at this station which is prefixed with the Talent may be viewed and acknowledged from this location. Alarms generated from the Belmont or Wagner Creek reservoir may also be acknowledged from this site. Diagnostics Pump won't start or is faulted: Check the operator status, noting the displayed mode inside the black box near each device. The motors will display one of two things local or remote. A faulted pump will display as yellow on the HMI accompanied by a fault 19 indication on the MCC bucket of the corresponding pump control panel. See the section above for the conditions necessary for pump operations. 20 e ~ Page 1/1 CITY OF ASHLAND ATE PO NUMBER P1wrwAA4&1 20 E MAIN ST. 7/18/2014 12380 ASHLAND, OR 97520 (541) 488-5300 VENDOR: 018686 SHIP TO: Ashland Public Works TAURUS POWER & CONTROLS, INC (541) 488-5587 9999 SW AVERY STREET 51 WINBURN WAY TUALATIN, OR 97062 ASHLAND, OR 97520 FOB Point: Req. No.: Terms: Net Dept.: Req. Del. Date: Contact: Morqan Wavman Special Inst: Confirming? No Quantity Unit Description Unit Price - Ext. Price THIS IS A REVISED PURCHASE ORDER TAP: Talent and Reqional Pump Station 81,365.00 Upqrades: Electrical and Control Improvements Public Improvement Contract & Technical Specifications Public Works Construction - TAP Emergency Intertie Proiect Effective date: (Blank) Completion date: Auqust 8, 2014 SUBTOTAL 81365.00 BILL TO: Account Payable TAX 0.00 20 EAST MAIN ST FREIGHT 0.00 541-552-2010 TOTAL 81,365.00 ASHLAND, OR 97520 Account Number Project Number Amount Account Number Project Number Amount E 670.08.15.00.70420 E 200808.120 81 365.00 VENDOR COPY Authoriz Signature FORM #3 CITY OF requests for a Purchase Order ASHLAND REQUISITION Date of request: 7-17-2014 Required date for delivery: ASAP Vendor Name Taurus Power & Controls, Inc Address, City, State, Zip 9999 Avery St., Tualatin, OR. 97062 Contact Name & Telephone Number Jeff Geiger, 503-924-4254 - Fax; 503-692-9273 Fax Number SOURCING METHOD ❑ Exempt from Competitive Bidding ® Emergency ❑ Reason for exemption: ❑ Invitation to Bid (Copies on file) ® Form #13, Written findings and Authorization ❑ AMC 2.50 Date approved by Council: ® Written quote or proposal attached ❑ Written quote or proposal attached ❑ Small Procurement Cooperative Procurement Less than $5,000 ❑ Request for Proposal (Copies on file) ❑ State of Oregon ❑ Direct Award Date approved by Council: Contract # ❑ Verbal/Written quote(s) or proposal(s) ❑ State of Washington Intermediate Procurement ❑ Sole Source Contract # GOODS & SERVICES ❑ Applicable Form (#5,6, 7 or 8) ❑ Other government agency contract $5.000 to $100.000 ❑ Written quote or proposal attached Agency ❑ (3) Written quotes and solicitation attached ❑ Form #4, Personal Services $5K to $75K Contract # PERSONAL SERVICES ❑ Special Procurement Intergovernmental Agreement $5,000 to $75,000 ❑ Form #9, Request for Approval ❑ Agency ❑ Less than $35,000, by direct appointment ❑ Written quote or proposal attached Date original contract approved by Council: ❑ (3) Written proposals/written solicitation Date approved by Council: (Date) ❑ Form #4, Personal Services $5K to $75K Valid until: -(Date) I Description of SERVICES Total Cost TAP: Talent and Regional Pump Station Upgrades: Electrical and Control Improvements $ 81,365.00 Item # Quantity Unit Description of MATERIALS Unit Price Total Cost TOTAL COST ® Per attached quotelproposal $ Project Number: 2008-08 Account Number: 670.08.15.00.704200 *Expenditure must be charged to the appropriate account numbers for the financials to accurately reflect the actual expenditures. IT Director in collaboration with department to approve all hardware and software purchases: IT Director Date Support -Yes / No By signing this requisitio form, I certify that t e ity's public contracting requirements have been satisfied. Employee: Gi Department Head: _r6 - 7 / 7 /y Equal-to or greater than $5,000) Department Ma agerl pervisor: l City Administrator: (Equal to or greater than $25,000) Funds appropriated for current fiscal year ES ~ Finance Director- (Equal to orgy ter than $5,000) ate Comments: Form #3 - Requisition